WO2021241688A1 - Original plate for on-machine development type lithographic printing plate, lithographic printing plate manufacturing method, and lithographic printing method - Google Patents

Original plate for on-machine development type lithographic printing plate, lithographic printing plate manufacturing method, and lithographic printing method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021241688A1
WO2021241688A1 PCT/JP2021/020203 JP2021020203W WO2021241688A1 WO 2021241688 A1 WO2021241688 A1 WO 2021241688A1 JP 2021020203 W JP2021020203 W JP 2021020203W WO 2021241688 A1 WO2021241688 A1 WO 2021241688A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
lithographic printing
printing plate
machine
compound
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2021/020203
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
康平 會津
和朗 榎本
一郎 小山
彬 阪口
昌 山本
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Priority to CN202180037580.XA priority Critical patent/CN115666958A/en
Priority to EP21813857.6A priority patent/EP4159441A4/en
Publication of WO2021241688A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021241688A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C1/00Forme preparation
    • B41C1/10Forme preparation for lithographic printing; Master sheets for transferring a lithographic image to the forme
    • B41C1/1008Forme preparation for lithographic printing; Master sheets for transferring a lithographic image to the forme by removal or destruction of lithographic material on the lithographic support, e.g. by laser or spark ablation; by the use of materials rendered soluble or insoluble by heat exposure, e.g. by heat produced from a light to heat transforming system; by on-the-press exposure or on-the-press development, e.g. by the fountain of photolithographic materials
    • B41C1/1016Forme preparation for lithographic printing; Master sheets for transferring a lithographic image to the forme by removal or destruction of lithographic material on the lithographic support, e.g. by laser or spark ablation; by the use of materials rendered soluble or insoluble by heat exposure, e.g. by heat produced from a light to heat transforming system; by on-the-press exposure or on-the-press development, e.g. by the fountain of photolithographic materials characterised by structural details, e.g. protective layers, backcoat layers or several imaging layers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C2201/00Location, type or constituents of the non-imaging layers in lithographic printing formes
    • B41C2201/02Cover layers; Protective layers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C2201/00Location, type or constituents of the non-imaging layers in lithographic printing formes
    • B41C2201/12Location, type or constituents of the non-imaging layers in lithographic printing formes characterised by non-macromolecular organic compounds
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C2201/00Location, type or constituents of the non-imaging layers in lithographic printing formes
    • B41C2201/14Location, type or constituents of the non-imaging layers in lithographic printing formes characterised by macromolecular organic compounds, e.g. binder, adhesives
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C2210/00Preparation or type or constituents of the imaging layers, in relation to lithographic printing forme preparation
    • B41C2210/04Negative working, i.e. the non-exposed (non-imaged) areas are removed
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41CPROCESSES FOR THE MANUFACTURE OR REPRODUCTION OF PRINTING SURFACES
    • B41C2210/00Preparation or type or constituents of the imaging layers, in relation to lithographic printing forme preparation
    • B41C2210/08Developable by water or the fountain solution

Definitions

  • This disclosure relates to an on-machine development type lithographic printing plate original plate, a method for producing a lithographic printing plate, and a lithographic printing method.
  • a lithographic printing plate comprises a lipophilic image portion that receives ink in the printing process and a hydrophilic non-image portion that receives dampening water.
  • the property that water and oil-based ink repel each other is used to make the oil-based image part of the flat plate printing plate an ink receiving part and the hydrophilic non-image part a dampening water receiving part (that is, ink non-receptive part).
  • it is a method of causing a difference in the adhesiveness of ink on the surface of a flat plate printing plate, inking the ink only on the image part, and then transferring the ink to an object to be printed such as paper for printing.
  • a lithographic printing plate original plate (also referred to as PS plate) in which a lipophilic photosensitive resin layer (also referred to as an image recording layer) is provided on a hydrophilic support has been widely used.
  • a lipophilic photosensitive resin layer also referred to as an image recording layer
  • a lithographic printing plate is obtained by performing plate making by a method of dissolving and removing with a solvent to expose the surface of a hydrophilic support to form a non-image portion.
  • on-machine development is a method in which a lithographic printing plate original plate is exposed and then mounted on a printing machine as it is without conventional development, and unnecessary parts of the image recording layer are removed at the initial stage of a normal printing process. Is.
  • a lithographic printing plate original plate that can be used for such on-machine development is referred to as a "machine-developing lithographic printing plate original plate”.
  • Examples of the conventional planographic printing plate original plate include those described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-06657577.
  • Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-066575 contains a support, an image recording layer containing a radical polymerization initiator, a radically polymerizable compound, and a binder polymer having an alkylene oxide group, and an overcoat layer containing celluloses. , The machine-developed flat plate printing plate original plate having in this order is described.
  • An object to be solved by one embodiment of the present disclosure is to provide an on-board development type lithographic printing plate original plate in which discoloration due to ozone exposure is suppressed.
  • An object to be solved by another embodiment of the present disclosure is to provide a method for producing a lithographic printing plate using the above-mentioned machine-developing lithographic printing plate original plate, or a method for lithographic printing.
  • the means for solving the above problems include the following aspects. ⁇ 1>
  • the support, the image recording layer, and the outermost layer are provided in this order.
  • the image recording layer contains a polymerization initiator, a polymerizable compound, and an infrared absorber.
  • the decomposition rate of the infrared absorber after storage for 8 hours in an environment with an ozone concentration of 150 ppb is 50% or less.
  • ⁇ 2> The machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to ⁇ 1>, wherein the outermost layer has a film thickness of 0.005 ⁇ m to 2 ⁇ m.
  • ⁇ 3> The machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to ⁇ 1> or ⁇ 2>, wherein the outermost layer has oxygen permeability.
  • ⁇ 4> The machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 3>, wherein the outermost layer contains a polysaccharide.
  • ⁇ 5> The machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 4>, wherein the outermost layer contains a cellulose derivative having a degree of methoxy group substitution of 1 to 2.
  • ⁇ 6> The machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 5>, wherein the outermost layer further contains a hydrophobic polymer.
  • ⁇ 7> The machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 6>, wherein the outermost layer further contains polymer particles.
  • ⁇ 9> The machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 8>, wherein the polymerization initiator contains an electron donating type polymerization initiator and an electron accepting type polymerization initiator.
  • the polymerization initiator contains an electron donating type polymerization initiator and an electron accepting type polymerization initiator.
  • ⁇ 10> The machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to ⁇ 9>, wherein the value of HOMO of the infrared absorber-HOMO of the electron donating type polymerization initiator is 0.70 eV or less.
  • ⁇ 11> The machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to ⁇ 9> or ⁇ 10>, wherein the LUMO value of the electron-accepting polymerization initiator-LUMO of the infrared absorber is 0.80 eV or less.
  • ⁇ 12> The machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 11>, wherein the polymerizable compound contains a polymerizable compound having 7 or more functionalities.
  • ⁇ 13> The machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 12>, wherein the polymerizable compound contains a polymerizable compound having 10 or more functionalities.
  • An on-machine development type lithographic printing plate original plate is added to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 13> in which the image recording layer further contains polymer particles.
  • the polymer particles are addition polymerization type polymer particles having a hydrophilic group.
  • hydrophilic group contains a group represented by the following formula Z.
  • Q represents a divalent linking group
  • W represents a divalent group having a hydrophilic structure or a divalent group having a hydrophobic structure
  • Y represents a monovalent group having a hydrophilic structure or a monovalent group having a hydrophilic structure.
  • a monovalent group having a hydrophobic structure is represented, either W or Y has a hydrophilic structure, and * represents a binding site with another structure.
  • ⁇ 16> The machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 15>, wherein the image recording layer further contains a color former.
  • ⁇ 17> The on-machine development according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 16>, wherein the color former is a compound represented by any of the following formulas (Le-1) to (Le-3). Planographic printing plate original plate.
  • ERG independently represents an electron donating group
  • X 1 to X 4 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a dialkylanilino
  • X 5 to X 10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a monovalent organic group
  • Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent C or N
  • Y 1 represents a group.
  • Ra 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an alkoxy group
  • Rb 1 to Rb 4 Independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group.
  • X 1 to X 4 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a dialkylanilino group
  • Y 1 and Y 2 independently represent C or N, respectively. If Y 1 is N, then X 1 is absent, if Y 2 is N, then X 4 is absent, and Rb 1 and Rb 2 are independently alkyl, aryl, or, respectively. Representing a heteroaryl group, Rc 1 and Rc 2 independently represent an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, respectively.
  • Ar 1 independently represents an aryl group or a heteroaryl group
  • Ar 2 independently represents an aryl group having a substituent at at least one ortho position, or at least 1 Represents a heteroaryl group having a substituent at one ortho position.
  • the above Ar 1 is an aryl group having an electron donating group or a heteroaryl group having an electron donating group , respectively, and the above Ar 2 is independently at least one ortho position.
  • the machine-developed flat plate printing plate original plate according to ⁇ 20> which is a phenyl group having a substituent and an electron donating group at the para position.
  • the support has an aluminum plate and an aluminum anodized film arranged on the aluminum plate.
  • the anodic oxide film is located closer to the image recording layer than the aluminum plate.
  • the anodic oxide film has micropores extending in the depth direction from the surface on the image recording layer side.
  • the average diameter of the micropores on the surface of the anodic oxide film is more than 10 nm and 100 nm or less.
  • the micropore communicates with the large-diameter hole extending from the surface of the anodic oxide film to a depth of 10 nm to 1,000 nm and the bottom of the large-diameter hole, and has a depth of 20 nm to 2 from the communication position. It consists of a small-diameter hole that extends to a position of 000 nm.
  • the average diameter of the large-diameter hole portion on the surface of the anodic oxide film is 15 nm to 100 nm.
  • ⁇ 24> The step of exposing the machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 23> like an image, and A method for producing a lithographic printing plate, comprising a step of supplying at least one selected from the group consisting of printing ink and dampening water on a printing machine to remove an image recording layer in a non-image area.
  • ⁇ 25> The step of exposing the machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 23> like an image, and A process of supplying at least one selected from the group consisting of printing ink and dampening water to remove the image recording layer in the non-image area on a printing machine to produce a lithographic printing plate, and printing with the obtained lithographic printing plate.
  • lithographic printing methods including.
  • an on-board development type lithographic printing plate original plate in which discoloration due to ozone exposure is suppressed.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view of another embodiment of the support.
  • the notation that does not describe substitution or non-substitution includes those having no substituent as well as those having a substituent.
  • the "alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • (meth) acrylic is a term used in a concept that includes both acrylic and methacrylic
  • (meth) acryloyl is a term that is used as a concept that includes both acryloyl and methacrylic. be.
  • process in the present disclosure is included in this term as long as the intended purpose of the process is achieved, not only in an independent process but also in the case where it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes. Is done. Further, in the present disclosure, “% by mass” and “% by weight” are synonymous, and “parts by mass” and “parts by weight” are synonymous. Further, in the present disclosure, a combination of two or more preferred embodiments is a more preferred embodiment.
  • the term "lithographic printing plate original plate” includes not only a lithographic printing plate original plate but also a discarded plate original plate.
  • lithographic printing plate includes not only a lithographic printing plate produced by subjecting a lithographic printing plate original plate through operations such as exposure and development, but also a discarded plate, if necessary. In the case of a discarded original plate, exposure and development operations are not always necessary.
  • the discarded plate is a lithographic printing plate original plate for attaching to an unused plate cylinder, for example, when printing a part of the paper surface in a single color or two colors in color newspaper printing.
  • excellent in printing resistance means that the number of printable sheets of a lithographic printing plate is large, and the printing resistance when UV ink is used as the ink for printing is hereinafter referred to as "UV". Also called “print resistance”.
  • the on-machine development type lithographic printing plate original plate (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “lithographic printing plate original plate”) according to the present disclosure has a support, an image recording layer, and an outermost layer in this order, and the image recording layer starts polymerization.
  • the decomposition rate of the infrared absorber is 50% or less after storage for 8 hours in an environment with an ozone concentration of 150 ppb, which contains an agent, a polymerizable compound, and an infrared absorber.
  • a lithographic printing plate original plate having an image recording layer containing a polymerization initiator, a polymerizable compound, and an infrared absorber as described in JP-A-2012-0665757
  • infrared rays in the image recording layer are generated by ozone in the atmosphere.
  • the absorber is decomposed and the lithographic printing plate original plate is discolored.
  • the decomposition rate of the infrared absorber in the image recording layer after storage for 8 hours in an environment with an ozone concentration of 150 ppb is 50% or less.
  • the lithographic printing plate original plate according to the present disclosure even when stored for 8 hours in an environment with a high ozone concentration of 150 ppb in the atmosphere, in the lithographic printing plate original plate according to the present disclosure, 50% or more of the infrared absorber in the image recording layer is not decomposed. Means to remain in. By having such characteristics, the lithographic printing plate original plate according to the present disclosure is suppressed from discoloration due to ozone exposure. The smaller the decomposition rate of the infrared absorber, the more the discoloration due to ozone exposure is suppressed.
  • the lithographic printing plate original plate according to the present disclosure has a decomposition rate of the infrared absorber in the image recording layer of 50% or less after being stored for 8 hours in an environment with an ozone concentration of 150 ppb. That is, in the lithographic printing plate original plate according to the present disclosure, the amount of the infrared absorber in the decomposed image recording layer after storage for 8 hours in an environment of ozone concentration of 150 ppb is larger than the amount of the infrared absorber before storage. It means that it is 50% or less.
  • the amount of the infrared absorber remaining in the image recording layer after storage in an environment of ozone concentration of 150 ppb for 8 hours is the amount of the infrared absorber in the image recording layer before storage. It means that it is 50% or more with respect to the amount of.
  • the amount of the infrared absorber is determined by analyzing the extract extracted from the platen original plate with a solvent by high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) and quantifying the infrared absorber.
  • the decomposition rate of the infrared absorber is preferably 45% or less, more preferably 40% or less, further preferably 35% or less, and particularly preferably 30% or less.
  • the lower limit of the decomposition rate of the infrared absorber may be 0%, but may be, for example, 1% or more, or 5% or more.
  • the decomposition rate of the infrared absorber is measured by the following method.
  • a lithographic printing plate original plate is cut out to a size of 3 cm square when viewed from the outermost layer side, and two samples having the same shape are obtained.
  • One of the two samples is extracted with 5 mL of acetonitrile in an ultrasonic bath for 30 minutes and the resulting extract is subjected to HPLC analysis through a 0.20 mm filter.
  • the peak area of the infrared absorber is determined by HPLC analysis, and this is defined as the amount (X) of the infrared absorber before ozone exposure.
  • the ozone generated from the ozone generator becomes an air flow containing ozone by moving the stirring blade, and reaches the sample in the vial bottle through the Kiriyama funnel bottle.
  • Ozone exposure to the sample is performed using such a device.
  • the ozone concentration in the vial bottle is measured and adjusted so that the ozone concentration is 150 ppm. Further, this ozone exposure is performed at 25 ° C. and 50% RH.
  • the above-mentioned ozone exposure to the sample was continued for 8 hours, and the sample after the ozone exposure was continued for 8 hours was subjected to HPLC analysis by the same method as above to determine the peak area of the infrared absorber, which was determined after ozone exposure.
  • the lithographic printing plate original plate according to the present disclosure has an outermost layer on the side opposite to the support side of the image recording layer.
  • the outermost layer in the present disclosure is preferably an ozone blocking layer from the viewpoint of achieving the decomposition rate of the infrared absorber due to ozone exposure described above.
  • the ozone blocking layer is not particularly limited as long as it has an ozone blocking ability that achieves the decomposition rate of the infrared absorber due to the ozone exposure described above.
  • the outermost layer in the present disclosure preferably contains a water-soluble polymer from the viewpoint of developability (more preferably, on-machine developability).
  • the water-soluble polymer is a solution in which 5 g of the polymer is dissolved in 125 ° C. and 100 g of pure water at 5 g or more, and 5 g of the polymer is dissolved in 125 ° C. and 100 g of pure water, and the solution is cooled to 25 ° C. A polymer that does not precipitate even if it does.
  • water-soluble polymer used for the outermost layer examples include polyvinyl alcohol, modified polyvinyl alcohol, poly (meth) acrylamide, polyethylene glycol, poly (meth) acrylonitrile, polyvinylpyrrolidone, and a copolymer in which the raw material monomers of these polymers are combined. , Copolymers obtained by combining the raw material monomers of these polymers with other monomers and the like.
  • the other monomer is not particularly limited as long as it is a monomer copolymerizable with the above-mentioned raw material monomer, but for example, an alkyl (meth) acrylate such as vinyl acetate, methyl (meth) acrylate, and butyl (meth) acrylate.
  • modified polyvinyl alcohol examples include ester, carboxy group, sulfo group, and addition-polymerized monomer having an acid group such as a salt thereof.
  • modified polyvinyl alcohol an acid-modified polyvinyl alcohol having a carboxy group or a sulfo group is preferably used.
  • Specific examples of the modified polyvinyl alcohol include the modified polyvinyl alcohol described in JP-A-2005-250216 and JP-A-2006-259137.
  • the outermost layer in the present disclosure preferably contains a polysaccharide.
  • the polysaccharide used for the outermost layer is not limited as long as it has the above-mentioned water solubility, and a cellulose derivative is preferable from the viewpoint of forming an outermost layer having high ozone blocking ability and oxygen permeability. Be done.
  • examples of the polysaccharide used in the outermost layer include soybean polysaccharide, modified starch, gum arabic, dextrin, pullulan and the like.
  • the hydrogen atom of the hydroxy group is substituted with at least one group selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group, a hydroxyalkyl group, and a carboxyalkyl group.
  • examples include compounds.
  • examples of the alkyl group, the alkyl group in the hydroxyalkyl group, and the alkyl group in the carboxyalkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group and the like.
  • the cellulose derivative a compound in which the hydrogen atom of the hydroxy group is substituted with at least an alkyl group (preferably a methyl group) in at least a part of the hydroxy groups of cellulose is more preferable. That is, as the cellulose derivative, a compound in which at least a part of the hydroxy group of cellulose is replaced with an alkoxy group (preferably a methoxy group) is preferable.
  • cellulose derivative examples include methyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl methyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose and the like, and among them, methyl cellulose and hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose are preferable.
  • the degree of substitution (preferably the degree of methoxy substitution) of the hydroxy group with the above group in the cellulose derivative is preferably 0.1 to 6.0, more preferably 1 to 4, and 1 to 2. Is more preferable. That is, it is particularly preferable that the outermost layer contains a cellulose derivative having a degree of methoxy substitution of 1 to 2.
  • the degree of methoxy substitution means the average number of hydroxyl groups substituted with methoxy groups per glucose ring unit of cellulose. This degree of methoxy substitution is determined by J. G. Gobler, E.I. P. Samscl, and G. H. It can be measured by the method by Zeisel-GC described in Beaver, Talanta, 9,474 (1962).
  • the water-soluble polymer may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the water-soluble polymer contained in the outermost layer is preferably 20% by mass to 99% by mass, more preferably 30% by mass to 98% by mass, more preferably 40% by mass, based on the total mass of the outermost layer. It is more preferably mass% to 97% by mass.
  • the content of the polysaccharide (preferably a cellulose derivative) contained in the outermost layer is 30% by mass to 98% by mass with respect to the total mass of the outermost layer from the viewpoint of suppressing discoloration of the flat plate printing plate original plate due to ozone exposure. %, More preferably 35% by mass to 98% by mass, and even more preferably 40% by mass to 97% by mass.
  • the outermost layer may contain a hydrophobic polymer.
  • the hydrophobic polymer means a polymer that dissolves or does not dissolve in less than 5 g in 100 g of pure water at 125 ° C.
  • examples of the hydrophobic polymer include polyethylene, polystyrene, polyvinyl chloride, polyvinylidene chloride, and poly (meth) acrylic acid alkyl esters (for example, poly (meth) methyl acrylate, poly (meth) ethyl acrylate, and poly (meth). ) Butylate acrylate, etc.), a copolymer in which the raw material monomers of these polymers are combined (for example, styrene acrylic resin, etc.) and the like.
  • the hydrophobic polymer may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the hydrophobic polymer is preferably 5% by mass to 70% by mass, preferably 7.5% by mass to 50% by mass, based on the total mass of the outermost layer. It is preferably present, and more preferably 10% by mass to 30% by mass.
  • the outermost layer may contain polymer particles.
  • the polymer particles mean a polymer that exhibits a particle shape in the outermost layer. Even if the polymer contained in the polymer particles corresponds to the above-mentioned water-soluble polymer or hydrophobic polymer, if the polymer remains in the particle shape in the outermost layer, it is included in the "polymer particles". Above all, the outermost layer preferably contains hydrophobic polymer particles. The presence or absence of polymer particles in the outermost layer can be confirmed by observing the outermost layer surface with a scanning electron microscope (SEM).
  • SEM scanning electron microscope
  • the polymer particles are preferably in the form of, for example, microcapsules, microgels (that is, crosslinked polymer particles), and more preferably in the form of microgels. Further, the polymer particles preferably have at least a hydrophilic group on the surface. That is, as the polymer particles contained in the outermost layer, microgels having a hydrophilic group on the surface are preferable. Examples of such microgels include microgels used for image recording layers, which will be described later.
  • the polymer particles may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the polymer particles is preferably 10% by mass to 80% by mass, preferably 15% by mass to 60% by mass, based on the total mass of the outermost layer. , 20% by mass to 40% by mass, more preferably.
  • the outermost layer may contain a decomposable infrared absorber from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion.
  • the decomposable infrared absorber may be any as long as it absorbs and decomposes at least a part of the light in the infrared wavelength range (that is, the wavelength range of 750 nm to 1 mm, preferably the wavelength range of 750 nm to 1,400 nm). It is preferably a compound having maximum absorption in the wavelength range of 750 nm to 1,400 nm. More specifically, the decomposition type infrared absorber is preferably a compound that decomposes due to infrared exposure to produce a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 500 nm to 600 nm.
  • the decomposable infrared absorber is a cyanine dye having a group (specifically, R 1 in the following formulas 1-1 to 1-7) that decomposes by infrared exposure from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion. Is preferable.
  • the decomposition type infrared absorber is more preferably a compound represented by the following formula 1-1 from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion.
  • R 1 represents a group represented by any of the following formulas 2 to 4, and R 11 to R 18 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, -R a , and -OR b. , -SR c , or -NR d R e , R a to R e each independently represent a hydrocarbon group, and A 1 , A 2 , and a plurality of R 11 to R 18 are connected and simply. Rings or polycycles may be formed, where A 1 and A 2 independently represent an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a nitrogen atom, and n 11 and n 12 are independent integers of 0 to 5, respectively.
  • n 11 and n 12 is 2 or more
  • n 13 and n 14 independently represent 0 or 1
  • L represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or -NR 10- .
  • R 10 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group
  • Za represents a counterion that neutralizes the charge.
  • R 20 , R 30 , R 41 , and R 42 independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group
  • Zb represents a counterion that neutralizes the charge
  • the wavy line represents the above formula.
  • R 1 represents a group represented by any of the above formulas 2 to 4.
  • the group represented by the formula 2 the group represented by the formula 3, and the group represented by the formula 4 will be described.
  • R 20 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, and the wavy line portion represents a binding site with a group represented by L in formula 1-1.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 20 an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is further preferable.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, have a branch, or have a ring structure.
  • aryl group represented by R 20 an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms is preferable, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms is further preferable.
  • the R 20 is preferably an alkyl group from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 20 it is preferably a secondary alkyl group or a tertiary alkyl group, preferably a tertiary alkyl group .
  • the alkyl group represented by R 20 it is preferably a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms is an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms More preferably, it is more preferably a branched alkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms, particularly preferably an isopropyl group or a tert-butyl group, and most preferably a tert-butyl group.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 20 may be a substituted alkyl group substituted with a halogen atom (for example, a chloro group) or the like.
  • represents the binding site with the group represented by L in the formula 1-1.
  • R 30 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, and the wavy line portion represents a binding site with a group represented by L in formula 1-1.
  • the alkyl group and aryl group represented by R 30 are the same as those of the alkyl group and aryl group represented by R 20 in Formula 2, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 30, preferably a is secondary alkyl group or a tertiary alkyl group is preferably a tertiary alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 30 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and is a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms. More preferably, it is more preferably a branched alkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms, particularly preferably an isopropyl group or a tert-butyl group, and most preferably a tert-butyl group.
  • an alkyl group represented by R 30 is a substituted alkyl group is preferably a substituted alkyl group, more preferably a fluoro-substituted alkyl group, It is more preferably a perfluoroalkyl group, and particularly preferably a trifluoromethyl group.
  • the aryl group represented by R 30 is preferably a substituted aryl group, and the substituent is an alkyl group (preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms) or an alkoxy group. (Preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms) and the like.
  • represents the binding site with the group represented by L in the formula 1-1.
  • R 41 and R 42 each independently represent an alkyl or aryl group
  • Zb represents a charge-neutralizing counterion
  • the wavy portion is represented by L in Formula 1-1.
  • the alkyl group and aryl group represented by R 41 or R 42 are the same as those of the alkyl group and aryl group represented by R 20 in the formula 2, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • the R 41 is preferably an alkyl group from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion.
  • the R 42 is preferably an alkyl group from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 41 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Methyl groups are particularly preferred.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 42 is preferably a secondary alkyl group or a tertiary alkyl group, and preferably a tertiary alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 42 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and is a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • it is more preferably a branched alkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms, particularly preferably an isopropyl group or a tert-butyl group, and most preferably a tert-butyl group.
  • Zb in the formula 4 may be a counterion for neutralizing the charge, and the compound as a whole may be contained in Za in the formula 1-1.
  • Zb is preferably a sulfonate ion, a carboxylate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a hexafluorophosphate ion, a p-toluenesulfonate ion, or a perchlorate ion, and more preferably a tetrafluoroborate ion.
  • represents the binding site with the group represented by L in the formula 1-1.
  • L is preferably an oxygen atom or ⁇ NR 10 ⁇ , and an oxygen atom is particularly preferable.
  • R 10 in ⁇ NR 10 ⁇ is preferably an alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 10 an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 10 may be linear, may have a branch, or may have a ring structure.
  • a methyl group, a tert-butyl group, or a cyclohexyl group is preferable.
  • R 10 in ⁇ NR 10 ⁇ is an aryl group
  • an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms is preferable, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms is further preferable.
  • these aryl groups may have a substituent.
  • R 11 ⁇ R 18 are each independently a hydrogen atom, -R a, is preferably -OR b, -SR c, or -NR d R e.
  • Hydrocarbon groups represented by R a ⁇ R e is preferably a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, further a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms preferable.
  • the hydrocarbon group represented by Ra to Re may be linear, have a branch, or have a ring structure. Examples of the hydrocarbon group represented by R a ⁇ R e, the alkyl group is particularly preferred.
  • an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is further preferable.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, have a branch, or have a ring structure.
  • Group, eicosyl group, isopropyl group, isobutyl group, s-butyl group, tert-butyl group, isopentyl group, neopentyl group, 1-methylbutyl group, isohexyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, 2-methylhexyl group, cyclohexyl group, cyclopentyl Groups include groups and 2-norbornyl groups. Among these alkyl groups, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, or a butyl group is preferable.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent.
  • substituents include an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an amino group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, a halogen atom, a carboxy group, a carboxylate group, a sulfo group, a sulfonate group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, and these. Examples include a group that combines the above.
  • Each of R 11 to R 14 in the formula 1-1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or —R a (that is, a hydrocarbon group) independently, and more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, as follows. Except for cases, it is more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • R 11 and R 13 bonded to the carbon atom to which L is bonded are preferably an alkyl group, and it is more preferable that both are linked to form a ring.
  • the ring formed may be a monocyclic ring or a polycyclic ring.
  • the ring formed include a monocycle such as a cyclopentene ring, a cyclopentadiene ring, a cyclohexene ring and a cyclohexadiene ring, and a polycycle such as an indene ring and an indole ring.
  • R 12 bonded to the carbon atom to which A 1 + is bonded is linked to R 15 or R 16 (preferably R 16 ) to form a ring, and R to be bonded to the carbon atom to which A 2 is bonded.
  • 14 is preferably linked to R 17 or R 18 (preferably R 18 ) to form a ring.
  • n 13 is preferably 1 and R 16 is preferably —R a (ie, a hydrocarbon group). Further, it is preferable that R 16 is linked to R 12 bonded to the carbon atom to which A 1 + is bonded to form a ring.
  • R 16 is linked to R 12 bonded to the carbon atom to which A 1 + is bonded to form a ring.
  • an indolium ring, a pyrylium ring, a thiopyrylium ring, a benzoxazoline ring, or a benzoimidazoline ring is preferable, and an indolium ring is more preferable from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion. These rings may further have a substituent.
  • n 14 is preferably 1 and R 18 is preferably —R a (ie, a hydrocarbon group). Further, it is preferable that R 18 is linked to R 14 bonded to the carbon atom to which A 2 is bonded to form a ring.
  • R 18 is linked to R 14 bonded to the carbon atom to which A 2 is bonded to form a ring.
  • an indole ring, a pyran ring, a thiopyran ring, a benzoxazole ring, or a benzimidazole ring is preferable, and an indole ring is more preferable from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion. These rings may further have a substituent.
  • R 16 and R 18 in the formula 1-1 have the same group, and when each forms a ring, it is preferable to form a ring having the same structure except for A 1 + and A 2.
  • R 15 and R 17 in the formula 1-1 are the same group. Further, R 15 and R 17 are preferably —R a (that is, a hydrocarbon group), more preferably an alkyl group, and even more preferably a substituted alkyl group.
  • R 15 and R 17 are preferably substituent alkyl groups from the viewpoint of improving water solubility.
  • Examples of the substituted alkyl group represented by R 15 or R 17 include a group represented by any of the following formulas (a1) to (a4).
  • R W0 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms
  • W is a single bond or an oxygen atom
  • n W1 represents an integer of 1 ⁇ 45
  • RW5 represents alkyl groups of carbon atoms 1 to 12
  • RW2 to RW4 are independently single bonds or carbon atoms, respectively.
  • M represents a hydrogen atom, a sodium atom, a potassium atom, or an onium group.
  • alkylene group represented by RW0 in the formula (a1) examples include an ethylene group, an n-propylene group, an isopropylene group, an n-butylene group, an isobutylene group, an n-pentylene group, an isopentylene group and n-.
  • examples thereof include a hexyl group and an isohexyl group, and an ethylene group, an n-propylene group, an isopropylene group, or an n-butylene group is preferable, and an n-propylene group is particularly preferable.
  • n W1 is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, and particularly preferably 1 to 3.
  • alkyl group represented by RW1 examples include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, tert-butyl group, n-pentyl group, isopentyl group and neopentyl.
  • examples thereof include a group, an n-hexyl group, an n-octyl group, an n-dodecyl group, and a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, or an n-butyl group and a tert-butyl group are preferable.
  • Alkyl group represented by R W5 is the same as defined for the alkyl group represented by R W1, preferred embodiments are also the same as the preferred embodiment of the alkyl group represented by R W1.
  • Me represents a methyl group
  • Et represents an ethyl group
  • * represents a binding site
  • alkylene group represented by RW2 to RW4 in the formulas (a2) to (a4) include a methylene group, an ethylene group, an n-propylene group, an isopropylene group, an n-butylene group and an isobutylene group.
  • N-pentylene group, isopentylene group, n-hexyl group, isohexyl group, n-octylene group, n-dodecylene group and the like preferably an ethylene group, an n-propylene group, an isopropylene group, or an n-butylene group.
  • Ethylene group, or n-propylene group is particularly preferable.
  • the two existing Ms may be the same or different.
  • examples of the onium group represented by M include an ammonium group, an iodonium group, a phosphonium group, a sulfonium group, and the like.
  • the CO 2 M in the formula (a 2), the PO 3 M 2 in the formula (a 2), and the SO 3 M in the formula (a 4) may all have an anion structure in which M is dissociated.
  • Counter cation of the anion structure may be a A 1 +, may be a cation may be included in R 1 -L in Formula 1-1.
  • the group represented by the formula (a1), the formula (a2), or the formula (a4) is preferable.
  • n 11 and n 12 in the formula 1-1 are the same, and an integer of 1 to 5 is preferable, an integer of 1 to 3 is more preferable, 1 or 2 is more preferable, and 2 is particularly preferable.
  • a 1 and A 2 in the formula 1-1 independently represent an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a nitrogen atom, and a nitrogen atom is preferable. It is preferable that A 1 and A 2 in the formula 1-1 are the same atom.
  • Za in Equation 1-1 represents a counterion that neutralizes the charge. If all of R 11 to R 18 and R 1- L are charge-neutral groups, Za is a monovalent counter anion. However, R 11 to R 18 and R 1 to L may have an anionic structure or a cationic structure. For example, when R 11 to R 18 and R 1 to L have two or more anionic structures, Za Can also be a counter cation. If the cyanine dye represented by the formula 1-1 has a charge-neutral structure in the whole compound except Za, Za is not necessary.
  • Za is a counter anion
  • sulfonate ion carboxylate ion, tetrafluoroborate ion, hexafluorophosphate ion, p-toluenesulfonate ion, perchlorate ion and the like
  • tetrafluoroborate ion is preferable.
  • Za is a counter cation
  • alkali metal ion, alkaline earth metal ion, ammonium ion, pyridinium ion, sulfonium ion and the like can be mentioned, and sodium ion, potassium ion, ammonium ion, pyridinium ion or sulfonium ion are preferable. Ions, potassium ions, or ammonium ions are more preferred.
  • the decomposition type infrared absorber is more preferably a compound represented by the following formula 1-2 (that is, a cyanine dye) from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion.
  • R 1 represents a group represented by any of the above formulas 2 to 4, and R 19 to R 22 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, -R a , and -OR b. , -CN, represents -SR c, or -NR d R e, R 23 ⁇ R 24 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, or a -R a, R a ⁇ R e are each independently carbon Representing a hydrogen group, R 19 and R 20 , R 21 and R 22 , or R 23 and R 24 may be linked to form a monocyclic or polycyclic, where L is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or -NR 10- , R 10 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group, and R d1 to R d4 and W 1 to W 2 each independently may have a substituent.
  • R 1 in Formula 1-2 is synonymous with R 1 in the formula 1-1, preferable embodiments thereof are also the same.
  • R 19 to R 22 are preferably hydrogen atoms, halogen atoms, -R a , -OR b , or -CN, respectively. More specifically, R 19 and R 21 are preferably hydrogen atom, or a -R a. Further, R 20 and R 22 are preferably hydrogen atoms, -R a , -OR b , or -CN. As —R a represented by R 19 to R 22 , an alkyl group or an alkenyl group is preferable. When all of R 19 to R 22 are ⁇ R a, it is preferable that R 19 and R 20 and R 21 and R 22 are connected to form a monocyclic or polycyclic ring. Examples of the ring formed by connecting R 19 and R 20 or R 21 and R 22 include a benzene ring, a cyclohexane ring, a cyclopentane ring and the like.
  • R 23 and R 24 are connected to form a monocyclic or polycyclic ring.
  • the ring formed by connecting R 23 and R 24 may be a monocyclic ring or a polycyclic ring.
  • Specific examples of the ring formed include a monocycle such as a cyclopentene ring, a cyclopentadiene ring, a cyclohexene ring and a cyclohexadiene ring, and a polycycle such as an indene ring and an indole ring.
  • R d1 to R d4 are preferably unsubstituted alkyl groups. Further, it is preferable that R d1 to R d4 are all the same group. Examples of the unsubstituted alkyl group include a methyl group and an ethyl group, and among them, a methyl group is preferable.
  • W 1 to W 2 are preferably substituted alkyl groups from the viewpoint of increasing water solubility in the compound represented by formula 1-2.
  • Examples of the substituted alkyl group represented by W 1 to W 2 include groups represented by any of the formulas (a1) to (a4) in the formula 1-1, and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
  • Za represents a counterion that neutralizes the charge in the molecule. If all of R 19 to R 22 , R 23 to R 24 , R d1 to R d4 , W 1 to W 2 , and R 1 to L are charge-neutral groups, then Za is a monovalent counter anion. Will be. However, R 19 to R 22 , R 23 to R 24 , R d1 to R d4 , W 1 to W 2 , and R 1 to L may have an anionic structure or a cationic structure, for example, R 19.
  • Za can also be a counter cation. If the compound represented by the formula 1-2 has a charge-neutral structure as a whole except for Za, Za is not necessary.
  • Za is a counter anion is the same as Za in Formula 1-1, and the preferred embodiment is also the same. Further, the example in which Za is a counter cation is the same as Za in Formula 1-1, and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
  • the cyanine dye as the decomposable infrared absorber is more preferably a compound represented by any of the following formulas 1-3 to 1-7 from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion.
  • the compound represented by any of the formulas 1-3, 1-5, and 1-6 is preferable.
  • R 1 represents a group represented by any of the above formulas 2 to 4, and R 19 to R 22 are independently hydrogen atom, halogen atom, and ⁇ R, respectively.
  • a , -OR b , -CN, -SR c , or -NR d R e , and R 25 to R 26 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or -R a, and R a to R.
  • e independently represents a hydrocarbon group
  • R 19 and R 20 , R 21 and R 22 , or R 25 and R 26 may be linked to form a monocyclic or polycyclic, where L is.
  • R 10 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group, and R d1 to R d4 and W 1 to W 2 are independent substituents.
  • R 1, R 19 ⁇ R 22 in Formula 1-3 to Formula 1-7, R d1 ⁇ R d4, W 1 ⁇ W 2, and L is, R 1, R 19 ⁇ R 22 in Formula 1-2, R d1 ⁇ R d4, W 1 ⁇ W 2, and has the same meaning as L, and also the same preferred embodiment. It is preferable that R 25 to R 26 in the formula 1-7 are independently hydrogen atoms or methyl groups, respectively.
  • cyanine dye of the decomposition type infrared absorber The following are specific examples of the cyanine dye of the decomposition type infrared absorber, but the present disclosure is not limited to these.
  • the infrared absorbent compound described in International Publication No. 2019/219560 can be preferably used.
  • the decomposition type infrared absorber may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the decomposition type infrared absorber is preferably 1% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass to 40% by mass, based on the total mass of the outermost layer. It is more preferably 10% by mass to 30% by mass.
  • the outermost layer in the present disclosure may contain known additives such as an inorganic layered compound and a surfactant.
  • the method for forming the outermost layer is not particularly limited, but it is preferable to use the following method from the viewpoint of enhancing the ozone blocking property. That is, a coating liquid having a solid content concentration of 5% by mass to 30% by mass is applied onto the image recording layer formed on the support, and the obtained coating film is applied at 70 ° C. to 200 ° C. for 5 seconds to 30 seconds. It is a method of forming the outermost layer by drying under the drying conditions of. By using this method, it becomes easy to form an outermost layer in which the decomposition rate of the infrared absorber by ozone exposure is 50% or less.
  • the solid content concentration of the coating liquid is preferably 7.5% by mass to 25% by mass, more preferably 10% by mass to 20% by mass.
  • the drying condition of the coating film is preferably 7.5 seconds to 25 seconds at 80 ° C to 170 ° C, and 10 seconds to 20 seconds at 90 ° C to 150 ° C. preferable.
  • Outermost coating amount (solid content) is preferably from 0.01g / m 2 ⁇ 10g / m 2, more preferably 0.02g / m 2 ⁇ 3g / m 2, 0.1g / m 2 ⁇ 2g / m 2 is particularly preferable.
  • the film thickness of the outermost layer is preferably 0.005 ⁇ m to 2 ⁇ m, preferably 0.05 ⁇ m to 5 ⁇ m, and more preferably 0.1 ⁇ m to 3 ⁇ m.
  • the film thickness of each layer in the lithographic printing plate original plate is determined by preparing a section cut in a direction perpendicular to the surface of the lithographic printing plate original plate, and the cross section of the section is scanned by a scanning electron microscope (SEM). The average film thickness when observed in a range of 50 ⁇ m in width in the horizontal direction with respect to the surface of the printing plate.
  • the outermost layer may have oxygen permeability.
  • “the outermost layer has oxygen permeability” means that the halftone dot area ratio ratio obtained by the method described later is more than 0.9.
  • the outermost layer has oxygen permeability that is, when the halftone dot area ratio is more than 0.9, the halftone dot image is thickened in the scanning direction of the exposure in the printed matter, and the streak-like unevenness (so-called) is observed. It is possible to suppress the occurrence of (also called swath unevenness). This streak-like unevenness is easily affected by the type of plate setter. Therefore, since the outermost layer has oxygen permeability, it can be applied to a plate setter in which streak-like unevenness is likely to occur, so that the selection range of the plate setter can be expanded.
  • the halftone dot area ratio is preferably 0.92 or more, more preferably 0.94 or more, further preferably 0.96 or more, and particularly preferably 0.98 or more.
  • the upper limit of the halftone dot area ratio is, for example, 1.00.
  • two lithographic printing plate original plates differing only in the presence or absence of the outermost layer that is, a lithographic printing plate original plate with an outermost layer and a lithographic printing plate original plate without an outermost layer
  • the halftone dot area ratio is obtained by the following method, and the halftone dot area ratio, which is an index of oxygen permeability, is calculated from the obtained halftone dot area ratio.
  • the obtained exposed lithographic printing original plate is attached to the plate cylinder of the printing machine LITHRONE26 manufactured by Komori Corporation without developing.
  • the density of the solid image portion (that is, the solid density) is DS
  • the density of the halftone dot portion is DT
  • the halftone dot area ratio is derived by the following formula M: Murray-Davis. do.
  • the obtained halftone dot area ratio value is substituted into the formula of the following formula OT to calculate the halftone dot area ratio.
  • Halftone dot area ratio (1-10- DT ) / (1-10- DS ) x 100
  • Halftone dot area ratio (halftone dot area ratio of lithographic printing plate without outermost layer) / (halftone dot area ratio of lithographic printing plate with outermost layer) The larger the value of the halftone dot area ratio, the better the oxygen permeability.
  • the lithographic printing plate original plate according to the present disclosure has an image recording layer between the outermost layer and the support as described above.
  • the image recording layer in the present disclosure contains a polymerization initiator, a polymerizable compound, and an infrared absorber.
  • the image recording layer in the present disclosure is a negative image recording layer, and is preferably a water-soluble or water-dispersible negative image recording layer. From the viewpoint of on-machine developability, the unexposed portion of the image recording layer in the present disclosure is preferably removable with at least one of dampening water and printing ink.
  • the image recording layer in the present disclosure contains a polymerization initiator.
  • the polymerization initiator preferably contains an electron-accepting polymerization initiator, and more preferably contains an electron-accepting polymerization initiator and an electron-donating polymerization initiator.
  • the image recording layer preferably contains an electron-accepting polymerization initiator as the polymerization initiator.
  • the electron-accepting polymerization initiator is a compound that generates a polymerization initiator such as a radical by accepting one electron by electron transfer between molecules when the electron of the infrared absorber is excited by infrared exposure.
  • the electron-accepting polymerization initiator is a compound that generates a polymerization initiator such as a radical or a cation by energy of light, heat, or both, and is a known thermal polymerization initiator, a compound having a small bond of bond dissociation energy, and the like.
  • a photopolymerization initiator or the like can be appropriately selected and used.
  • As the electron-accepting polymerization initiator a radical polymerization initiator is preferable, and an onium salt compound is more preferable.
  • the electron-accepting polymerization initiator is preferably an infrared photosensitive polymerization initiator.
  • oxime ester compounds and onium salt compounds are preferable from the viewpoint of curability of the image recording layer.
  • an iodonium salt compound, a sulfonium salt compound, or an azinium salt compound is preferable, an iodonium salt compound or a sulfonium salt compound is more preferable, and an iodonium salt compound is particularly preferable. Specific examples of these compounds are shown below, but the present disclosure is not limited thereto.
  • a diaryliodonium salt compound is preferable, a diphenyliodonium salt compound substituted with an electron donating group such as an alkyl group or an alkoxyl group is more preferable, and an asymmetric diphenyliodonium salt compound is preferable.
  • Examples of the counter anion of the iodonium salt compound and the sulfonium salt compound include a sulfonate anion, a carboxylate anion, a tetrafluoroborate anion, a hexafluorophosphate anion, a p-toluene sulfonate anion, a tosylate anion, a sulfonamide anion or a sulfonimide.
  • Anions are mentioned. Of these, sulfonamide anions or sulfonimide anions are preferable, and sulfonamide anions are more preferable.
  • As the sulfonamide anion an aryl sulfonamide anion is preferable.
  • sulfoneimide anion a bisaryl sulfoneimide anion is preferable.
  • Specific examples of the sulfonamide anion or the sulfonamide anion include the compounds described in paragraph 0034 of WO 2019/013268.
  • the electron-accepting polymerization initiator is preferably a compound represented by any of the following formulas (II) and (III) from the viewpoint of developability and UV printing resistance in the obtained lithographic printing plate. , Particularly the compound represented by the formula (II) is preferable.
  • X represents a halogen atom
  • R 3 , R 4 and R 5 each independently represent a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • X represents a halogen atom
  • R 3 represents an aryl group.
  • X in the formulas (II) and (III) include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom.
  • a chlorine atom or a bromine atom is preferable because it has excellent sensitivity, and a bromine atom is particularly preferable.
  • R 3 , R 4 and R 5 are preferably aryl groups independently of each other, and above all, from the viewpoint of excellent balance between sensitivity and storage stability, amides are used. Aryl groups substituted with groups are preferred.
  • the compound represented by the formula (IV) is particularly preferable.
  • R 4 and R 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the minimum empty orbital (LUMO) of the electron-accepting polymerization initiator is preferably ⁇ 3.00 eV or less, and more preferably ⁇ 3.02 eV or less, from the viewpoint of improving sensitivity and making plate skipping less likely to occur. preferable.
  • the lower limit of the minimum empty orbital (LUMO) of the electron-accepting polymerization initiator is preferably -3.80 eV or more, and more preferably -3.50 eV or more.
  • the minimum empty orbital (LUMO) and the maximum occupied orbital (HOMO) described later are calculated by the following method. First, when the compound to be calculated has a counterion that is not the main structure forming HOMO or LUMO, the counterion may be ignored.
  • the structure optimization is DFT (B3L). YP / 6-31G (d)).
  • the MO energy Ebare (unit: hartree) obtained by the above MO energy calculation is converted into Escaled (unit: eV) used as the values of HOMO and LUMO in the present disclosure by the following formula.
  • Escaled 0.823168 x 27.2114 x Ebare-1.07634 Note that 27.2114 is simply a coefficient for converting heartree to eV, 0.823168 and -1.07634 are adjustment coefficients, and the calculated values of HOMO and LUMO of the compound to be calculated are actually measured. Determine to suit.
  • the electron-accepting polymerization initiator may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the electron-accepting polymerization initiator is preferably 0.1% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 0.5% by mass to 30% by mass, based on the total mass of the image recording layer. , 0.8% by mass to 20% by mass is particularly preferable.
  • the image recording layer in the present disclosure preferably contains an electron donating type polymerization initiator (also referred to as a polymerization aid) as a polymerization initiator.
  • the electron donating type polymerization initiator is a radical by donating one electron by intermolecular electron transfer to the orbital where one electron of the infrared absorber is missing when the electron of the infrared absorber is excited or moved intramolecularly by infrared exposure. It is a compound that generates a polymerization-initiated species such as.
  • the electron donating type polymerization initiator is preferably an electron donating type radical polymerization initiator.
  • the image recording layer preferably contains a borate compound as an electron donating type polymerization initiator.
  • the borate compound is preferably a tetraarylborate compound or a monoalkyltriarylborate compound, and more preferably a tetraarylborate compound, from the viewpoint of print resistance.
  • the counter cation contained in the borate compound is not particularly limited, but is preferably an alkali metal ion or a tetraalkylammonium ion, and more preferably a sodium ion, a potassium ion, or a tetrabutylammonium ion.
  • the counter cation of the borate compound may be a cationic polymethine dye described as an infrared absorber in the present disclosure.
  • the above borate compound may be used as a counter cation of a cyanine dye.
  • borate compound examples include sodium tetraphenylborate.
  • B-1 to B-9 are shown below as preferable specific examples of the electron donating type polymerization initiator, but it goes without saying that the present invention is not limited to these. Further, in the following chemical formula, Ph represents a phenyl group and Bu represents an n-butyl group.
  • the maximum occupied orbital (HOMO) of the electron donating type polymerization initiator is preferably ⁇ 6.00 eV or more, preferably ⁇ 5.95 eV or more, from the viewpoint of improving sensitivity and making it difficult for plate skipping to occur. It is more preferable, and it is further preferable that it is ⁇ 5.93 eV or more.
  • the upper limit of the maximum occupied orbital (HOMO) of the electron donating type polymerization initiator is preferably ⁇ 5.00 eV or less, and more preferably ⁇ 5.40 eV or less.
  • the electron donating type polymerization initiator only one kind may be used, or two or more kinds may be used in combination.
  • the content of the electron donating type polymerization initiator is preferably 0.01% by mass to 30% by mass, preferably 0.05% by mass, based on the total mass of the image recording layer from the viewpoint of sensitivity and printing resistance. It is more preferably to 25% by mass, and even more preferably 0.1% by mass to 20% by mass.
  • the polymerization initiator may be a compound in which the electron donating type polymerization initiator and the electron accepting type polymerization initiator form an anti-salt.
  • the anion in the electron-donating polymerization initiator and the cation in the electron-accepting polymerization initiator form a counter-salt, and the electron-accepting polymerization initiator and the electron-donating polymerization initiator are preferable.
  • it is a compound in which a cation having an electron-accepting polymerization initiator structure and an anion having an electron-donating polymerization initiator structure form a salt.
  • it is preferably a compound in which an onium cation and a borate anion form an anti-salt, and more preferably a compound in which an iodonium cation or a sulfonium cation and a borate anion form an anti-salt.
  • a compound formed by forming a salt with a diaryliodonium cation or a triarylsulfonium cation and a tetraarylborate anion is particularly preferable.
  • Preferred embodiments of the anion in the electron-donating polymerization initiator and the cation in the electron-accepting polymerization initiator include the anion in the electron-donating polymerization initiator described above and the cation in the electron-accepting polymerization initiator described above. It is the same as the embodiment.
  • the image recording layer contains an anion which is an electron donating type polymerization initiator and a cation which is an electron accepting type polymerization initiator (that is, when it contains the compound forming the above salt)
  • the image recording layer. Shall include an electron-accepting polymerization initiator and the electron-donating polymerization initiator.
  • the compound in which the electron donating type polymerization initiator and the electron accepting type polymerization initiator form an anti-salt may be used as an electron donating type polymerization initiator or as an electron accepting type polymerization initiator. good. Further, the compound in which the electron donating type polymerization initiator and the electron accepting type polymerization initiator form a salt with respect to each other may be used in combination with the above-mentioned electron donating type polymerization initiator or the above-mentioned electron accepting type polymerization initiator. It may be used in combination with a polymerization initiator.
  • the image recording layer in the present disclosure is electron-donated polymerization from the HOMO value of the infrared absorber HOMO-electron-donating polymerization initiator (that is, the HOMO value of the infrared absorber) from the viewpoint of improving sensitivity and printing resistance.
  • the value obtained by subtracting the HOMO value of the initiator) is preferably 0.70 eV or less, and more preferably 0.70 eV to ⁇ 0.10 eV.
  • a negative value means that the HOMO of the electron donating polymerization initiator is higher than that of the infrared absorber.
  • the image recording layer in the present disclosure is an infrared ray from the LUMO value of the electron-accepting polymerization initiator LUMO-infrared absorber (that is, the LUMO value of the electron-accepting polymerization initiator) from the viewpoint of improving sensitivity and printing resistance.
  • the value obtained by subtracting the LUMO value of the absorber) is preferably 1.00 eV or less, more preferably 0.80 eV or less, and further preferably 0.70 eV or less.
  • the LUMO value of the electron-accepting polymerization initiator LUMO-infrared absorber is preferably 1.00 eV to ⁇ 0.10 eV, and more preferably 0.80 eV to 0.30 eV.
  • a negative value means that the LUMO of the infrared absorber is higher than that of the electron-accepting polymerization initiator.
  • the image recording layer in the present disclosure contains a polymerizable compound.
  • the polymerizable compound means a compound having a polymerizable group.
  • the polymerizable group is not particularly limited and may be a known polymerizable group, but an ethylenically unsaturated group is preferable.
  • the polymerizable group may be a radically polymerizable group or a cationically polymerizable group, but is preferably a radically polymerizable group.
  • Examples of the radically polymerizable group include a (meth) acryloyl group, an allyl group, a vinylphenyl group, a vinyl group and the like, and a (meth) acryloyl group is preferable from the viewpoint of reactivity.
  • the molecular weight of the polymerizable compound (weight average molecular weight when having a molecular weight distribution) is preferably 50 or more and less than 40,000.
  • the polymerizable compound used in the present disclosure may be, for example, a radically polymerizable compound or a cationically polymerizable compound, but is an addition polymerizable compound having at least one ethylenically unsaturated bond (ethylenic). It is preferably an unsaturated compound).
  • the ethylenically unsaturated compound is preferably a compound having at least one terminal ethylenically unsaturated bond, and more preferably a compound having two or more terminal ethylenically unsaturated bonds.
  • the polymerizable compound has a chemical form such as, for example, a monomer, a prepolymer, that is, a dimer, a trimer or an oligomer, or a mixture thereof.
  • the polymerizable compound preferably contains a trifunctional or higher-functional polymerizable compound, more preferably a 7-functional or higher-functional polymerizable compound, and 10-functional or higher-functional polymerizable compound from the viewpoint of UV printing resistance. It is more preferable to contain a compound.
  • the polymerizable compound preferably contains a trifunctional or higher (preferably 7 or higher, more preferably 10 or higher) ethylenically unsaturated compound from the viewpoint of UV printing resistance in the obtained flat plate printing plate. It is more preferable to contain a trifunctional or higher (preferably 7 or higher, more preferably 10 or higher) (meth) acrylate compound.
  • the polymerizable compound contained in the image recording layer it is preferable to contain a polymerizable compound which is an oligomer (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “oligomer”).
  • the oligomer represents a polymerizable compound having a molecular weight (weight average molecular weight in the case of having a molecular weight distribution) of 600 or more and 30,000 or less and containing at least one polymerizable group.
  • Preferred examples of the molecular weight of the oligomer include 1,000 or more and 25,000 or less.
  • the molecular weight of the oligomer is preferably 1,000 or more and 5,000 or less.
  • the number of polymerizable groups in one molecule of the oligomer is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more, further preferably 6 or more, and 10 or more. Is particularly preferable.
  • the upper limit of the polymerizable group in the oligomer is not particularly limited, but the number of polymerizable groups is preferably 20 or less.
  • the oligomer preferably has 7 or more polymerizable groups and a molecular weight of 1,000 or more and 10,000 or less, and is polymerizable. It is more preferable that the number of groups is 7 or more and 20 or less, and the molecular weight is 1,000 or more and 5,000 or less.
  • a polymer component that may occur in the process of producing the oligomer may also be contained.
  • the oligomer may have at least one selected from the group consisting of a compound having a urethane bond, a compound having an ester bond, and a compound having an epoxy residue. It is preferable to have a compound having a urethane bond.
  • the epoxy residue refers to a structure formed by an epoxy group, and means, for example, a structure similar to the structure obtained by the reaction of an acid group (carboxylic acid group or the like) with an epoxy group.
  • the compound having a urethane bond which is an example of the oligomer, is preferably, for example, a compound having at least a group represented by the following formula (Ac-1) or formula (Ac-2), and is preferably a compound having at least a group represented by the following formula (Ac-1). ) Is more preferably a compound having at least a group represented by).
  • L 1 ⁇ L 4 each independently represents a divalent hydrocarbon group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, the wavy line portion coupled to other structures Represents a position.
  • Each of L 1 to L 4 is preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and an alkylene group having 4 to 8 carbon atoms. It is more preferable to have.
  • the alkylene group may have a branched or ring structure, but is preferably a linear alkylene group.
  • the wavy line portion in the formula (Ac-1) or the formula (Ac-2) can be independently bonded directly to the wavy line portion in the group represented by the following formula (Ae-1) or the formula (Ae-2). preferable.
  • R independently represents an acryloyloxy group or a methacryloyloxy group
  • the wavy line portion is the wavy line in the formula (Ac-1) and the formula (Ac-2). Represents the connection position with the part.
  • a compound in which a polymerizable group is introduced into a polyurethane obtained by a reaction between a polyisocyanate compound and a polyol compound by a polymer reaction may be used.
  • a compound having a urethane bond may be obtained by reacting a polyurethane oligomer obtained by reacting a polyol compound having an acid group with a polyisocyanate compound with a compound having an epoxy group and a polymerizable group.
  • the number of polymerizable groups in the compound having an ester bond is preferably 3 or more, and more preferably 6 or more.
  • Compound with epoxy residue As the compound having an epoxy residue which is an example of an oligomer, a compound containing a hydroxy group in the compound is preferable. Further, the number of polymerizable groups in the compound having an epoxy residue is preferably 2 to 6, and more preferably 2 to 3.
  • the compound having an epoxy residue can be obtained, for example, by reacting a compound having an epoxy group with acrylic acid.
  • oligomers include UA510H, UA-306H, UA-306I, and UA-306T (all from Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), UV-1700B, UV-6300B, and UV7620EA (all from Nippon Synthetic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.).
  • the content of the oligomer is 30% by mass to 100% by mass with respect to the total mass of the polymerizable compound in the image recording layer from the viewpoint of improving chemical resistance, UV printing resistance, and suppression of on-machine developing residue. It is preferably 50% by mass to 100% by mass, more preferably 80% by mass to 100% by mass.
  • the polymerizable compound may further contain a polymerizable compound other than the above oligomer.
  • the polymerizable compound other than the oligomer is preferably a small molecule polymerizable compound from the viewpoint of chemical resistance.
  • the low molecular weight polymerizable compound may be in a chemical form such as a monomer, a dimer, a trimer, or a mixture thereof. Further, as the low molecular weight polymerizable compound, at least one polymerization selected from the group consisting of a polymerizable compound having three or more ethylenically unsaturated groups and a polymerizable compound having an isocyanulous ring structure from the viewpoint of chemical resistance. It is preferably a sex compound.
  • the low molecular weight polymerizable compound means a polymerizable compound having a molecular weight (in the case of having a molecular weight distribution, a weight average molecular weight) of 50 or more and less than 600.
  • the molecular weight of the low molecular weight polymerizable compound is preferably 100 or more and less than 600, and more preferably 300 or more and less than 600, from the viewpoint of excellent chemical resistance, UV printing resistance and resistance to on-machine development residue. It is preferably 400 or more and less than 600, more preferably.
  • the polymerizable compound contains a low molecular weight polymerizable compound as a polymerizable compound other than the oligomer (when two or more kinds of low molecular weight polymerizable compounds are contained, the total amount thereof), chemical resistance, UV printing resistance and on-machine resistance.
  • the ratio of the oligomer to the low molecular weight polymerizable compound is preferably 10/1 to 1/10 on a mass basis. It is more preferably 1 to 3/7, and even more preferably 10/1 to 7/3.
  • small molecule polymerizable compound examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 882 to 0086 of International Publication No. 2019/013268.
  • the image recording layer preferably contains two or more kinds of polymerizable compounds from the viewpoint of UV printing resistance.
  • the content of the polymerizable compound (when two or more kinds of the polymerizable compound are contained, the total content of the polymerizable compound) is preferably 5% by mass to 75% by mass with respect to the total mass of the image recording layer. It is more preferably 10% by mass to 70% by mass, and further preferably 15% by mass to 60% by mass.
  • the image recording layer in the present disclosure contains an infrared absorber.
  • the infrared absorber is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include pigments and dyes.
  • the dye used as the infrared absorber a commercially available dye and, for example, a known dye described in a document such as "Dye Handbook" (edited by the Society of Synthetic Organic Chemistry, published in 1970) can be used.
  • dyes such as azo dyes, metal complex salt azo dyes, pyrazolone azo dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, anthraquinone dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, carbonium dyes, quinoneimine dyes, methine dyes, cyanine dyes, squarylium dyes, pyrylium salts, and metal thiolate complexes.
  • azo dyes such as azo dyes, metal complex salt azo dyes, pyrazolone azo dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, anthraquinone dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, carbonium dyes, quinoneimine dyes, methine dyes, cyanine dyes, squarylium dyes, pyrylium salts, and metal thiolate complexes.
  • dyes preferred ones include cyanine dye, squarylium dye, pyrylium salt, nickel thiolate complex, and indorenin cyanine dye. More preferably, cyanine pigments and indorenin cyanine pigments are mentioned. Of these, the cyanine pigment is particularly preferable.
  • the infrared absorber is preferably a cationic polymethine dye having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a halogen atom at the meso position.
  • Preferred examples of the cationic polymethine dye include cyanine dye, pyrylium dye, thiopyrylium dye, and azulenium dye, and cyanine dye is preferable from the viewpoint of easy availability and solvent solubility during the introduction reaction.
  • cyanine dye examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 0017 to 0019 of JP-A-2001-133769, paragraphs 0016 to 0021 of JP-A-2002-0233360, and paragraphs 0012 to 0037 of JP-A-2002-040638.
  • paragraphs 0034 to 0041 of JP-A-2002-278057, paragraphs 0080-0086 of JP-A-2008-195018, and particularly preferably paragraphs 0035 of JP-A-2007-90850 examples thereof include the compounds described in 0043 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0105 to 0113 of JP2012-206495A.
  • the compounds described in paragraphs 0008 to 0009 of JP-A-5-5005 and paragraphs 0022 to 0025 of JP-A-2001-222101 can also be preferably used.
  • the compounds described in paragraphs 0072 to 0076 of JP-A-2008-195018 are preferable.
  • an infrared absorber that decomposes by infrared exposure can also be preferably used.
  • the infrared absorber that decomposes by infrared exposure those described in JP-A-2008-544322, International Publication No. 2016/027886, International Publication No. 2017/141882, or International Publication No. 2018/0432559 are preferably used. Can be used.
  • the infrared absorber that decomposes by infrared exposure the above-mentioned decomposition type infrared absorber used for the outermost layer may be used.
  • infrared absorber Only one kind of infrared absorber may be used, or two or more kinds may be used in combination. Further, a pigment and a dye may be used in combination as an infrared absorber.
  • the content of the infrared absorber is 0.1% by mass to 10.0% by mass with respect to the total mass of the image recording layer. Is preferable, and 0.5% by mass to 5.0% by mass is more preferable.
  • the image recording layer in the present disclosure preferably contains particles from the viewpoint of developability and UV printing resistance.
  • the particles may be inorganic particles or organic particles.
  • the particles preferably contain organic particles, and more preferably polymer particles. That is, the image recording layer in the present disclosure preferably contains polymer particles.
  • the inorganic particles known inorganic particles can be used, and metal oxide particles such as silica particles and titania particles can be preferably used.
  • polymer particles examples include particles containing an addition polymerization type resin (that is, addition polymerization type polymer particles), particles containing a polyaddition type resin (that is, polyaddition type polymer particles), and particles containing a polycondensation type resin (that is, that is). , Polycondensation type polymer particles), etc., among which addition polymerization type polymer particles or polyaddition type polymer particles are preferable.
  • the polymer particles may be particles containing a thermoplastic resin (that is, thermoplastic polymer particles) from the viewpoint of enabling heat fusion.
  • polymer particles may be in the form of microcapsules, microgels (that is, crosslinked polymer particles) and the like.
  • the polymer particles are selected from the group consisting of thermoplastic polymer particles, heat-reactive polymer particles, polymer particles having a polymerizable group, microcapsules containing a hydrophobic compound, and microgels (crosslinked polymer particles). Is preferable. Of these, polymer particles having a polymerizable group are preferable. In a particularly preferred embodiment, the polymer particles contain at least one ethylenically unsaturated group. The presence of such polymer particles has the effect of enhancing the printing durability of the exposed portion and the on-machine developability of the unexposed portion.
  • thermoplastic polymer particles Research Disclosure No. 1 of January 1992.
  • the thermoplastic polymer particles described in 33303, JP-A-9-123387, JP-A-9-131850, JP-A-9-171249, JP-A-9-171250, European Patent No. 913647, and the like are preferable.
  • thermoplastic resin constituting the thermoplastic polymer particles include ethylene, styrene, vinyl chloride, methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, vinylidene chloride, acrylonitrile, vinylcarbazole, and a polyalkylene structure.
  • examples thereof include homopolymers or copolymers of monomers such as acrylates or methacrylates having the above, or mixtures thereof.
  • thermoplastic polymer particles preferably contain a structural unit formed of an aromatic vinyl compound and a thermoplastic resin having a structural unit having a nitrile group, from the viewpoint of ink inking property and UV printing resistance.
  • the aromatic vinyl compound may be any compound having a structure in which a vinyl group is bonded to an aromatic ring, and examples thereof include styrene compounds and vinylnaphthalene compounds, with styrene compounds being preferred, and styrene being more preferred.
  • examples of the styrene compound include styrene, p-methylstyrene, p-methoxystyrene, ⁇ -methylstyrene, p-methyl- ⁇ -methylstyrene, ⁇ -methylstyrene, p-methoxy- ⁇ -methylstyrene and the like.
  • the content of the structural unit formed by the aromatic vinyl compound is preferably higher than the content of the structural unit having a nitrile group, which will be described later, from the viewpoint of ink inking property, with respect to the total mass of the thermoplastic resin. It is more preferably 15% by mass to 85% by mass, and even more preferably 30% by mass to 70% by mass.
  • the structural unit having a nitrile group is preferably introduced using a monomer having a nitrile group.
  • the monomer having a nitrile group include acrylonitrile compounds, and (meth) acrylonitrile is preferable.
  • the structural unit having a nitrile group a structural unit formed of (meth) acrylonitrile is preferable.
  • the content of the structural unit having a nitrile group is preferably smaller than the content of the structural unit formed by the above aromatic vinyl compound from the viewpoint of ink inking property, and is 55% by mass with respect to the total mass of the resin. It is more preferably to 90% by mass, more preferably 60% by mass to 85% by mass.
  • the resin contained in the thermoplastic polymer particles contains a structural unit formed of an aromatic vinyl compound and a structural unit having a nitrile group, the structural unit formed of the aromatic vinyl compound and the structural unit having a nitrile group.
  • the content ratio (constituent unit formed of the aromatic vinyl compound: structural unit having a nitrile group) is preferably 5: 5 to 9: 1 on a mass basis, and more preferably 6: 4 to 8 : 2.
  • the resin contained in the thermoplastic polymer particles preferably further has a structural unit formed of the N-vinyl heterocyclic compound.
  • the N-vinyl heterocyclic compound include N-vinylpyrrolidone, N-vinylcarbazole, N-vinylpyrrole, N-vinylphenothiazine, N-vinylsuccinic acidimide, N-vinylphthalimide, N-vinylcaprolactam, and N-vinylpyrrolidone.
  • Vinyl imidazole is mentioned, and N-vinylpyrrolidone is preferable.
  • the content of the structural unit formed by the N-vinyl heterocyclic compound is preferably 5% by mass to 50% by mass, and preferably 10% by mass to 40% by mass, based on the total mass of the thermoplastic resin. More preferred.
  • the resin contained in the thermoplastic polymer particles may contain a structural unit having an acidic group, but it is preferable not to contain a structural unit having an acidic group from the viewpoint of on-machine developability and ink inking property. ..
  • the content of the structural unit having an acidic group in the thermoplastic resin is preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 10% by mass or less, and further preferably 5% by mass or less. preferable.
  • the lower limit of the content is not particularly limited and may be 0% by mass.
  • the acid value of the thermoplastic resin is preferably 160 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 80 mgKOH / g or less, and even more preferably 40 mgKOH / g or less.
  • the lower limit of the acid value is not particularly limited and may be 0 mgKOH / g.
  • the acid value is determined by a measuring method based on JIS K 0070-1992.
  • the thermoplastic resin contained in the thermoplastic polymer particles may contain a structural unit containing a hydrophobic group from the viewpoint of ink inking property.
  • the hydrophobic group include an alkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group and the like.
  • the structural unit containing the hydrophobic group a structural unit formed of an alkyl (meth) acrylate compound, an aryl (meth) acrylate compound, or an aralkyl (meth) acrylate compound is preferable, and the structural unit is formed of an alkyl (meth) acrylate compound. The structural unit is more preferable.
  • the content of the structural unit having a hydrophobic group in the thermoplastic resin contained in the thermoplastic polymer particles is preferably 5% by mass to 50% by mass, preferably 10% by mass to 30% by mass, based on the total mass of the resin. % Is more preferable.
  • the thermoplastic resin contained in the thermoplastic polymer particles preferably has a hydrophilic group from the viewpoint of UV printing resistance and on-machine developability.
  • the hydrophilic group is not particularly limited as long as it has a hydrophilic structure, and examples thereof include an acid group such as a carboxy group, a hydroxy group, an amino group, a nitrile group, and a polyalkylene oxide structure.
  • the hydrophilic group is preferably a group having a polyalkylene oxide structure, a group having a polyester structure, or a sulfonic acid group from the viewpoint of UV printing resistance and on-machine developability, and the polyalkylene oxide structure is preferably used. It is more preferably a group having or a sulfonic acid group, and further preferably a group having a polyalkylene oxide structure.
  • the polyalkylene oxide structure is preferably a polyethylene oxide structure, a polypropylene oxide structure, or a poly (ethylene oxide / propylene oxide) structure from the viewpoint of on-machine developability. Further, from the viewpoint of on-machine developability, it is preferable to have a polypropylene oxide structure as the polyalkylene oxide structure among the above hydrophilic groups, and it is more preferable to have a polyethylene oxide structure and a polypropylene oxide structure. From the viewpoint of on-machine developability, the number of alkylene oxide structures in the polyalkylene oxide structure is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 5 or more, further preferably 5 to 200, and 8 to 8. It is particularly preferably 150.
  • the group represented by the formula Z described later is preferable as the hydrophilic group.
  • hydrophilic groups of the thermoplastic resin the group represented by the following formula PO is preferable.
  • PO, L P each independently represent an alkylene group
  • R P represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 100.
  • PO, L P are each independently an ethylene group, preferably a 1-methylethylene group, or a 2-methylethylene group, more preferably an ethylene group.
  • R P is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a hydrogen atom or a C 1-4 It is more preferably an alkyl group, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • n is preferably an integer of 1 to 10, and more preferably an integer of 1 to 4.
  • the content of the structural unit having a hydrophilic group is preferably 5% by mass to 60% by mass, more preferably 10% by mass to 30% by mass, based on the total mass of the resin.
  • the resin contained in the thermoplastic polymer particles may further contain other structural units.
  • the other structural units may contain a structural unit other than the above-mentioned structural units without particular limitation, and examples thereof include structural units formed of an acrylamide compound, a vinyl ether compound, or the like.
  • the content of the other structural units in the thermoplastic resin is preferably 5% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 10% by mass to 30% by mass, based on the total mass of the thermoplastic resin.
  • heat-reactive polymer particles examples include polymer particles having a heat-reactive group.
  • the heat-reactive resin particles form a hydrophobic region by cross-linking due to a heat reaction and the change of functional groups at that time.
  • the heat-reactive group in the polymer particles having a heat-reactive group may be a functional group that undergoes any reaction as long as a chemical bond is formed, but a polymerizable group is preferable, and as an example, it is preferable.
  • Eethylene unsaturated groups eg, acryloyl group, methacryloyl group, vinyl group, allyl group, etc.
  • cationically polymerizable groups eg, vinyl group, vinyloxy group, epoxy group, oxetanyl group, etc.
  • Preferred examples thereof include a hydroxy group or an amino group as a partner, an acid anhydride for carrying out a ring-opening addition reaction, and an amino group or a hydroxy group as a reaction partner.
  • the resin having the heat-reactive group may be an addition polymerization type resin, a polyaddition type resin, a polycondensation type resin, or a thermoplastic resin.
  • microcapsules for example, as described in JP-A-2001-277740 and JP-A-2001-277742, those containing at least a part (preferably a hydrophobic compound) of the constituents of the image recording layer are preferable. ..
  • a hydrophobic component that is, a hydrophobic compound
  • the hydrophilic component that is, a hydrophilic compound
  • a configuration contained outside the capsule is a preferred embodiment.
  • Known synthetic methods can be applied to obtain microcapsules containing the components of the image recording layer.
  • the microgel can contain a part of the constituents of the image recording layer on at least one of the surface or the inside thereof.
  • a reactive microgel having a polymerizable group on its surface is preferable from the viewpoint of the sensitivity of the lithographic printing plate original plate and the printing durability of the obtained lithographic printing plate.
  • a known synthetic method can be applied to obtain a microgel containing the constituents of the image recording layer.
  • the polymer particles are an adduct of a polyhydric phenol compound having two or more hydroxy groups in the molecule and isophorone diisocyanate from the viewpoint of printing resistance, stain resistance and storage stability of the obtained flat plate printing plate.
  • the polyadductate polymer particles obtained by the reaction of the polyhydric isocyanate compound and the compound having active hydrogen are preferable.
  • the polyvalent phenol compound a compound having a plurality of benzene rings having a phenolic hydroxy group is preferable.
  • a polyol compound or a polyamine compound is preferable, a polyol compound is more preferable, and at least one compound selected from the group consisting of propylene glycol, glycerin and trimethylolpropane is further preferable.
  • water may be used as the compound having active hydrogen. When water is used, the amine generated by the reaction between the isocyanate group of the polyhydric isocyanate compound and water can form a urea bond to form particles.
  • the particles of the resin obtained by the reaction of the polyhydric phenol compound having two or more hydroxy groups in the molecule the polyhydric isocyanate compound which is an adduct of isophorone diisocyanate, and the compound having active hydrogen, the first international release.
  • Preferred examples thereof include microgels obtained by the preparation method described in paragraphs 0230 to 0234 of No. 2018/043259.
  • the polymer particles have a hydrophobic main chain from the viewpoint of printing resistance and solvent resistance of the obtained flat plate printing plate, and i) have a nitrile group directly bonded to the hydrophobic main chain.
  • polymerized polymer particles containing both a constituent unit and ii) a constituent unit having a pendant group containing a hydrophilic polyalkylene oxide segment are preferred.
  • the particles described in paragraph 0156 of JP-A-2019-64269 are preferable as such addition polymerization type polymer particles.
  • the polymer particles in the present disclosure preferably have a group represented by the following formula Z as a hydrophilic group.
  • the polymer particles in the present disclosure are preferably addition polymerization type polymer particles having a hydrophilic group including a group represented by the following formula Z.
  • Q represents a divalent linking group
  • W represents a divalent group having a hydrophilic structure or a divalent group having a hydrophobic structure
  • Y represents a monovalent group having a hydrophilic structure or a monovalent group having a hydrophilic structure.
  • a monovalent group having a hydrophobic structure is represented, either W or Y has a hydrophilic structure, and * represents a binding site with another structure. Further, it is preferable that any of the hydrophilic structures contained in the formula Z contains a polyalkylene oxide structure.
  • Q in the above formula Z is preferably a divalent linking group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably a divalent linking group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Further, Q in the above formula Z is preferably an alkylene group, an arylene group, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a group in which two or more of these are combined, and more preferably a phenylene group, an ester bond, or an amide bond. ..
  • the divalent group having a hydrophilic structure in W of the above formula Z is preferably a group containing a polyalkylene oxide structure, and is a polyalkylene oxy group or -CH 2 CH at one end of the polyalkylene oxy group. It is preferably a group to which 2 NR W ⁇ is bound.
  • R W represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, subsequent R W also the same.
  • the RWAs are independently linear, branched or cyclic alkylene groups having 6 to 120 carbon atoms, haloalkylene groups having 6 to 120 carbon atoms, arylene groups having 6 to 120 carbon atoms, and 7 to 120 carbon atoms. It represents an alkanerylene group (a divalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from an alkylaryl group) or an aralkylene group having 7 to 120 carbon atoms.
  • the monovalent group having a hydrophilic structure is preferably a group containing a polyalkylene oxide structure, a polyalkylene oxy group having a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group at the end, or a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group at the end.
  • RWB represents an alkyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the polymer particles having a group represented by the above formula Z are more preferably divalent groups in which W has a hydrophilic structure from the viewpoints of print resistance, fillability and on-machine developability. It is more preferable that Q is a phenylene group, an ester bond or an amide bond, W is a polyalkyleneoxy group, and Y is a polyalkyleneoxy group having a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group at the end.
  • the group represented by the formula Z may function as a dispersible group for enhancing the dispersibility of the polymer particles.
  • the polymer particles in the present disclosure preferably have a polymerizable group (preferably an ethylenically unsaturated group) from the viewpoint of print resistance and on-machine developability, and in particular, may have a polymerizable group on the surface. More preferred.
  • a polymerizable group preferably an ethylenically unsaturated group
  • the polymer particles in the present disclosure are preferably resin particles having a hydrophilic group and a polymerizable group from the viewpoint of printing resistance.
  • the polymerizable group may be a cationically polymerizable group or a radically polymerizable group, but from the viewpoint of reactivity, it is preferably a radically polymerizable group.
  • the polymerizable group is not particularly limited as long as it is a polymerizable group, but from the viewpoint of reactivity, an ethylenically unsaturated group is preferable, and a vinylphenyl group (styryl group), a (meth) acryloxy group, or a (meth) acryloxy group is preferable.
  • a (meth) acrylamide group is more preferred, and a (meth) acryloxy group is particularly preferred.
  • the resin constituting the polymer particles having a polymerizable group preferably has a structural unit having a polymerizable group.
  • a polymerizable group may be introduced on the surface of the polymer particles by a polymer reaction.
  • the polymer particles preferably contain a heavy addition type resin having a urea bond from the viewpoints of printing resistance, inking property, on-machine developability, and ability to suppress development residue during on-machine development, and the following formula is preferable. It is more preferable to contain a heavy addition type resin having a structure obtained by at least reacting the isocyanate compound represented by (Iso) with water, and at least reacting the isocyanate compound represented by the following formula (Iso) with water. It is particularly preferable that the polyoxyalkylene structure contains a polyadditive resin having a polyethylene oxide structure and a polypropylene oxide structure. Further, the particles containing the heavy addition type resin having a urea bond are preferably microgels.
  • n represents an integer from 0 to 10.
  • the reaction shown below can be mentioned.
  • the structure of the alcohol compound, the amine compound or the like is added with a urea bond. It can also be introduced into the mold resin.
  • an isocyanate group such as an alcohol compound or an amine compound (a compound having active hydrogen)
  • the structure of the alcohol compound, the amine compound or the like is added with a urea bond. It can also be introduced into the mold resin.
  • the compound having active hydrogen the above-mentioned compound having active hydrogen is preferably mentioned.
  • the heavy addition type resin having a urea bond preferably has an ethylenically unsaturated group, and more preferably has a group represented by the following formula (PETA).
  • the method for synthesizing the polymer particles is not particularly limited, and any method may be used as long as the particles can be synthesized with the various resins described above.
  • Examples of the method for synthesizing polymer particles include known methods for synthesizing polymer particles, such as an emulsion polymerization method, a suspension polymerization method, a dispersion polymerization method, a soap-free polymerization method, and a microemulsion polymerization method.
  • a known method for synthesizing microcapsules, a method for synthesizing microgels (crosslinked resin particles), or the like may be used for synthesizing polymer particles.
  • the average particle size of the particles is preferably 0.01 ⁇ m to 3.0 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.03 ⁇ m to 2.0 ⁇ m, and even more preferably 0.10 ⁇ m to 1.0 ⁇ m. Good resolution and stability over time can be obtained in this range.
  • the average particle size of the particles is measured by the light scattering method, or an electron micrograph of the particles is taken, and a total of 5,000 particle sizes are measured on the photographs to calculate the average value. do. For non-spherical particles, the diameter is equivalent to the circle of the particles on the photograph. Unless otherwise specified, the average particle size of the particles in the present disclosure shall be the volume average particle size.
  • particles preferably polymer particles
  • only one kind may be used, or two or more kinds may be used in combination.
  • the content of the particles is preferably 5% by mass to 90% by mass, preferably 10% by mass to 90% by mass, based on the total mass of the image recording layer from the viewpoint of developability and print resistance. It is more preferably 20% by mass to 90% by mass, and particularly preferably 50% by mass to 90% by mass.
  • the image recording layer in the present disclosure may contain other components other than the above-mentioned components.
  • other components include binder polymers, color formers, chain transfer agents, small molecule hydrophilic compounds, fat sensitizers, and other additives.
  • the image recording layer may contain a binder polymer, if desired.
  • the binder polymer refers to a polymer other than polymer particles, that is, a polymer that is not in the form of particles. Further, the binder polymer excludes the ammonium salt-containing polymer in the oil-sensitive agent and the polymer used as a surfactant.
  • binder polymer a known binder polymer (for example, (meth) acrylic resin, polyvinyl acetal resin, polyurethane resin, etc.) used for the image recording layer of the platen printing plate original plate can be preferably used.
  • a binder polymer (hereinafter, also referred to as a binder polymer for on-machine development) used in the machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate will be described in detail.
  • a binder polymer for on-machine development a binder polymer having an alkylene oxide chain is preferable.
  • the binder polymer having an alkylene oxide chain may have a poly (alkylene oxide) moiety in the main chain or the side chain.
  • graft polymer having poly (alkylene oxide) in the side chain, or a block copolymer of a block composed of poly (alkylene oxide) -containing repeating units and a block composed of (alkylene oxide) -free repeating units.
  • a polyurethane resin is preferable.
  • the polymer of the main chain has a poly (alkylene oxide) moiety in the side chain
  • the polymer of the main chain is (meth) acrylic resin, polyvinyl acetal resin, polyurethane resin, polyurea resin, polyimide resin, polyamide resin, epoxy resin, polystyrene resin, novolak type. Examples thereof include phenol resin, polyester resin, synthetic rubber and natural rubber, and (meth) acrylic resin is particularly preferable.
  • a high molecular weight polymer chain having a polyfunctional thiol having 6 or more functionalities or 10 functionalities as a nucleus and being bonded to the nucleus by a sulfide bond, and the polymer chain having a polymerizable group examples thereof include molecular compounds (hereinafter, also referred to as star-shaped polymer compounds).
  • the star-shaped polymer compound for example, the compound described in JP-A-2012-148555 can be preferably used.
  • the star-shaped polymer compound contains a polymerizable group such as an ethylenically unsaturated bond for improving the film strength of the image portion as described in JP-A-2008-195018, with a main chain or a side chain, preferably a side chain. Examples include those held in the chain.
  • the polymerizable group of the star-shaped polymer compound forms crosslinks between the molecules of the star-shaped polymer compound, and curing is promoted.
  • an ethylenically unsaturated group such as a (meth) acrylic group, a vinyl group, an allyl group, a vinylphenyl group (styryl group), an epoxy group and the like are preferable, and a (meth) acrylic group, a vinyl group and a vinylphenyl are preferable.
  • a group (styryl group) is more preferable from the viewpoint of polymerization reactivity, and a (meth) acrylic group is particularly preferable.
  • a reaction between a polymer having a carboxy group in the side chain and glycidyl methacrylate, or a reaction between a polymer having an epoxy group and an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acid such as methacrylic acid can be used.
  • the molecular weight of the binder polymer is preferably 40,000 or more, and more preferably 40,000 to 300,000 in terms of polystyrene by the GPC method. If the binder polymer does not have a polymerizable group, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is preferably 10,000 to 300,000.
  • a hydrophilic polymer such as polyacrylic acid or polyvinyl alcohol described in JP-A-2008-195018 can be used in combination, if necessary. Further, a lipophilic polymer and a hydrophilic polymer can be used in combination.
  • the binder polymer may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the binder polymer can be contained in the image recording layer in an arbitrary amount, but the content of the binder polymer is preferably 1% by mass to 90% by mass with respect to the total mass of the image recording layer. It is more preferably 5% by mass to 80% by mass.
  • the image recording layer may contain a color former.
  • the color-developing agent is preferably an acid color-developing agent.
  • the color former preferably contains a leuco compound.
  • the "color former” used in the present disclosure means a compound having a property of developing or decoloring a color or decoloring by a stimulus such as light or acid and changing the color of the image recording layer, and the "acid color former" is used. It means a compound having a property of developing or decoloring and changing the color of an image recording layer by heating in a state of receiving an electron-accepting compound (for example, a proton such as an acid).
  • the acid color former has a partial skeleton such as lactone, lactam, salton, spiropyrane, ester, and amide, and is colorless and the partial skeleton is rapidly ring-opened or cleaved when it comes into contact with an electron-accepting compound.
  • a partial skeleton such as lactone, lactam, salton, spiropyrane, ester, and amide.
  • Compounds are preferred.
  • Examples of the acid color former include the compounds described in paragraphs 0184 to 0191 of JP-A-2019-18412.
  • the color former is preferably at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a spiropyran compound, a spiroxazine compound, a spirolactone compound, and a spirolactam compound from the viewpoint of color development.
  • a spiropyran compound As the hue of the color former after color development, it is preferable to have maximum absorption in the range of 450 nm to 650 nm from the viewpoint of visibility.
  • the color of the color-developing agent after color development is preferably red, purple, blue, or black-green.
  • the coloring agent preferably an acid coloring agent
  • a leuco dye from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion.
  • the leuco dye is not particularly limited as long as it is a dye having a leuco structure, but it is preferably having a spiro structure, and more preferably a spirolactone ring structure.
  • the leuco dye is preferably a leuco dye having a phthalide structure or a fluorane structure from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion.
  • the color-developing agent (preferably an acid color-developing agent) is a leuco dye having the above-mentioned phthalide structure or fluorane structure from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion, and is the following formulas (Le-1) to (Le-3). ) Is preferable, and a compound represented by the following formula (Le-2) is more preferable.
  • ERG independently represents an electron donating group
  • X 1 to X 4 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a dialkylanilino
  • X 5 to X 10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a monovalent organic group
  • Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent C or N
  • Y 1 represents a group.
  • Ra 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an alkoxy group
  • Rb 1 to Rb 4 Independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group.
  • the electron donating groups in the ERGs of the formulas (Le-1) to (Le-3) include amino groups, alkylamino groups, arylamino groups, and heteroaryls from the viewpoint of color development and visibility of the exposed portion.
  • the electron donating group in the ERG is an aryl group having a substituent at at least one ortho position or a hetero having a substituent at at least one ortho position from the viewpoint of color development and visibility of the exposed portion. It is preferably a disubstituted amino group having an aryl group, more preferably a disubstituted amino group having a substituent at at least one ortho position and a phenyl group having an electron donating group at the para position. preferable.
  • the electron-donating group in the ERG includes a phenyl group having a substituent at at least one ortho-position and an electron-donating group at the para-position, and an aryl group or a heteroaryl group. It is more preferably an amino group having an electron donating group, a phenyl group having a substituent at at least one ortho position and an electron donating group at the para position, and an aryl group or an electron donating group having an electron donating group. It is particularly preferable that it is an amino group having a heteroaryl group having.
  • the ortho position in an aryl group or a heteroaryl group other than the phenyl group is next to the above-mentioned 1-position when the bonding position with the other structure of the aryl group or the heteroaryl group is the 1-position. It refers to the bonding position (for example, the second position, etc.).
  • the electron-donating group of the aryl group or the heteroaryl group includes an amino group, an alkylamino group, an arylamino group, a heteroarylamino group, and a dialkylamino group from the viewpoint of color development and visibility of the exposed portion.
  • a monoalkyl monoarylamino group a monoalkyl monoheteroarylamino group, a diarylamino group, a diheteroarylamino group, a monoaryl monoheteroarylamino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a heteroarryloxy group, or an alkyl group. It is preferably an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a heteroaryloxy group, or an alkyl group, more preferably an alkoxy group, and particularly preferably an alkoxy group.
  • X 1 ⁇ X 4 in the formula (Le-1) ⁇ formula (Le-3) are each independently, from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposure unit, a hydrogen atom, or, preferably a chlorine atom, a hydrogen atom Is more preferable.
  • X 5 to X 10 in the formula (Le-2) or the formula (Le-3) are independently hydrogen atom, halogen atom, alkyl group, aryl group, amino group, from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed part.
  • Y 1 and Y 2 in the formulas (Le-1) to (Le-3) is C from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion, and both Y 1 and Y 2 are used. It is more preferably C.
  • Ra 1 in the formula (Le-3) is preferably an alkyl group or an alkoxy group, more preferably an alkoxy group, and particularly preferably a methoxy group, from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion.
  • Each of Rb 1 to Rb 4 in the formula (Le-1) is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, more preferably an alkyl group, and a methyl group, independently from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion. Is particularly preferable.
  • the leuco dye having the phthalide structure or the fluorane structure may be a compound represented by any of the following formulas (Le-4) to (Le-6) from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion. More preferably, it is a compound represented by the following formula (Le-5).
  • ERG each independently represents an electron donating group
  • X 1 ⁇ X 4 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a dialkyl anilino Represents a group
  • Y 1 and Y 2 independently represent C or N, where X 1 does not exist when Y 1 is N and X 4 exists when Y 2 is N.
  • Ra 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an alkoxy group
  • Rb 1 to Rb 4 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group.
  • ERG, X 1 to X 4 , Y 1 , Y 2 , Ra 1 and Rb 1 to Rb 4 in the formulas (Le-4) to (Le-6) are the formulas (Le-1) to the formulas (Le-1) to the formulas (Le-1) to Rb 4, respectively.
  • the leuco dye having a phthalide structure or a fluorine structure may be a compound represented by any of the following formulas (Le-7) to (Le-9) from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion. Further, it is particularly preferable that the compound is represented by the following formula (Le-8).
  • X 1 ⁇ X 4 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a dialkyl anilino group
  • Y 1 and Y 2 are each independently Represents C or N, where X 1 is absent when Y 1 is N, X 4 is absent when Y 2 is N, and Ra 1 to Ra 4 are independent hydrogens, respectively.
  • Rb 1 to Rb 4 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group
  • Rc 1 and Rc 2 each independently represent an aryl. Represents a group or a heteroaryl group.
  • Ra 1 to Ra 4 in the formula (Le-7) or the formula (Le-9) are each independently preferably an alkyl group or an alkoxy group from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion, and are alkoxy groups. It is more preferable, and it is particularly preferable that it is a methoxy group.
  • Rb 1 to Rb 4 in the formulas (Le-7) to (Le-9) are independently substituted with a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group or an alkoxy group from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion. It is preferably an aryl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • Rc 1 and Rc 2 in the formula (Le-8) are preferably phenyl groups or alkylphenyl groups, and more preferably phenyl groups, independently from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion. ..
  • X 1 to X 4 are hydrogen atoms and Y 1 and Y 2 are C.
  • Rb 1 and Rb 2 are independently substituted with a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group or an alkoxy group. It is preferably present, and more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • Rb 1 , Rb 2 , Rc 1 , and Rc 2 in the formula (Le-8) preferably have the following aspects.
  • Rb 1 and Rb 2 in the formula (Le-8) are preferably aryl groups or heteroaryl groups, respectively, and are preferably aryl groups. It is more preferably an aryl group having an electron donating group, and particularly preferably a phenyl group having an electron donating group at the para position.
  • Rc 1 and Rc 2 in the formula (Le-8) are an aryl group having a substituent at at least one ortho position, or at least one, independently from the viewpoint of color development and visibility of the exposed portion.
  • Rc 1 and Rc 2 examples include substituents described later.
  • Rc 1 and Rb 1 and Rc 2 and Rb 1 in the formula (Le-8) may be independently bonded at the ortho position to form a ring (for example, a carbazole ring).
  • the electron-donating groups in Rb 1 , Rb 2 , Rc 1 , and Rc 2 include amino groups, alkylamino groups, arylamino groups, and heteroaryls from the viewpoint of color development and visibility of exposed parts.
  • the color-developing agent (preferably an acid-color-developing agent) is a leuco dye having the above-mentioned phthalide structure or fluorane structure from the viewpoint of color-developing property and visibility of the exposed portion, and is represented by the following formula (Le-10). It is preferably a compound to be used.
  • Ar 1 independently represents an aryl group or a heteroaryl group
  • Ar 2 independently represents an aryl group having a substituent at at least one ortho position, or at least 1 Represents a heteroaryl group having a substituent at one ortho position.
  • Ar 1 in the formula (Le-10) is similar to the preferred embodiment of Rb 1 and Rb 2 in the formula (Le-8).
  • Ar 2 in the formula (Le-10) is similar to the preferred embodiment of Rc 1 and Rc 2 in the formula (Le-8).
  • the alkyl group in the formulas (Le-1) to (Le-9) may be linear, may have a branch, or may have a ring structure. Further, the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group in the formulas (Le-1) to (Le-9) is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 8, and further preferably 1 to 4. It is preferably 1 or 2, and particularly preferably 1. The number of carbon atoms of the aryl group in the formulas (Le-1) to (Le-10) is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 10, and particularly preferably 6 to 8.
  • the aryl group in the formulas (Le-1) to (Le-10) include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthrasenyl group, a phenanthrenyl group and the like which may have a substituent.
  • the heteroaryl group in the formulas (Le-1) to (Le-10) may have a substituent, such as a frill group, a pyridyl group, a pyrimidyl group, a pyrazoyl group, and a thiophenyl group. Can be mentioned.
  • each group such as a monovalent organic group, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, a dialkylanilino group, an alkylamino group and an alkoxy group in the formulas (Le-1) to (Le-9) is substituted. It may have a group.
  • the substituents in the formulas (Le-1) to (Le-10) include an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, a halogen atom, an amino group, an alkylamino group, an arylamino group, a heteroarylamino group and a dialkyl group.
  • Amino group monoalkyl monoarylamino group, monoalkyl monoheteroarylamino group, diarylamino group, diheteroarylamino group, monoaryl monoheteroarylamino group, hydroxy group, alkoxy group, allyloxy group, heteroallyloxy group, Examples thereof include an acyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a heteroaryloxycarbonyl group and a cyano group. Further, these substituents may be further substituted with these substituents.
  • leuco dye having a phthalide structure or a fluorine structure that are preferably used include the following compounds (S-1 to S-21).
  • acid color former examples include, for example, ETAC, RED500, RED520, CVL, S-205, BLACK305, BLACK400, BLACK100, BLACK500, H-7001, GREEN300, NIRBLACK78, BLUE220, H-3035, BLUE203, ATP, H.
  • ETAC, S-205, BLACK305, BLACK400, BLACK100, BLACK500, H-7001, GREEN300, NIRBLACK78, H-3035, ATP, H-1046, H-2114, GREEN-DCF, Blue-63. , GN-169, and crystal violet lactone are preferable because the film (that is, the image recording layer) on which the crystal violet lactone is formed has a good visible light absorption rate.
  • the following compounds are also preferably used from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion.
  • the color former may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the color former is preferably 0.5% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 1% by mass to 5% by mass, based on the total mass of the image recording layer.
  • the image recording layer may contain components other than those described above.
  • Ingredients other than those described above include colorants, baking agents, polymerization inhibitors, higher fatty acid derivatives, plasticizers, inorganic fine particles, and low molecular weight hydrophilicity described in paragraphs 0181 to 0190 of JP-A-2009-255434. Examples include compounds.
  • the hydrophobizing precursor fine particles capable of converting the image recording layer into hydrophobicity when heat is applied described in paragraphs 0191 to 0217 of JP2012-187907A. Examples thereof include low molecular weight hydrophilic compounds, fat sensitizers (for example, phosphonium compounds, nitrogen-containing low molecular weight compounds, ammonium group-containing polymers), chain transfer agents and the like.
  • the necessary components are dispersed or dissolved in a known solvent. It can be formed by preparing a coating liquid, applying the coating liquid on a support by a known method such as bar coater coating, and drying the coating liquid.
  • a known solvent can be used. Specifically, for example, water, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone (2-butanone), cyclohexane, ethyl acetate, ethylene dichloride, tetrahydrofuran, toluene, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, Propylene glycol monoethyl ether, acetylacetone, cyclohexanone, diacetone alcohol, ethylene glycol monomateyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol ethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoisopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 3- Methoxy-1-propanol, methoxymethoxyethanol, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol
  • the coating amount (solid content) of the image recording layer after coating and drying varies depending on the application, but from the viewpoint of obtaining good sensitivity and good film characteristics of the image recording layer, 0.3 g / m 2 to 3.0 g /. m 2 is preferable.
  • the film thickness of the image recording layer in the lithographic printing plate original plate according to the present disclosure is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m to 3.0 ⁇ m, and more preferably 0.3 ⁇ m to 2.0 ⁇ m.
  • the lithographic printing plate original plate according to the present disclosure has a support.
  • a known lithographic printing plate precursor support can be appropriately selected and used.
  • a support having a hydrophilic surface hereinafter, also referred to as “hydrophilic support”.
  • the support in the present disclosure an aluminum plate that has been roughened and anodized by a known method is preferable. That is, the support in the present disclosure preferably has an aluminum plate and an aluminum anodized film arranged on the aluminum plate.
  • the support (1) has an aluminum plate and an anodized film of aluminum arranged on the aluminum plate, and the anodized film is located closer to the image recording layer than the aluminum plate.
  • the anodized film has micropores extending in the depth direction from the surface on the image recording layer side, and the average diameter of the micropores on the surface of the anodized film is more than 10 nm and 100 nm or less.
  • the value of the brightness L * in the L * a * b * color system of the surface of the anodic oxide film on the image recording layer side is preferably 70 to 100.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view of an embodiment of the aluminum support 12a.
  • the aluminum support 12a has a laminated structure in which an aluminum plate 18 and an anodized aluminum film 20a (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “anodized film 20a”) are laminated in this order.
  • the anodic oxide film 20a in the aluminum support 12a is located closer to the image recording layer than the aluminum plate 18. That is, it is preferable that the lithographic printing plate original plate according to the present disclosure has at least an anodic oxide film, an image recording layer, and an outermost layer on an aluminum plate in this order.
  • the anodic oxide film 20a is a film formed on the surface of the aluminum plate 18 by anodization treatment, and this film is substantially perpendicular to the surface of the film and has ultrafine micropores 22a in which each is uniformly distributed.
  • the micropore 22a extends from the surface of the anodic oxide film 20a on the image recording layer side (the surface of the anodic oxide film 20a on the side opposite to the aluminum plate 18 side) along the thickness direction (aluminum plate 18 side).
  • the average diameter (average opening diameter) of the micropores 22a in the anodic oxide film 20a on the surface of the anodic oxide film is preferably more than 10 nm and 100 nm or less. Among them, from the viewpoint of the balance between printing resistance, stain resistance, and image visibility, 15 nm to 60 nm is more preferable, 20 nm to 50 nm is further preferable, and 25 to 40 nm is particularly preferable.
  • the diameter inside the pores may be wider or narrower than the surface layer. When the average diameter exceeds 10 nm, the printing durability and the image visibility are further excellent. Further, when the average diameter is 100 nm or less, the printing durability is further excellent.
  • the average diameter of the micropores 22a is 400 nm ⁇ 600 nm in the obtained 4 images obtained by observing the surface of the anodized film 20a with a field emission scanning electron microscope (FE-SEM) at a magnification of 150,000 times.
  • the diameter (diameter) of the micropores existing in the range of is measured at 50 points and calculated as an arithmetic average value. If the shape of the micropore 22a is not circular, the diameter equivalent to the circle is used.
  • the "circle equivalent diameter” is the diameter of a circle when the shape of the opening is assumed to be a circle having the same projected area as the projected area of the opening.
  • the depth of the micropore 22a is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 nm to 3,000 nm, more preferably 50 nm to 2,000 nm, and even more preferably 300 nm to 1,600 nm.
  • the depth is an average value obtained by taking a photograph (150,000 times) of a cross section of the anodic oxide film 20a and measuring the depths of 25 or more micropores 22a.
  • the shape of the micropore 22a is not particularly limited, and in FIG. 2, it is a substantially straight tubular (substantially cylindrical) shape, but it may be a conical shape whose diameter decreases in the depth direction (thickness direction). Further, the shape of the bottom portion of the micropore 22a is not particularly limited, and may be curved (convex) or planar.
  • the value of L * a * b * lightness L * in the color system of the surface of the aluminum support 12a on the image recording layer side (the surface of the anodic oxide film 20a on the image recording layer side) is preferably 70 to 100. .. Among them, 75 to 100 is preferable, and 75 to 90 is more preferable, in that the balance between printing durability and image visibility is more excellent.
  • the brightness L * is measured using a color difference meter SpecroEye manufactured by X-Rite Co., Ltd.
  • the micropore communicates with the large-diameter hole extending from the surface of the anodic oxide film to a depth of 10 nm to 1,000 nm and the bottom of the large-diameter hole, and is deep from the communication position. It is composed of a small-diameter hole extending from 20 nm to 2,000 nm, and the average diameter of the large-diameter hole on the surface of the anodic oxide film is 15 nm to 100 nm, and the average diameter of the small-diameter hole at the communication position.
  • a mode in which the diameter is 13 nm or less hereinafter, the support according to this mode is also referred to as “support (2)”) is also preferably mentioned.
  • support (2) A mode in which the diameter is 13 nm or less
  • the aluminum support 12b includes an aluminum plate 18 and an anodic oxide film 20b having a micropore 22b composed of a large-diameter hole portion 24 and a small-diameter hole portion 26.
  • the micropores 22b in the anodic oxide film 20b have a large-diameter hole portion 24 extending from the surface of the anodic oxide film to a depth of 10 nm to 1,000 nm (depth D: see FIG. 2) and a bottom portion of the large-diameter hole portion 24.
  • the roughening treatment step is a step of applying a roughening treatment including an electrochemical roughening treatment to the surface of the aluminum plate. This step is preferably carried out before the anodizing treatment step described later, but it may not be carried out in particular as long as the surface of the aluminum plate already has a preferable surface shape.
  • the roughening treatment for the aluminum plate can be performed by the method described in paragraphs 0086 to 0101 of JP-A-2019-162855.
  • the procedure of the anodic oxidation treatment step is not particularly limited as long as the above-mentioned micropores can be obtained, and a known method can be mentioned.
  • an aqueous solution of sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, oxalic acid or the like can be used as the electrolytic bath.
  • the concentration of sulfuric acid may be 100 g / L to 300 g / L.
  • the conditions for the anodizing treatment are appropriately set depending on the electrolytic solution used, and for example, the liquid temperature is 5 ° C to 70 ° C (preferably 10 ° C to 60 ° C), and the current density is 0.5 A / dm 2 to 60 A / dm 2.
  • the pore wide treatment is a treatment (pore diameter expansion treatment) for enlarging the diameter (pore diameter) of the micropores existing in the anodic oxide film formed by the above-mentioned anodizing treatment step.
  • the pore-wide treatment can be performed by contacting the aluminum plate obtained by the above-mentioned anodizing treatment step with an acid aqueous solution or an alkaline aqueous solution.
  • the contact method is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a dipping method and a spraying method.
  • the lithographic printing plate original plate according to the present disclosure preferably has an undercoat layer (sometimes referred to as an intermediate layer) between the image recording layer and the support.
  • the undercoat layer strengthens the adhesion between the support and the image recording layer in the exposed area, and makes it easy for the image recording layer to peel off from the support in the unexposed area, so that the deterioration of printing durability is suppressed. Contributes to improving developability.
  • the undercoat layer functions as a heat insulating layer, which also has an effect of preventing the heat generated by the exposure from diffusing to the support and reducing the sensitivity.
  • Examples of the compound used for the undercoat layer include polymers having an adsorptive group and a hydrophilic group that can be adsorbed on the surface of the support. In order to improve the adhesion to the image recording layer, a polymer having an adsorptive group and a hydrophilic group and further having a crosslinkable group is preferable.
  • the compound used for the undercoat layer may be a small molecule compound or a polymer. As the compound used for the undercoat layer, two or more kinds may be mixed and used as needed.
  • the compound used for the undercoat layer is a polymer
  • a copolymer of a monomer having an adsorptive group, a monomer having a hydrophilic group and a monomer having a crosslinkable group is preferable.
  • Adsorbable groups that can be adsorbed on the surface of the support include phenolic hydroxy group, carboxy group, -PO 3 H 2 , -OPO 3 H 2 , -CONHSO 2- , -SO 2 NHSO 2- , -COCH 2 COCH 3 Is preferable.
  • As the hydrophilic group a sulfo group or a salt thereof, or a salt of a carboxy group is preferable.
  • the polymer may have a polar substituent of the polymer and a crosslinkable group introduced by salt formation with a substituent having a countercharge with the polar substituent and a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
  • a monomer other than the above, preferably a hydrophilic monomer may be further copolymerized.
  • a phosphorus compound having a double bond reactive group is preferably mentioned.
  • Crosslinkable groups preferably ethylenically unsaturated bonding groups
  • supports described in JP-A-2005-238816, JP-A-2005-125479, JP-A-2006-239867, and JP-A-2006-215263 Low molecular weight or high molecular weight compounds having functional and hydrophilic groups that interact with the surface are also preferably used.
  • More preferable examples thereof include polymer polymers having an adsorptive group, a hydrophilic group and a crosslinkable group that can be adsorbed on the surface of the support described in JP-A-2005-125479 and JP-A-2006-188038.
  • the content of the ethylenically unsaturated bond group in the polymer used for the undercoat layer is preferably 0.1 mmol to 10.0 mmol, more preferably 0.2 mmol to 5.5 mmol per 1 g of the polymer.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer used for the undercoat layer is preferably 5,000 or more, more preferably 10,000 to 300,000.
  • the undercoat layer preferably contains a hydrophilic compound from the viewpoint of developability.
  • the hydrophilic compound is not particularly limited, and a known hydrophilic compound used for the undercoat layer can be used.
  • Preferred examples of the hydrophilic compound include phosphonic acids having an amino group such as carboxymethyl cellulose and dextrin, organic phosphonic acids, organic phosphoric acids, organic phosphinic acids, amino acids, and hydrochlorides of amines having a hydroxy group.
  • hydrophilic compound a compound having an amino group or a functional group having a polymerization prohibition ability and a group interacting with the surface of the support (for example, 1,4-diazabicyclo [2.2.2] octane (DABCO)).
  • DABCO 1,4-diazabicyclo [2.2.2] octane
  • 2,3,5,6-tetrahydroxy-p-quinone, chloranyl, sulfophthalic acid, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA) or its salt, hydroxyethylethylenediaminetriacetic acid or its salt, dihydroxyethylethylenediaminediacetic acid or its salt, hydroxy Ethylenediaminediacetic acid or a salt thereof, etc. are preferably mentioned.
  • the hydrophilic compound preferably contains a hydroxycarboxylic acid or a salt thereof from the viewpoint of suppressing scratches and stains. Further, the hydrophilic compound, preferably a hydroxycarboxylic acid or a salt thereof, is preferably contained in the layer on the aluminum support from the viewpoint of suppressing scratches and stains. Further, the layer on the aluminum support is preferably a layer on the side where the image recording layer is formed, and is preferably a layer in contact with the aluminum support. As the layer on the aluminum support, an undercoat layer or an image recording layer is preferably mentioned as a layer in contact with the aluminum support.
  • a layer other than the layer in contact with the aluminum support for example, the outermost layer or the image recording layer may contain a hydrophilic compound, preferably a hydroxycarboxylic acid or a salt thereof.
  • the image recording layer contains a hydroxycarboxylic acid or a salt thereof from the viewpoint of suppressing scratches and stains.
  • an embodiment in which the surface of the aluminum support on the image recording layer side is surface-treated with a composition containing at least hydroxycarboxylic acid or a salt thereof is also preferably mentioned. Be done.
  • the treated hydroxycarboxylic acid or a salt thereof is detected at least in a state of being contained in a layer on the image recording layer side (for example, an image recording layer or an undercoat layer) in contact with an aluminum support.
  • a layer on the image recording layer side for example, an image recording layer or an undercoat layer
  • the surface of the aluminum support on the image recording layer side can be made hydrophilic, and the aluminum support can also be made hydrophilic.
  • the contact angle with water on the surface of the image recording layer side by the aerial water droplet method can be easily set to 110 ° or less, and the scratch and stain suppression property is excellent.
  • Hydroxycarboxylic acid is a general term for organic compounds having one or more carboxy groups and one or more hydroxy groups in one molecule, and is also called hydroxy acid, oxy acid, oxycarboxylic acid, or alcoholic acid (). Iwanami Physics and Chemistry Dictionary 5th Edition, published by Iwanami Shoten Co., Ltd. (1998)).
  • the hydroxycarboxylic acid or a salt thereof is preferably represented by the following formula (HC).
  • R HC R HC (OH) mhc ( COM HC ) nhc
  • R HC represents a mhc + nhc valent organic group
  • M HC independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkali metal, or onium
  • mhc and nhc each independently represent an integer of 1 or more. Represented, when n is 2 or more, M may be the same or different.
  • the organic group for mhc + NHC value represented by R HC includes mhc + NHC valent hydrocarbon group.
  • the hydrocarbon group may have a substituent and / or a linking group.
  • Examples of the hydrocarbon group include a group having a mhc + nhc valence derived from an aliphatic hydrocarbon, for example, an alkylene group, an alkanthryl group, an alkanetetrayl group, an alcantyl group, an alkenylene group, an alkanthryl group and an alkentetrayl group.
  • Groups of mhc + nhc valence derived from aromatic hydrocarbons such as groups, alkenylpentyl groups, alkynylene groups, alkyntriyl groups, alkynetetrayl groups, alkynpentyl groups, etc., such as allylene groups, allenetriyl groups, allenes. Examples thereof include a tetrayl group and an arenepentile group. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aralkyl group, an aryl group and the like.
  • substituents include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a nonyl group, a decyl group, an undecyl group, a dodecyl group, a tridecyl group and a hexadecyl group.
  • the linking group is composed of at least one atom selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom and a halogen atom, and the number of atoms thereof is preferably 1 to 50.
  • Specific examples thereof include an alkylene group, a substituted alkylene group, an arylene group, a substituted arylene group and the like, and a plurality of these divalent groups are linked by any of an amide bond, an ether bond, a urethane bond, a urea bond and an ester bond. It may have a structure that has been modified.
  • Examples of the alkali metal represented by MHC include lithium, sodium, potassium and the like, and sodium is particularly preferable.
  • Examples of onium include ammonium, phosphonium, sulfonium and the like, and ammonium is particularly preferable.
  • M HC from the viewpoint of scratch stain inhibitory, preferably an alkali metal or an onium, and more preferably an alkali metal.
  • the total number of mhc and nhc is preferably 3 or more, more preferably 3 to 8, and even more preferably 4 to 6.
  • the hydroxycarboxylic acid or a salt thereof preferably has a molecular weight of 600 or less, more preferably 500 or less, and particularly preferably 300 or less.
  • the molecular weight is preferably 76 or more.
  • the hydroxycarboxylic acid constituting the hydroxycarboxylic acid or the salt of the hydroxycarboxylic acid is gluconic acid, glycolic acid, lactic acid, tartron acid, hydroxybutyric acid (2-hydroxybutyric acid, 3-hydroxybutyric acid, ⁇ -Hydroxybutyric acid, etc.), malic acid, tartaric acid, citramalic acid, citric acid, isocitrate, leucic acid, mevalonic acid, pantoic acid, lysynolic acid, lysine lysic acid, cerebronic acid, quinic acid, chymic acid, monohydroxybenzoic acid derivative (Salicylic acid, cleosortic acid (homosalicylic acid, hydroxy (methyl) benzo
  • hydroxycarboxylic acid or the hydroxycarboxylic acid constituting the salt of the hydroxycarboxylic acid a compound having two or more hydroxy groups is preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing scratches and stains, and the hydroxy group is preferable.
  • a compound having 3 or more hydroxy groups is more preferable, a compound having 5 or more hydroxy groups is further preferable, and a compound having 5 to 8 hydroxy groups is particularly preferable.
  • gluconic acid or shikimic acid is preferable.
  • Citric acid or malic acid is preferable as having two or more carboxy groups and one hydroxy group.
  • Tartaric acid is preferable as having two or more carboxy groups and hydroxy groups, respectively.
  • gluconic acid is particularly preferable as the hydroxycarboxylic acid.
  • the hydrophilic compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the hydrophilic compound is 0.01 mass by mass with respect to the total mass of the undercoat layer. It is preferably% to 50% by mass, more preferably 0.1% by mass to 40% by mass, and particularly preferably 1.0% by mass to 30% by mass.
  • the undercoat layer is a chelating agent to prevent stains over time. It may contain a secondary or tertiary amine, a polymerization inhibitor and the like.
  • the undercoat layer can be formed by dissolving each of the above-mentioned necessary components in a known solvent to prepare a coating liquid, applying the coating liquid on the support by a known method, and drying.
  • the coating amount (solid content) of the undercoat layer is preferably 0.1 mg / m 2 to 300 mg / m 2, more preferably 5 mg / m 2 to 200 mg / m 2 .
  • the lithographic printing plate original plate according to the present disclosure may have other layers other than those described above.
  • the other layer is not particularly limited and may have a known layer.
  • a back coat layer may be provided on the side of the support opposite to the image recording layer side, if necessary.
  • the lithographic printing plate original plate according to the present disclosure is a manufacturing method including a step of forming an image recording layer on a support by the method described above and forming an outermost layer on the formed image recording layer by the following method. Is preferably manufactured.
  • the step of forming the outermost layer is the above-mentioned method of forming the outermost layer, that is, a coating liquid having a solid content concentration of 5% by mass to 30% by mass is applied onto the image recording layer formed on the support. This is a step of drying the obtained coating film at 70 ° C. to 200 ° C. under drying conditions of 5 seconds to 30 seconds to form the outermost layer.
  • a lithographic printing plate can be produced by exposing the original plate of the lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure to an image and performing a developing process.
  • the method for producing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure includes a step of exposing the lithographic printing plate original plate according to the present disclosure to an image (hereinafter, also referred to as an “exposure step”), and printing ink and wetting on a printing machine. It is preferable to include a step of supplying at least one selected from the group consisting of water to remove the image recording layer of the non-image portion (hereinafter, also referred to as “on-machine development step”).
  • the lithographic printing method according to the present disclosure is a step of exposing a lithographic printing plate original plate according to the present disclosure to an image (exposure step) and printing by supplying at least one selected from the group consisting of printing ink and dampening water.
  • a process of producing a lithographic printing plate by removing the image recording layer of the non-image portion on the machine (machine development process), and a process of printing with the obtained lithographic printing plate (hereinafter, also referred to as "printing process”). It is preferable to include.
  • each step will be sequentially described with respect to the method for producing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure and the lithographic printing method according to the present disclosure.
  • the lithographic printing plate original plate according to the present disclosure can also be developed with a developing solution.
  • the exposure step and the on-machine development step in the lithographic printing plate manufacturing method will be described, but the exposure step in the lithographic printing plate manufacturing method according to the present disclosure and the exposure step in the lithographic printing method according to the present disclosure are the same. It is a step, and the on-machine development step in the method for producing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure is the same as the on-machine development step in the lithographic printing method according to the present disclosure.
  • the method for producing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure preferably includes an exposure step of exposing the lithographic printing plate original plate according to the present disclosure to an image to form an exposed portion and an unexposed portion. It is preferable that the lithographic printing plate original plate according to the present disclosure is exposed to an image by laser exposure through a transparent original image having a line image, a halftone dot image, or the like, or by laser light scanning with digital data.
  • the wavelength of the light source is preferably 750 nm to 1,400 nm.
  • a solid-state laser or a semiconductor laser that emits infrared rays is suitable.
  • the output is preferably 100 mW or more, the exposure time per pixel is preferably 20 microseconds or less, and the irradiation energy amount is 10 mJ / cm 2 to 300 mJ / cm 2. preferable. Further, it is preferable to use a multi-beam laser device in order to shorten the exposure time.
  • the exposure mechanism may be any of an inner drum method, an outer drum method, a flatbed method and the like. Image exposure can be performed by a conventional method using a platesetter or the like. In the case of on-machine development, the lithographic printing plate original plate may be mounted on the printing machine and then the image may be exposed on the printing machine.
  • the method for producing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure is an on-machine development step of supplying at least one selected from the group consisting of printing ink and dampening water on a printing machine to remove an image recording layer in a non-image area. It is preferable to include it.
  • the on-machine development method will be described below.
  • the image-exposed lithographic printing plate original plate supplies oil-based ink and water-based components on the printing machine, and the image recording layer in the non-image area is removed to produce a lithographic printing plate.
  • the flat plate printing plate original plate is mounted on the printing machine as it is without any development processing after the image exposure, or the flat plate printing plate original plate is mounted on the printing machine and then the image is exposed on the printing machine, and then When printing is performed by supplying an oil-based ink and a water-based component, in the non-image area, an uncured image recording layer is formed by one or both of the supplied oil-based ink and the water-based component in the initial stage of printing.
  • the image recording layer cured by exposure forms an oil-based ink receiving portion having a lipophilic surface.
  • the first supply to the plate surface may be an oil-based ink or a water-based component, but the oil-based ink is first supplied in terms of preventing contamination by the components of the image recording layer from which the water-based components have been removed. Is preferable. In this way, the lithographic printing plate original plate is developed on the printing machine and used as it is for printing a large number of sheets.
  • the oil-based ink and the water-based component ordinary printing ink for lithographic printing and dampening water are preferably used.
  • the wavelength of the light source is preferably 300 nm to 450 nm or 750 nm to 1,400 nm as the laser for image-exposing the lithographic printing plate original plate according to the present disclosure.
  • a light source of 300 nm to 450 nm a lithographic printing plate original plate containing a sensitizing dye having an absorption maximum in this wavelength region in the image recording layer is preferably used, and a light source of 750 nm to 1,400 nm is preferably used as described above. Be done.
  • a light source of 300 nm to 450 nm a semiconductor laser is suitable.
  • the lithographic printing method includes a printing step of supplying printing ink to a lithographic printing plate to print a recording medium.
  • the printing ink is not particularly limited, and various known inks can be used as desired.
  • an oil-based ink or an ultraviolet curable ink (UV ink) is preferably mentioned.
  • dampening water may be supplied as needed.
  • the printing process may be continuously performed in the on-machine development process without stopping the printing machine.
  • the recording medium is not particularly limited, and a known recording medium can be used if desired.
  • lithographic printing is performed before, during, and between exposure and development as necessary.
  • the entire surface of the plate may be heated.
  • the heating before development is preferably performed under mild conditions of 150 ° C. or lower.
  • very strong conditions for heating after development it is preferably in the range of 100 ° C to 500 ° C. Within the above range, a sufficient image enhancement effect can be obtained, and problems such as deterioration of the support and thermal decomposition of the image portion can be suppressed.
  • % and “part” mean “% by mass” and “part by mass”, respectively, unless otherwise specified.
  • the molecular weight is the weight average molecular weight (Mw)
  • the ratio of the constituent repeating units is the molar percentage, except for those specified specifically.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is a value measured as a polystyrene-equivalent value by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method.
  • Support (1) L * a * b * lightness L * value on the surface of the anodized film of the micropores: 83, average diameter on the surface of the oxide film of the large diameter pores in the micropores: 35 nm (depth) 100 nm), average diameter at the communication position of the small diameter hole in the micropore: 10 nm (depth 1,000 nm), ratio of the depth of the large diameter hole to the average diameter of the large diameter hole: 2.9
  • Electrochemical roughening treatment an electrolytic solution having a hydrochloric acid concentration of 14 g / L, an aluminum ion concentration of 13 g / L, and a sulfuric acid concentration of 3 g / L is used, and electrochemical roughening is performed using an AC current. Processing was performed. The liquid temperature of the electrolytic solution was 30 ° C. The aluminum ion concentration was adjusted by adding aluminum chloride.
  • the AC current waveform is a sinusoidal wave with symmetrical positive and negative waveforms, the frequency is 50 Hz, the anode reaction time and cathode reaction time in one AC current cycle are 1: 1, and the current density is the peak current value of the AC current waveform. It was 75 A / dm 2.
  • the electric amount was 450C / dm 2 in terms of the total electric quantity aluminum plate participating in the anode reaction, electrolytic treatment was carried out four times to open the energization interval 112.5C / dm 2 by 4 seconds. A carbon electrode was used as the counter electrode of the aluminum plate. Then, it was washed with water.
  • Anodizing treatment was performed in a sulfuric acid solution using an anodizing apparatus by direct current electrolysis so as to have an oxide film amount of 3.6 g / m 2. As described above, the support (2) was manufactured.
  • the resulting sanding and etched aluminum-containing supports were then washed with water, dried and cut into individual sanding and etched aluminum-containing sheets.
  • each individual sheet was anodized twice, and each anodizing bath contained about 100 liters of anodizing solution.
  • the first anodic oxidation condition is an electrolyte concentration of 175 g / liter, a temperature of 60 ° C., and a current density of 5.8 A / dm 2 for 21.3 seconds.
  • the second anodic oxidation condition is an electrolyte concentration of 280 g / liter, a temperature of 23 ° C.
  • the treatment was performed at a current density of 10 A / dm 2 for 18 seconds.
  • the first anodizing process for forming the outer aluminum oxide layer is carried out using phosphoric acid as the electrolyte and the second anodizing process for forming the inner aluminum oxide layer is sulfuric acid as the electrolyte. Used and run. As described above, the support (3) was manufactured.
  • etching amount on the sand trimming surface was about 3 g / m 2 .
  • an electrochemical roughening treatment was continuously performed using an AC voltage of 60 Hz.
  • the electrolytic solution at this time was a 1% by mass aqueous solution of nitric acid (containing 0.5% by mass of aluminum ions) and a liquid temperature of 50 ° C.
  • the AC power supply waveform is electrochemically roughened using a carbon electrode as a counter electrode using a trapezoidal square wave AC with a TP of 0.8 msec, a duty ratio of 1: 1 and a trapezoidal square wave AC for the time from zero to the peak of the current value.
  • Ferrite was used as the auxiliary anode.
  • the current density was 30 A / dm 2 at the peak value of the current, and 5% of the current flowing from the power source was diverted to the auxiliary anode.
  • the amount of electricity in nitric acid electrolysis was 175 C / dm 2 when the aluminum plate was an anode. Then, it was washed with water by spraying.
  • a DC anodic oxide film having a current density of 15 A / dm 2 and a DC anodic oxide film of 2.5 g / m 2 was provided on this plate using 15 mass% sulfuric acid (containing 0.5 mass% of aluminum ions) as an electrolytic solution, and then washed with water. It was dried to obtain a support A. Then, in order to ensure the hydrophilicity of the non-imaged portion, the support A was silicate-treated at 60 ° C. for 10 seconds using a 2.5 mass% No. 3 sodium silicate aqueous solution, and then washed with water to support the support ( 4) was obtained. The amount of Si adhered was 10 mg / m 2 .
  • the center line average roughness (Ra) of the support (4) was measured using a needle having a diameter of 2 ⁇ m and found to be 0.51 ⁇ m.
  • undercoat layer coating liquid (1) An undercoat layer coating liquid (1) having the following composition was prepared.
  • -Compound for undercoat layer hereinafter (P-1), 11% aqueous solution: 0.10502 parts-Sodium gluconate: 0.07000 parts-Surfactant (Emarex (registered trademark) 710, Nippon Emulsion Co., Ltd.) : 0.00159 parts
  • Preservative Biohope L, Keiai Kasei Co., Ltd.
  • Water 2.87190 parts
  • undercoat layer coating liquid (2) having the following composition was prepared.
  • -Compound for undercoat layer ((P-1) above, 11% aqueous solution): 0.10502 parts-Hydroxyethyldiiminodiacetic acid: 0.01470 parts-Sodium ethylenediaminetetraacetate: 0.06575 parts-Surfactant (Emma) Rex (registered trademark) 710, Nippon Emulsion Co., Ltd.): 0.00159 parts, preservative (Biohope L, Keiai Kasei Co., Ltd.): 0.00149 parts, water: 2.86144 parts
  • undercoat layer coating liquid (3) An undercoat layer coating liquid (3) having the following composition was prepared.
  • -Compound for undercoat layer (hereinafter (P-2)): 0.18 parts-Hydroxyethyliminodiacetic acid: 0.10 parts-Methanol: 55.24 parts-Water: 6.15 parts
  • An image recording layer coating liquid (1-1) was prepared by mixing a mixed liquid containing components other than the following microgel liquid 1 and the following microgel liquid 1 immediately before coating and stirring the mixture.
  • IR-1 (following structure, HOMO: -5.35eV, LUMO: -3.75eV): 0.02000 parts-Color former S-1 (following structure): 0.02500 parts-Electronic accepting polymerization Initiator Int-1 (following structure, HOMO: -6.70 eV, LUMO: -3.08 eV): 0.11000 parts-electron donating type polymerization initiator TPB (following structure, HOMO: -5.90 eV): 0.
  • Polymerizable compound M-1 (obtained by the following synthesis method): 0.27500 parts ⁇ Anionic surfactant A-1 (following structure): 0.00600 parts ⁇ Fluorine-based surfactant W- 1 (structure below): 0.00416 parts, 2-butanone: 4.3602 parts, 1-methoxy-2-propanol: 4.4852 parts, methanol: 2.2838 parts, microgel solution 1 (obtained by the following preparation method) What was done): 2.3256 copies
  • the image recording layer coating liquid (1-2) was prepared in the same manner as in the preparation of the image recording layer coating liquid (1-1), except that the color developing agent S-3 (the following structure) was used instead of the color developing agent S-1. Was prepared.
  • the image recording layer coating liquid (1-3) was prepared in the same manner as in the preparation of the image recording layer coating liquid (1-1) except that the color developing agent S-4 (the structure described below) was used instead of the color developing agent S-1. Was prepared.
  • An image recording layer coating liquid (2-1) was prepared by mixing a mixed liquid containing components other than the following microgel liquid 2 and the following microgel liquid 2 immediately before coating and stirring the mixture.
  • -Infrared absorber IR-1 (the following structure, HOMO: -5.31 eV, LUMO: -3.75 eV): 0.00600 parts
  • IR-2 (the following structure, HOMO: -5.31 eV, LUMO: -3.78eV): 0.0200 parts
  • color former S-1 (following structure): 0.02500 parts
  • electron-accepting polymerization initiator Int-1 followsing structure, HOMO: -6.70eV, LUMO: -3 .08 eV
  • Electron donation type polymerization initiator TPB (structure below, HOMO: -5.90 eV): 0.02500 parts ⁇
  • Polymerizable compound M-1 (obtained by
  • the image recording layer coating liquid (2-2) was prepared in the same manner as in the preparation of the image recording layer coating liquid (2-1) except that the color developing agent S-3 (the structure described below) was used instead of the color developing agent S-1. Was prepared.
  • the image recording layer coating liquid (2-3) was prepared in the same manner as in the preparation of the image recording layer coating liquid (2-1) except that the color developing agent S-4 (the structure described below) was used instead of the color developing agent S-1. Was prepared.
  • the image recording layer coating liquid (3) was prepared by mixing the following components.
  • -Electronic accepting polymerization initiator Int-2 (following structure, HOMO: -6.96eV, LUMO: -3.18eV): 0.060 parts-Infrared absorber IR-3 (following structure, HOMO: -5.43eV) , LUMO: -3.95 eV): 0.026 parts-Electronic donation type polymerization initiator TPB (following structure, HOMO: -5.90 eV): 0.050 parts-Polymerable compound M-2 (following structure): 0 .250 parts ⁇ Polymerizable compound M-3 (following structure): 0.250 parts ⁇ Binder polymer BP-1 (following structure, Eslek BX-5 (Z), Sekisui Chemical Industry Co., Ltd .: 0.150 parts ⁇ 1 -Polymer-2-propanol: 4.988 parts, 2-butanone
  • the image recording layer coating liquid (4) was prepared by mixing the following components.
  • -Electronic accepting polymerization initiator Int-3 (following structure, HOMO: -7.34eV, LUMO: -3.26eV): 0.041 parts-Infrared absorber IR-4 (following structure, HOMO: -5.42eV) , LUMO: -3.82eV): 0.027 parts-Infrared absorber IR-5 (structure below, HOMO: -5.43 eV, LUMO: -3.84 eV): 0.015 parts-Polymer compound M-4 (Structure below): 0.100 parts-Polymer compound M-5 (Structure below): 0.096 parts Polymerizable compound M-6 (Structure below): 0.096 parts Polymer particles PP-1 (Structure below) Particles containing the polymer of, average particle size 100 ⁇ m): 0.300 parts ⁇
  • Neostan U-600 bismuth-based polycondensation catalyst, manufactured by Nitto Kasei Co., Ltd.
  • the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature (25 ° C.), and methyl ethyl ketone was added to synthesize a urethane acrylate solution having a solid content of 50% by mass.
  • microgel-Preparation of microgel- The following oil phase components and aqueous phase components were mixed and emulsified at 12,000 rpm for 10 minutes using a homogenizer. After stirring the obtained emulsion at 45 ° C. for 4 hours, 10 mass of 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-en-octylate (U-CAT SA102, manufactured by San-Apro Co., Ltd.) 5.20 g of a% aqueous solution was added, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, and allowed to stand at 45 ° C. for 24 hours. The solid content concentration was adjusted to 20% by mass with distilled water to obtain an aqueous dispersion of Microgel 1 (that is, Microgel Solution 1). When the average particle size of Microgel 1 was measured by the light scattering method, it was 0.28 ⁇ m.
  • Oil phase component ⁇ (Component 1) Ethyl acetate: 12.0 parts (Component 2) Trimethylolpropane (6 molar equivalents) and xylenedi isocyanate (18 molar equivalents) are added to this, and one-terminal methylated polyoxyethylene (1 molar equivalent, oxy) is added.
  • aqueous phase component was added to the oil phase component and mixed, and the obtained mixture was emulsified at 12,000 rpm for 16 minutes using a homogenizer to obtain an emulsion. 16.8 g of distilled water was added to the obtained emulsion, and the obtained liquid was stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes. Next, the stirred liquid was heated to 45 ° C., and the mixture was stirred for 4 hours while maintaining the liquid temperature at 45 ° C. to distill off ethyl acetate from the above liquid.
  • An image recording layer coating liquid (5) was prepared by mixing a mixed liquid containing components other than the following microgel liquid 3 and the following microgel liquid 3 immediately before coating and stirring the mixture.
  • -Binder polymer BP-2 (following structure): 0.240 parts-Infrared absorber IR-6 (following structure, HOMO: -5.38eV, LUMO: -3.70eV): 0.030 parts-Polymerization initiator Int -4 (structure below, HOMO: -6.70 eV, LUMO: -3.08 eV): 0.162 parts-Polymerizable compound: 0.192 parts (Tris (acryloyloxyethyl) isocyanurate, NK ester A-9300, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • microgel solution 3 As oil phase components, trimethylolpropane and xylene diisocyanate adduct (Mitsui Chemicals Polyurethane Co., Ltd., Takenate D-110N) 10 g, pentaerythritol triacrylate (Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., SR444) 3.15 g, And 0.1 g of Pionin A-41C (manufactured by Takemoto Oil & Fat Co., Ltd.) was dissolved in 17 g of ethyl acetate.
  • Trimethylolpropane and xylene diisocyanate adduct Mitsubishi Chemicals Polyurethane Co., Ltd., Takenate D-110N
  • pentaerythritol triacrylate Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., SR444
  • Pionin A-41C manufactured by Takemoto Oil & Fat Co., Ltd.
  • aqueous phase component 40 g of a 4% by mass aqueous solution of polyvinyl alcohol (PVA-205 manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.) was prepared. The oil phase component and the aqueous phase component were mixed and emulsified at 12,000 rpm for 10 minutes using a homogenizer. The obtained emulsion was added to 25 g of distilled water, stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, and then stirred at 50 ° C. for 3 hours. The solid content concentration of the microgel solution thus obtained was diluted with distilled water so as to be 15% by mass. When the average particle size of the microgel was measured by the light scattering method, the average particle size was 0.2 ⁇ m. 2.640 parts of the microgel liquid obtained as described above and 2.425 parts of distilled water were mixed to obtain a microgel liquid 3.
  • PVA-205 polyvinyl alcohol
  • Gosenex CKS-50 Sulfonic acid-modified polyvinyl alcohol with the following structure, Gosenex (registered trademark) CKS-50 manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation
  • -Mowiol 4-88 Polyvinyl alcohol particles having a saponification degree of 88 mol%, Mowiol (registered trademark) 4-88 manufactured by Sigma-Aldrich.
  • -Metro's SM04 Methyl cellulose (Methoxy substitution degree 1.8), Metrose (registered trademark) SM04 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • -Metro's SM15 Methyl cellulose (Methoxy substitution degree 1.8, high viscosity), Metrose (registered trademark) SM15 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • -Metro's 60SH 50 Hyroxypropylmethylcellulose (methoxy-substitution degree 1.9), Metrose (registered trademark) 60SH 50 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • Cellogen F 5A Sodium Carboxymethyl Cellulose, Cellogen (registered trademark) manufactured by Dai-ichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.
  • Penon JE-66 Modified starch, manufactured by Nissho Kagaku Co., Ltd.
  • -Hydrophobic polymer- -Finesphere FS-102 Water dispersion of styrene acrylic resin particles having the following structure, glass transition temperature Tg 103 ° C, softening point 225 ° C, Finesphere (registered trademark) FS-102 manufactured by Nippon Paint Industrial Coatings Co., Ltd.
  • -Polymaron 385 Styrene acrylic resin dispersion, Polymaron 385 manufactured by Arakawa Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
  • AQUAMAT 263 Oxidized High Density Polyethylene Wax Dispersion
  • BYK AQUAMAT® 263 -Takeseal PCeco Primer Emulsion of styrene acrylic resin, manufactured by Takebayashi Chemical Industry-Diofan A50: Polyvinylidene chloride aqueous dispersion, Diofan (registered trademark) A50 manufactured by Solvin -Diofan A602: Polyvinylidene chloride dispersion, Diofan (registered trademark) A602 manufactured by Solvin.
  • Examples 1 to 29 and Comparative Examples 1 to 2 The lithographic printing plate original plates of Examples 1 to 29 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2 were prepared by the following methods, respectively.
  • the undercoat layer coating liquid shown in Table 2 was applied onto the support shown in Table 2 so that the dry coating amount was 20 mg / m 2 to form an undercoat layer.
  • the image recording layer coating liquid shown in Table 2 was bar-coated on the undercoat layer so as to have a dry coating amount of 1.0 g / m 2, and dried in an oven at 120 ° C. for 40 seconds to form an image recording layer. bottom.
  • the image recording layer coating liquid shown in Table 2 is applied on the support shown in Table 2 under the same conditions as above, and the dry coating amount is 1.
  • a bar was applied so as to be 0 g / m 2 to form an image recording layer.
  • the outermost layer coating liquid shown in Table 2 is bar-coated on the obtained image recording layer so as to have a dry coating amount of 0.2 g / m 2 , and dried in an oven under the drying conditions shown in Table 2. Then, the outermost layer was formed.
  • an on-machine development type lithographic printing plate original plate was obtained.
  • the film thickness of the outermost layer was in the range of 0.005 ⁇ m to 2 ⁇ m.
  • Difference of color difference ⁇ E before and after ozone exposure is 1.5 or more and less than 2.0 6: Difference of color difference ⁇ E before and after ozone exposure is 2.0 or more and less than 2.5 5: Color difference ⁇ E Difference between before and after ozone exposure is 2.5 or more and less than 3.0 4: Difference between before and after ozone exposure of color difference ⁇ E is 3.0 or more and less than 3.5 3: Difference between color difference ⁇ E before and after ozone exposure is 3. 5 or more and less than 4.0 2: Difference in color difference ⁇ E before and after ozone exposure 4.0 or more and less than 4.5 1: Difference in color difference ⁇ E before and after ozone exposure is 4.5 or more
  • the prepared planographic printing plate original plate was exposed to Kodak's Magnus 800 Quantum equipped with an infrared semiconductor laser under the conditions of an output of 27 W, an outer surface drum rotation speed of 450 rpm, and a resolution of 2,400 dpi (corresponding to an irradiation energy of 110 mJ / cm 2).
  • the exposed image includes a solid image and a chart of 10% halftone dots on the AM screen (Amplitude Modulation Screen).
  • the exposed original plate was attached to the cylinder of a Heidelberg printing machine SX-74 of a chrysanthemum size (636 mm ⁇ 939 mm) without being developed.
  • a non-woven fabric filter and a dampening water circulation tank having a capacity of 100 L having a built-in temperature control device were connected to the printing machine.
  • Damping water S-Z1 manufactured by Fujifilm Co., Ltd.
  • T & K UV OFS K-HS ink GE-M which is an ultraviolet curable ink, is used as a printing ink.
  • Tokubishi Art (ream amount: 76.5 kg, Mitsubishi Paper Mills Limited) at a printing speed of 10,000 sheets per hour. Co., Ltd.
  • the lithographic printing plate original plate according to the example has suppressed discoloration due to ozone exposure as compared with the lithographic printing plate original plate according to the comparative example. Further, the lithographic printing plate original plate according to the embodiment has an outermost layer having oxygen permeability. Therefore, it seems that streak-like unevenness (swallow unevenness) is suppressed.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Thermal Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Printing Plates And Materials Therefor (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are an original plate for an on-machine development type lithographic printing plate, that comprises a support, an image recording layer, and an outermost layer in this order, the image recording layer including a polymerization initiator, a polymerizable compound, and an infrared absorber, and a decomposition rate of the infrared absorber after storing for 8 hours in an environment with an ozone concentration of 150 ppb being 50% or less, a lithographic printing plate manufacturing method using the original plate for a lithographic printing plate, and a lithographic printing method.

Description

機上現像型平版印刷版原版、平版印刷版の作製方法、及び平版印刷方法Machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate, lithographic printing plate manufacturing method, and lithographic printing method
 本開示は、機上現像型平版印刷版原版、平版印刷版の作製方法、及び平版印刷方法に関する。 This disclosure relates to an on-machine development type lithographic printing plate original plate, a method for producing a lithographic printing plate, and a lithographic printing method.
 一般に、平版印刷版は、印刷過程でインキを受容する親油性の画像部と、湿し水を受容する親水性の非画像部と、からなる。平版印刷は、水と油性インキが互いに反発する性質を利用して、平版印刷版の親油性の画像部をインキ受容部、親水性の非画像部を湿し水受容部(即ち、インキ非受容部)として、平版印刷版の表面にインキの付着性の差異を生じさせ、画像部のみにインキを着肉させた後、紙などの被印刷体にインキを転写して印刷する方法である。
 この平版印刷版を作製するため、従来、親水性の支持体上に親油性の感光性樹脂層(画像記録層ともいう)を設けてなる平版印刷版原版(PS版ともいう)が広く用いられている。通常は、平版印刷版原版を、リスフィルムなどの原画を通した露光を行った後、画像記録層の画像部となる部分を残存させ、それ以外の不要な画像記録層をアルカリ性現像液又は有機溶剤によって溶解除去し、親水性の支持体表面を露出させて非画像部を形成する方法により製版を行って、平版印刷版を得ている。
Generally, a lithographic printing plate comprises a lipophilic image portion that receives ink in the printing process and a hydrophilic non-image portion that receives dampening water. In flat plate printing, the property that water and oil-based ink repel each other is used to make the oil-based image part of the flat plate printing plate an ink receiving part and the hydrophilic non-image part a dampening water receiving part (that is, ink non-receptive part). As a part), it is a method of causing a difference in the adhesiveness of ink on the surface of a flat plate printing plate, inking the ink only on the image part, and then transferring the ink to an object to be printed such as paper for printing.
In order to produce this lithographic printing plate, conventionally, a lithographic printing plate original plate (also referred to as PS plate) in which a lipophilic photosensitive resin layer (also referred to as an image recording layer) is provided on a hydrophilic support has been widely used. ing. Normally, after the lithographic printing plate original plate is exposed through an original image such as a squirrel film, the portion that becomes the image portion of the image recording layer remains, and the other unnecessary image recording layer is an alkaline developer or organic. A lithographic printing plate is obtained by performing plate making by a method of dissolving and removing with a solvent to expose the surface of a hydrophilic support to form a non-image portion.
 また、地球環境への関心の高まりから、現像処理などの湿式処理に伴う廃液に関する環境課題がクローズアップされている。
 上記の環境課題に対して、現像あるいは製版の簡易化、又は無処理化が指向されている。平版印刷版の簡易な作製方法の一つとしては、「機上現像」と呼ばれる方法が挙げられる。すなわち、機上現像とは、平版印刷版原版を露光後、従来の現像は行わず、そのまま印刷機に装着して、画像記録層の不要部分の除去を通常の印刷工程の初期段階で行う方法である。
 本開示において、このような機上現像に用いることができる平版印刷版原版を、「機上現像型平版印刷版原版」という。
In addition, due to growing interest in the global environment, environmental issues related to waste liquids associated with wet treatments such as development treatments have been highlighted.
In response to the above environmental problems, simplification or non-processing of development or plate making is aimed at. One of the simple methods for producing a lithographic printing plate is a method called "on-machine development". That is, on-machine development is a method in which a lithographic printing plate original plate is exposed and then mounted on a printing machine as it is without conventional development, and unnecessary parts of the image recording layer are removed at the initial stage of a normal printing process. Is.
In the present disclosure, a lithographic printing plate original plate that can be used for such on-machine development is referred to as a "machine-developing lithographic printing plate original plate".
 従来の平版印刷版原版としては、例えば、特開2012-066577号公報に記載されたものが挙げられる。
 特開2012-066577号公報には、支持体と、ラジカル重合開始剤、ラジカル重合性化合物、及びアルキレンオキサイド基を有するバインダーポリマーを含有する画像記録層と、セルロース類を含有するオーバーコート層とを、この順に有する機上現像型平版印刷版原版が記載されている。
Examples of the conventional planographic printing plate original plate include those described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-06657577.
Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-066575 contains a support, an image recording layer containing a radical polymerization initiator, a radically polymerizable compound, and a binder polymer having an alkylene oxide group, and an overcoat layer containing celluloses. , The machine-developed flat plate printing plate original plate having in this order is described.
 本開示の一実施形態が解決しようとする課題は、オゾン暴露による変色が抑制される機上現像型平版印刷版原版を提供することである。
 本開示の他の実施形態が解決しようとする課題は、上記機上現像型平版印刷版原版を用いた平版印刷版の作製方法、又は平版印刷方法を提供することである。
An object to be solved by one embodiment of the present disclosure is to provide an on-board development type lithographic printing plate original plate in which discoloration due to ozone exposure is suppressed.
An object to be solved by another embodiment of the present disclosure is to provide a method for producing a lithographic printing plate using the above-mentioned machine-developing lithographic printing plate original plate, or a method for lithographic printing.
 上記課題を解決するための手段には、以下の態様が含まれる。
<1> 支持体と画像記録層と最外層とをこの順に有し、
 上記画像記録層が、重合開始剤、重合性化合物、及び赤外線吸収剤を含み、
 オゾン濃度150ppbの環境下での8時間保管後における上記赤外線吸収剤の分解率が50%以下である、
 機上現像型平版印刷版原版。
<2> 上記最外層の膜厚が0.005μm~2μmである<1>に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。
<3> 上記最外層が酸素透過性を有する<1>又は<2>に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。
<4> 上記最外層が多糖類を含む<1>~<3>のいずれか1つに記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。
<5> 上記最外層が、メトキシ基置換度が1~2であるセルロース誘導体を含む<1>~<4>のいずれか1つに記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。
<6> 上記最外層が更に疎水性ポリマーを含む<1>~<5>のいずれか1つに記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。
<7> 上記最外層が更にポリマー粒子を含む<1>~<6>のいずれか1つに記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。
<8> 上記最外層が分解型赤外線吸収剤を含む<1>~<7>のいずれか1つに機上現像型平版印刷版原版。
The means for solving the above problems include the following aspects.
<1> The support, the image recording layer, and the outermost layer are provided in this order.
The image recording layer contains a polymerization initiator, a polymerizable compound, and an infrared absorber.
The decomposition rate of the infrared absorber after storage for 8 hours in an environment with an ozone concentration of 150 ppb is 50% or less.
On-machine development type lithographic printing plate original plate.
<2> The machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to <1>, wherein the outermost layer has a film thickness of 0.005 μm to 2 μm.
<3> The machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to <1> or <2>, wherein the outermost layer has oxygen permeability.
<4> The machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to any one of <1> to <3>, wherein the outermost layer contains a polysaccharide.
<5> The machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to any one of <1> to <4>, wherein the outermost layer contains a cellulose derivative having a degree of methoxy group substitution of 1 to 2.
<6> The machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to any one of <1> to <5>, wherein the outermost layer further contains a hydrophobic polymer.
<7> The machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to any one of <1> to <6>, wherein the outermost layer further contains polymer particles.
<8> On-machine development type lithographic printing plate original plate in any one of <1> to <7> in which the outermost layer contains a decomposition type infrared absorber.
<9> 上記重合開始剤が電子供与型重合開始剤及び電子受容型重合開始剤を含む<1>~<8>のいずれか1つに記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。
<10> 上記赤外線吸収剤のHOMO-上記電子供与型重合開始剤のHOMOの値が、0.70eV以下である、<9>に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。
<11> 上記電子受容型重合開始剤のLUMO-上記赤外線吸収剤のLUMOの値が、0.80eV以下である、<9>又は<10>に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。
<12> 上記重合性化合物が7官能以上の重合性化合物を含む<1>~<11>のいずれか1つに記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。
<13> 上記重合性化合物が10官能以上の重合性化合物を含む<1>~<12>のいずれか1つに記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。
<14> 上記画像記録層が更にポリマー粒子を含む<1>~<13>のいずれか1つに機上現像型平版印刷版原版。
<15> 上記ポリマー粒子が、親水性基を有する付加重合型ポリマー粒子であり、
 上記親水性基が下記式Zで表される基を含む、<14>に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。
 式Z : *-Q-W-Y
 式Z中、Qは二価の連結基を表し、Wは親水性構造を有する二価の基又は疎水性構造を有する二価の基を表し、Yは親水性構造を有する一価の基又は疎水性構造を有する一価の基を表し、W及びYのいずれかは親水性構造を有し、*は他の構造との結合部位を表す。
<9> The machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to any one of <1> to <8>, wherein the polymerization initiator contains an electron donating type polymerization initiator and an electron accepting type polymerization initiator.
<10> The machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to <9>, wherein the value of HOMO of the infrared absorber-HOMO of the electron donating type polymerization initiator is 0.70 eV or less.
<11> The machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to <9> or <10>, wherein the LUMO value of the electron-accepting polymerization initiator-LUMO of the infrared absorber is 0.80 eV or less.
<12> The machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to any one of <1> to <11>, wherein the polymerizable compound contains a polymerizable compound having 7 or more functionalities.
<13> The machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to any one of <1> to <12>, wherein the polymerizable compound contains a polymerizable compound having 10 or more functionalities.
<14> An on-machine development type lithographic printing plate original plate is added to any one of <1> to <13> in which the image recording layer further contains polymer particles.
<15> The polymer particles are addition polymerization type polymer particles having a hydrophilic group.
The machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to <14>, wherein the hydrophilic group contains a group represented by the following formula Z.
Formula Z: * -Q-W-Y
In formula Z, Q represents a divalent linking group, W represents a divalent group having a hydrophilic structure or a divalent group having a hydrophobic structure, and Y represents a monovalent group having a hydrophilic structure or a monovalent group having a hydrophilic structure. A monovalent group having a hydrophobic structure is represented, either W or Y has a hydrophilic structure, and * represents a binding site with another structure.
<16> 上記画像記録層が発色剤を更に含む<1>~<15>のいずれか1つに記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。
<17> 上記発色剤が、下記式(Le-1)~式(Le-3)のいずれかで表される化合物である<1>~<16>のいずれか1つに記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。
<16> The machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to any one of <1> to <15>, wherein the image recording layer further contains a color former.
<17> The on-machine development according to any one of <1> to <16>, wherein the color former is a compound represented by any of the following formulas (Le-1) to (Le-3). Planographic printing plate original plate.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
 式(Le-1)~式(Le-3)中、ERGは、それぞれ独立に、電子供与性基を表し、X~Xは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又はジアルキルアニリノ基を表し、X~X10は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は一価の有機基を表し、Y及びYは、それぞれ独立に、C又はNを表し、YがNである場合は、Xは存在せず、YがNである場合は、Xは存在せず、Raは、水素原子、アルキル基、又はアルコキシ基を表し、Rb~Rbは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、又はアリール基を表す。 In the formulas (Le-1) to (Le-3), ERG independently represents an electron donating group, and X 1 to X 4 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a dialkylanilino. X 5 to X 10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a monovalent organic group, Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent C or N, and Y 1 represents a group. When N, X 1 does not exist, when Y 2 is N, X 4 does not exist, Ra 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an alkoxy group, and Rb 1 to Rb 4 Independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group.
<18> 上記発色剤が、下記式(Le-8)で表される化合物である<16>又は<17>に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。 <18> The machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to <16> or <17>, wherein the color former is a compound represented by the following formula (Le-8).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 式(Le-8)中、X~Xは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又はジアルキルアニリノ基を表し、Y及びYは、それぞれ独立に、C又はNを表し、YがNである場合は、Xは存在せず、YがNである場合は、Xは存在せず、Rb及びRbは、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基、アリール基、又はヘテロアリール基を表し、Rc及びRcは、それぞれ独立に、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。 In formula (Le-8), X 1 to X 4 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a dialkylanilino group, and Y 1 and Y 2 independently represent C or N, respectively. If Y 1 is N, then X 1 is absent, if Y 2 is N, then X 4 is absent, and Rb 1 and Rb 2 are independently alkyl, aryl, or, respectively. Representing a heteroaryl group, Rc 1 and Rc 2 independently represent an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, respectively.
<19> 上記Rc及び上記Rcが、それぞれ独立に、少なくとも1つのオルト位に置換基を有し、且つ、パラ位に電子供与性基を有するフェニル基である<18>に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。 <19> The machine according to <18>, wherein Rc 1 and Rc 2 are phenyl groups each independently having a substituent at at least one ortho position and an electron donating group at the para position. Top-developed lithographic printing plate original plate.
<20> 上記発色剤が、下記式(Le-10)で表される化合物を含む<16>又は<17>に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。 <20> The machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to <16> or <17>, wherein the color former contains a compound represented by the following formula (Le-10).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 式(Le-10)中、Arは、それぞれ独立に、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表し、Arは、それぞれ独立に、少なくとも1つのオルト位に置換基を有するアリール基、又は、少なくとも1つのオルト位に置換基を有するヘテロアリール基を表す。 In formula (Le-10), Ar 1 independently represents an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, and Ar 2 independently represents an aryl group having a substituent at at least one ortho position, or at least 1 Represents a heteroaryl group having a substituent at one ortho position.
<21> 上記Arが、それぞれ独立に、電子供与性基を有するアリール基、又は、電子供与性基を有するヘテロアリール基であり、上記Arが、それぞれ独立に、少なくとも1つのオルト位に置換基を有し、且つ、パラ位に電子供与性基を有するフェニル基である<20>に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。 <21> The above Ar 1 is an aryl group having an electron donating group or a heteroaryl group having an electron donating group , respectively, and the above Ar 2 is independently at least one ortho position. The machine-developed flat plate printing plate original plate according to <20>, which is a phenyl group having a substituent and an electron donating group at the para position.
<22> 上記支持体が、アルミニウム板と、上記アルミニウム板上に配置されたアルミニウムの陽極酸化皮膜とを有し、
 上記陽極酸化皮膜が、上記アルミニウム板よりも上記画像記録層側に位置し、
 上記陽極酸化皮膜が、上記画像記録層側の表面から深さ方向にのびるマイクロポアを有し、
 上記マイクロポアの上記陽極酸化皮膜表面における平均径が、10nmを超え100nm以下であり、
 上記陽極酸化皮膜の上記画像記録層側の表面のL表色系における明度Lの値が、70~100である<1>~<21>のいずれか1つに記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。
<23> 上記マイクロポアが、上記陽極酸化皮膜表面から深さ10nm~1,000nmの位置までのびる大径孔部と、上記大径孔部の底部と連通し、連通位置から深さ20nm~2,000nmの位置までのびる小径孔部とから構成され、
 上記大径孔部の上記陽極酸化皮膜表面における平均径が、15nm~100nmであり、
 上記小径孔部の上記連通位置における平均径が、13nm以下である<22>に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。
<22> The support has an aluminum plate and an aluminum anodized film arranged on the aluminum plate.
The anodic oxide film is located closer to the image recording layer than the aluminum plate.
The anodic oxide film has micropores extending in the depth direction from the surface on the image recording layer side.
The average diameter of the micropores on the surface of the anodic oxide film is more than 10 nm and 100 nm or less.
The description in any one of <1> to <21>, wherein the value of L * a * b * brightness L * in the surface color system of the surface of the anodized film on the image recording layer side is 70 to 100. On-machine development type lithographic printing plate original plate.
<23> The micropore communicates with the large-diameter hole extending from the surface of the anodic oxide film to a depth of 10 nm to 1,000 nm and the bottom of the large-diameter hole, and has a depth of 20 nm to 2 from the communication position. It consists of a small-diameter hole that extends to a position of 000 nm.
The average diameter of the large-diameter hole portion on the surface of the anodic oxide film is 15 nm to 100 nm.
The machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to <22>, wherein the average diameter of the small-diameter hole portion at the communication position is 13 nm or less.
<24> <1>~<23>のいずれか1つに記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版を画像様に露光する工程と、
 印刷機上で印刷インキ及び湿し水からなる群より選ばれた少なくとも一方を供給して非画像部の画像記録層を除去する工程と、を含む
 平版印刷版の作製方法。
<25> <1>~<23>のいずれか1つに記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版を画像様に露光する工程と、
 印刷インキ及び湿し水からなる群より選ばれた少なくとも一方を供給して印刷機上で非画像部の画像記録層を除去し平版印刷版を作製する工程と、得られた平版印刷版により印刷する工程と、を含む平版印刷方法。
<24> The step of exposing the machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to any one of <1> to <23> like an image, and
A method for producing a lithographic printing plate, comprising a step of supplying at least one selected from the group consisting of printing ink and dampening water on a printing machine to remove an image recording layer in a non-image area.
<25> The step of exposing the machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to any one of <1> to <23> like an image, and
A process of supplying at least one selected from the group consisting of printing ink and dampening water to remove the image recording layer in the non-image area on a printing machine to produce a lithographic printing plate, and printing with the obtained lithographic printing plate. And lithographic printing methods, including.
 本開示の一実施形態によれば、オゾン暴露による変色が抑制される機上現像型平版印刷版原版を提供することができる。
 また、本開示の他の実施形態によれば、上記機上現像型平版印刷版原版を用いた平版印刷版の作製方法、又は平版印刷方法を提供することができる。
According to one embodiment of the present disclosure, it is possible to provide an on-board development type lithographic printing plate original plate in which discoloration due to ozone exposure is suppressed.
Further, according to another embodiment of the present disclosure, it is possible to provide a method for producing a lithographic printing plate using the above-mentioned machine-developing lithographic printing plate original plate, or a lithographic printing method.
支持体の一実施形態の模式的断面図である。It is a schematic sectional view of one Embodiment of a support. 支持体の別の一実施形態の模式的断面図である。FIG. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view of another embodiment of the support.
 以下において、本開示の内容について詳細に説明する。以下に記載する構成要件の説明は、本開示の代表的な実施形態に基づいてなされることがあるが、本開示はそのような実施形態に限定されるものではない。
 なお、本開示において、数値範囲を示す「~」とはその前後に記載される数値を下限値及び上限値として含む意味で使用される。
 本開示中に段階的に記載されている数値範囲において、一つの数値範囲で記載された上限値又は下限値は、他の段階的な記載の数値範囲の上限値又は下限値に置き換えてもよい。また、本開示中に記載されている数値範囲において、その数値範囲の上限値又は下限値は、実施例に示されている値に置き換えてもよい。
 また、本開示における基(原子団)の表記において、置換及び無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さないものと共に置換基を有するものをも包含するものである。例えば「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含するものである。
 本開示において、「(メタ)アクリル」は、アクリル及びメタクリルの両方を包含する概念で用いられる語であり、「(メタ)アクリロイル」は、アクリロイル及びメタクリロイルの両方を包含する概念として用いられる語である。
 また、本開示中の「工程」の用語は、独立した工程だけではなく、他の工程と明確に区別できない場合であっても、その工程の所期の目的が達成されれば本用語に含まれる。
 また、本開示において、「質量%」と「重量%」とは同義であり、「質量部」と「重量部」とは同義である。
 更に、本開示において、2以上の好ましい態様の組み合わせは、より好ましい態様である。
 また、本開示における重量平均分子量(Mw)及び数平均分子量(Mn)は、特に断りのない限り、TSKgel GMHxL、TSKgel G4000HxL、TSKgel G2000HxL(いずれも東ソー(株)製の商品名)のカラムを使用したゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ(GPC)分析装置により、溶剤THF(テトラヒドロフラン)、示差屈折計により検出し、標準物質としてポリスチレンを用いて換算した分子量である。
 本開示において、「平版印刷版原版」の用語は、平版印刷版原版だけでなく、捨て版原版を包含する。また、「平版印刷版」の用語は、平版印刷版原版を、必要により、露光、現像などの操作を経て作製された平版印刷版だけでなく、捨て版を包含する。捨て版原版の場合には、必ずしも、露光、現像の操作は必要ない。なお、捨て版とは、例えばカラーの新聞印刷において一部の紙面を単色又は2色で印刷を行う場合に、使用しない版胴に取り付けるための平版印刷版原版である。
 本開示において、「耐刷性に優れる」とは、平版印刷版の印刷可能な枚数が多いことをいい、印刷の際のインクとしてUVインキを用いた場合の耐刷性を、以下、「UV耐刷性」ともいう。
The contents of the present disclosure will be described in detail below. The description of the constituents described below may be based on the representative embodiments of the present disclosure, but the present disclosure is not limited to such embodiments.
In the present disclosure, "-" indicating a numerical range is used to mean that the numerical values described before and after the numerical range are included as the lower limit value and the upper limit value.
In the numerical range described stepwise in the present disclosure, the upper limit value or the lower limit value described in one numerical range may be replaced with the upper limit value or the lower limit value of the numerical range described in another stepwise description. .. Further, in the numerical range described in the present disclosure, the upper limit value or the lower limit value of the numerical range may be replaced with the value shown in the examples.
Further, in the notation of a group (atomic group) in the present disclosure, the notation that does not describe substitution or non-substitution includes those having no substituent as well as those having a substituent. For example, the "alkyl group" includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
In the present disclosure, "(meth) acrylic" is a term used in a concept that includes both acrylic and methacrylic, and "(meth) acryloyl" is a term that is used as a concept that includes both acryloyl and methacrylic. be.
In addition, the term "process" in the present disclosure is included in this term as long as the intended purpose of the process is achieved, not only in an independent process but also in the case where it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes. Is done.
Further, in the present disclosure, "% by mass" and "% by weight" are synonymous, and "parts by mass" and "parts by weight" are synonymous.
Further, in the present disclosure, a combination of two or more preferred embodiments is a more preferred embodiment.
Further, for the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) in the present disclosure, unless otherwise specified, columns of TSKgel GMHxL, TSKgel G4000HxL, and TSKgel G2000HxL (all trade names manufactured by Toso Co., Ltd.) are used. The molecular weight is detected by the solvent THF (tetrahydrofuran) and the differential refractometer by the gel permeation chromatography (GPC) analyzer and converted using polystyrene as the standard substance.
In the present disclosure, the term "lithographic printing plate original plate" includes not only a lithographic printing plate original plate but also a discarded plate original plate. Further, the term "lithographic printing plate" includes not only a lithographic printing plate produced by subjecting a lithographic printing plate original plate through operations such as exposure and development, but also a discarded plate, if necessary. In the case of a discarded original plate, exposure and development operations are not always necessary. The discarded plate is a lithographic printing plate original plate for attaching to an unused plate cylinder, for example, when printing a part of the paper surface in a single color or two colors in color newspaper printing.
In the present disclosure, "excellent in printing resistance" means that the number of printable sheets of a lithographic printing plate is large, and the printing resistance when UV ink is used as the ink for printing is hereinafter referred to as "UV". Also called "print resistance".
≪機上現像型平版印刷版原版≫
 本開示に係る機上現像型平版印刷版原版(以下、単に「平版印刷版原版」ともいう)は、支持体と画像記録層と最外層とをこの順に有し、画像記録層が、重合開始剤、重合性化合物、及び赤外線吸収剤を含み、オゾン濃度150ppbの環境下での8時間保管後における上記赤外線吸収剤の分解率が50%以下である。
≪In-machine development type lithographic printing plate original plate≫
The on-machine development type lithographic printing plate original plate (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “lithographic printing plate original plate”) according to the present disclosure has a support, an image recording layer, and an outermost layer in this order, and the image recording layer starts polymerization. The decomposition rate of the infrared absorber is 50% or less after storage for 8 hours in an environment with an ozone concentration of 150 ppb, which contains an agent, a polymerizable compound, and an infrared absorber.
 特開2012-066577号公報に記載のような、重合開始剤、重合性化合物、及び赤外線吸収剤を含む画像記録層を有する平版印刷版原版においては、大気中のオゾンにより画像記録層中の赤外線吸収剤が分解してしまい、平版印刷版原版が変色してしまう課題を有している。
 対して、本開示に係る平版印刷版原版は、オゾン濃度150ppbの環境下での8時間保管後における画像記録層中の赤外線吸収剤の分解率が50%以下である。即ち、大気中では高めのオゾン濃度150ppbの環境下で8時間保存した場合であっても、本開示に係る平版印刷版原版は、画像記録層中の赤外線吸収剤は50%以上が分解せずに残ることを意味する。
 このような特性を有することで、本開示に係る平版印刷版原版はオゾン暴露による変色が抑制される。
 なお、上記赤外線吸収剤の分解率が小さいほど、オゾン暴露による変色が抑制される。
In a lithographic printing plate original plate having an image recording layer containing a polymerization initiator, a polymerizable compound, and an infrared absorber as described in JP-A-2012-0665757, infrared rays in the image recording layer are generated by ozone in the atmosphere. There is a problem that the absorber is decomposed and the lithographic printing plate original plate is discolored.
On the other hand, in the lithographic printing plate original plate according to the present disclosure, the decomposition rate of the infrared absorber in the image recording layer after storage for 8 hours in an environment with an ozone concentration of 150 ppb is 50% or less. That is, even when stored for 8 hours in an environment with a high ozone concentration of 150 ppb in the atmosphere, in the lithographic printing plate original plate according to the present disclosure, 50% or more of the infrared absorber in the image recording layer is not decomposed. Means to remain in.
By having such characteristics, the lithographic printing plate original plate according to the present disclosure is suppressed from discoloration due to ozone exposure.
The smaller the decomposition rate of the infrared absorber, the more the discoloration due to ozone exposure is suppressed.
<オゾン暴露による平版印刷版原版中の赤外線吸収剤の分解率>
 本開示に係る平版印刷版原版は、オゾン濃度150ppbの環境下での8時間保管後における画像記録層中の赤外線吸収剤の分解率が50%以下である。
 すなわち、本開示に係る平版印刷版原版では、オゾン濃度150ppbの環境下で8時間保管した後において、分解した画像記録層中の赤外線吸収剤の量が、保管前の赤外線吸収剤の量に対し50%以下であることを意味する。
 言い換えれば、本開示に係る平版印刷版原版では、オゾン濃度150ppbの環境下で8時間保管した後に残存する画像記録層中の赤外線吸収剤の量が、保管前の画像記録層中の赤外線吸収剤の量に対し50%以上であることを意味する。
 赤外線吸収剤の量は、平版印刷版原版から溶剤により抽出した抽出物を、高速液体クロマトグラフィー(HPLC)にて分析し、赤外線吸収剤を定量化することで求める。
<Decomposition rate of infrared absorber in lithographic printing plate original plate by ozone exposure>
The lithographic printing plate original plate according to the present disclosure has a decomposition rate of the infrared absorber in the image recording layer of 50% or less after being stored for 8 hours in an environment with an ozone concentration of 150 ppb.
That is, in the lithographic printing plate original plate according to the present disclosure, the amount of the infrared absorber in the decomposed image recording layer after storage for 8 hours in an environment of ozone concentration of 150 ppb is larger than the amount of the infrared absorber before storage. It means that it is 50% or less.
In other words, in the lithographic printing plate original plate according to the present disclosure, the amount of the infrared absorber remaining in the image recording layer after storage in an environment of ozone concentration of 150 ppb for 8 hours is the amount of the infrared absorber in the image recording layer before storage. It means that it is 50% or more with respect to the amount of.
The amount of the infrared absorber is determined by analyzing the extract extracted from the platen original plate with a solvent by high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) and quantifying the infrared absorber.
 上記赤外線吸収剤の分解率の値が小さい平版印刷版原版であるほど、オゾン暴露による変色が抑制される。
 赤外線吸収剤の分解率は、45%以下が好ましく、40%以下がより好ましく、35%以下が更に好ましく、30%以下が特に好ましい。
 赤外線吸収剤の分解率の下限値は0%であればよいが、例えば、1%以上であってもよいし、5%以上であってもよい。
The smaller the decomposition rate of the infrared absorber, the smaller the lithographic printing plate original plate, the more the discoloration due to ozone exposure is suppressed.
The decomposition rate of the infrared absorber is preferably 45% or less, more preferably 40% or less, further preferably 35% or less, and particularly preferably 30% or less.
The lower limit of the decomposition rate of the infrared absorber may be 0%, but may be, for example, 1% or more, or 5% or more.
 上記赤外線吸収剤の分解率は、以下の方法で測定する。
 平版印刷版原版を最外層側から上面視したときに3cm角となるサイズで切り出し、同形状の2つのサンプルを得る。
 2つのサンプルのうち1つについて、5mLのアセトニトリルにて超音波浴中で30分間抽出を行い、得られた抽出物について0.20mmフィルターを通じてHPLC分析を実施する。HPLC分析にて赤外線吸収剤のピーク面積を求め、これをオゾン暴露前の赤外線吸収剤の量(X)とする。
The decomposition rate of the infrared absorber is measured by the following method.
A lithographic printing plate original plate is cut out to a size of 3 cm square when viewed from the outermost layer side, and two samples having the same shape are obtained.
One of the two samples is extracted with 5 mL of acetonitrile in an ultrasonic bath for 30 minutes and the resulting extract is subjected to HPLC analysis through a 0.20 mm filter. The peak area of the infrared absorber is determined by HPLC analysis, and this is defined as the amount (X) of the infrared absorber before ozone exposure.
 2つのサンプルのうち残りの1つを100mLのバイヤル瓶に入れ、台の上に静置する。
 サンプルが入ったバイヤル瓶に、桐山ロート瓶(桐山製作所製)の足管部を挿入し、固定する。一方、桐山ロート瓶(桐山製作所製)の上部開口部には、攪拌羽をスペーサーとして置く。そして、攪拌羽の上方に、オゾン発生器(アソシアオゾン(株)製、爽やかイオンプラスCS-4業務用オゾン発生機)を固定する(ここで、攪拌羽とオゾン発生器とは150mmほど離間させている)。この装置では、オゾン発生器から発生したオゾンは、攪拌羽の動かすことでオゾンを含む気流となり、桐山ロート瓶を通じて、バイヤル瓶内のサンプルまで到達する。
 このような装置を用いてサンプルに対するオゾン暴露を行う。サンプルに対するオゾン暴露中は、バイヤル瓶中のオゾン濃度を測定し、オゾン濃度が150ppmとなるように調整する。また、このオゾン暴露は、25℃、50%RHにて行う。
 上記した、サンプルに対するオゾン暴露を8時間継続し、オゾン暴露を8時間継続後のサンプルについて、上記と同様の方法でHPLC分析を行い、赤外線吸収剤のピーク面積を求め、これをオゾン暴露後の赤外線吸収剤の量(Y)とする。
Place the remaining one of the two samples in a 100 mL vial bottle and place on a table.
Insert the foot tube of the Kiriyama Rohto bottle (manufactured by Kiriyama Glass Co., Ltd.) into the bayal bottle containing the sample and fix it. On the other hand, a stirring blade is placed as a spacer in the upper opening of the Kiriyama funnel bottle (manufactured by Kiriyama Glass Co., Ltd.). Then, an ozone generator (a refreshing ion plus CS-4 commercial ozone generator manufactured by Associa Ozone Co., Ltd.) is fixed above the stirring blade (here, the stirring blade and the ozone generator are separated by about 150 mm). ing). In this device, the ozone generated from the ozone generator becomes an air flow containing ozone by moving the stirring blade, and reaches the sample in the vial bottle through the Kiriyama funnel bottle.
Ozone exposure to the sample is performed using such a device. During ozone exposure to the sample, the ozone concentration in the vial bottle is measured and adjusted so that the ozone concentration is 150 ppm. Further, this ozone exposure is performed at 25 ° C. and 50% RH.
The above-mentioned ozone exposure to the sample was continued for 8 hours, and the sample after the ozone exposure was continued for 8 hours was subjected to HPLC analysis by the same method as above to determine the peak area of the infrared absorber, which was determined after ozone exposure. The amount of the infrared absorber (Y).
 上記のようにして求められたオゾン暴露前の赤外線吸収剤の量(X)と、オゾン暴露後の赤外線吸収剤の量(Y)と、を以下の式1に代入し、赤外線吸収剤の分解率(Z)を求める。
 式1 : (Z)=100-[(Y)/(X)×100]
The amount (X) of the infrared absorber before ozone exposure and the amount (Y) of the infrared absorber after ozone exposure obtained as described above are substituted into the following formula 1 to decompose the infrared absorber. Find the rate (Z).
Equation 1: (Z) = 100-[(Y) / (X) × 100]
 HPLC分析を行う際の諸条件は以下の通りである。
・装置:Alliance 2695、Waters社
・カラム:Mightysil RP-18GP 250mm×φ4.6mm(5μm)、関東化学(株)
・カラム温度:40℃
・溶離液:<A>MeOH(0.1質量%酢酸+0.1質量%トリエチルアミンを含む)、<B>HO(0.1質量%酢酸+0.1質量%トリエチルアミンを含む)
・グラジェント:<A/B>=30/70(0min)-100/0(28min)-100/0(40min)-30/70(40.1min)平衡化
・流速:1.0mL/min
・注入量:10mL
・UV検出器:PDA 2998、Waters社
The conditions for performing HPLC analysis are as follows.
・ Equipment: Alliance 2695, Waters Corp. ・ Column: Mightysil RP-18GP 250 mm x φ4.6 mm (5 μm), Kanto Chemical Co., Inc.
-Column temperature: 40 ° C
-Eluent: <A> MeOH (containing 0.1% by mass acetic acid + 0.1% by mass triethylamine), <B> H 2 O (containing 0.1% by mass acetic acid + 0.1% by mass triethylamine)
-Gragent: <A / B> = 30/70 (0 min) -100/0 (28 min) -100/0 (40 min) -30/70 (40.1 min) Equilibration-Flow velocity: 1.0 mL / min
・ Injection amount: 10 mL
-UV detector: PDA 2998, Waters
 次に、本開示に係る平版印刷版原版における各構成要件の詳細について説明する。 Next, the details of each constituent requirement in the lithographic printing plate original plate according to this disclosure will be described.
<最外層>
 本開示に係る平版印刷版原版は、画像記録層の支持体側とは反対側に最外層を有する。
 本開示における最外層は、上述のオゾン暴露による赤外線吸収剤の分解率を達成する観点から、オゾン遮断層であることが好ましい。
 オゾン遮断層は、上述のオゾン暴露による赤外線吸収剤の分解率を達成するオゾン遮断能を有するものであれば特に制限はない。
<Outermost layer>
The lithographic printing plate original plate according to the present disclosure has an outermost layer on the side opposite to the support side of the image recording layer.
The outermost layer in the present disclosure is preferably an ozone blocking layer from the viewpoint of achieving the decomposition rate of the infrared absorber due to ozone exposure described above.
The ozone blocking layer is not particularly limited as long as it has an ozone blocking ability that achieves the decomposition rate of the infrared absorber due to the ozone exposure described above.
〔水溶性ポリマー〕
 本開示における最外層は、現像除去性(より好ましくは、機上現像性)の観点から、水溶性ポリマーを含むことが好ましい。
 本開示において、水溶性ポリマーとは、125℃、100gの純水に対して5g以上で溶解し、かつ、125℃、100gの純水に対して5gのポリマーが溶解した溶液を25℃に冷却しても析出しないポリマーをいう。
[Water-soluble polymer]
The outermost layer in the present disclosure preferably contains a water-soluble polymer from the viewpoint of developability (more preferably, on-machine developability).
In the present disclosure, the water-soluble polymer is a solution in which 5 g of the polymer is dissolved in 125 ° C. and 100 g of pure water at 5 g or more, and 5 g of the polymer is dissolved in 125 ° C. and 100 g of pure water, and the solution is cooled to 25 ° C. A polymer that does not precipitate even if it does.
 最外層に用いられる水溶性ポリマーとしては、例えば、ポリビニルアルコール、変性ポリビニルアルコール、ポリ(メタ)アクリルアミド、ポリエチレングリコール、ポリ(メタ)アクリロニトリル、ポリビニルピロリドン、これらのポリマーの原料モノマーを組み合わせた共重合体、これらのポリマーの原料モノマーと他のモノマーとを組み合わせた共重合体等が挙げられる。
 他のモノマーとしては、上記原料モノマーと共重合可能なモノマーであれば特に制限はないが、例えば、酢酸ビニル、(メタ)アクリル酸メチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ブチル等の(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、これらの塩等の酸基を有する付加重合型モノマー等が挙げられる。
 また、変性ポリビニルアルコールとしては、カルボキシ基又はスルホ基を有する酸変性ポリビニルアルコールが好ましく用いられる。変性ポリビニルアルコールとして具体的には、特開2005-250216号公報及び特開2006-259137号公報に記載の変性ポリビニルアルコールが挙げられる。
Examples of the water-soluble polymer used for the outermost layer include polyvinyl alcohol, modified polyvinyl alcohol, poly (meth) acrylamide, polyethylene glycol, poly (meth) acrylonitrile, polyvinylpyrrolidone, and a copolymer in which the raw material monomers of these polymers are combined. , Copolymers obtained by combining the raw material monomers of these polymers with other monomers and the like.
The other monomer is not particularly limited as long as it is a monomer copolymerizable with the above-mentioned raw material monomer, but for example, an alkyl (meth) acrylate such as vinyl acetate, methyl (meth) acrylate, and butyl (meth) acrylate. Examples thereof include ester, carboxy group, sulfo group, and addition-polymerized monomer having an acid group such as a salt thereof.
Further, as the modified polyvinyl alcohol, an acid-modified polyvinyl alcohol having a carboxy group or a sulfo group is preferably used. Specific examples of the modified polyvinyl alcohol include the modified polyvinyl alcohol described in JP-A-2005-250216 and JP-A-2006-259137.
 また、水溶性ポリマーとしては、多糖類を用いることもできる。
 即ち、本開示における最外層は多糖類を含むことが好ましい。
 最外層に用いられる多糖類は、上記の水溶性を有していれば制限はなく、オゾン遮断能が高く且つ酸素透過性を有する最外層を形成し得る観点から、セルロース誘導体が好ましいものとして挙げられる。
 その他、最外層に用いられる多糖類としては、大豆多糖類、変性澱粉、アラビアガム、デキストリン、プルラン等も挙げられる。
Further, as the water-soluble polymer, polysaccharides can also be used.
That is, the outermost layer in the present disclosure preferably contains a polysaccharide.
The polysaccharide used for the outermost layer is not limited as long as it has the above-mentioned water solubility, and a cellulose derivative is preferable from the viewpoint of forming an outermost layer having high ozone blocking ability and oxygen permeability. Be done.
In addition, examples of the polysaccharide used in the outermost layer include soybean polysaccharide, modified starch, gum arabic, dextrin, pullulan and the like.
 セルロース誘導体としては、セルロースが有するヒドロキシ基の少なくとも一部において、ヒドロキシ基の水素原子が、アルキル基、ヒドロキシアルキル基、及びカルボキシアルキル基からなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の基により置換された化合物が挙げられる。ここで、上記アルキル基、ヒドロキシアルキル基中のアルキル基、及びカルボキシアルキル基中のアルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基等が挙げられる。
 上記の中でも、セルロース誘導体としては、セルロースが有するヒドロキシ基の少なくとも一部において、ヒドロキシ基の水素原子が、少なくともアルキル基(好ましくはメチル基)により置換された化合物がより好ましい。即ち、セルロース誘導体としては、セルロースが有するヒドロキシ基の少なくとも一部がアルコキシ基(好ましくはメトキシ基)に置換した化合物が好ましい。
In the cellulose derivative, in at least a part of the hydroxy groups of cellulose, the hydrogen atom of the hydroxy group is substituted with at least one group selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group, a hydroxyalkyl group, and a carboxyalkyl group. Examples include compounds. Here, examples of the alkyl group, the alkyl group in the hydroxyalkyl group, and the alkyl group in the carboxyalkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group and the like.
Among the above, as the cellulose derivative, a compound in which the hydrogen atom of the hydroxy group is substituted with at least an alkyl group (preferably a methyl group) in at least a part of the hydroxy groups of cellulose is more preferable. That is, as the cellulose derivative, a compound in which at least a part of the hydroxy group of cellulose is replaced with an alkoxy group (preferably a methoxy group) is preferable.
 セルロース誘導体として具体的には、メチルセルロース、ヒドロキシプロピルメチルセルロース、ヒドロキシエチルメチルセルロース、カルボキシメチルセルロース等が好ましく挙げられ、中でも、メチルセルロース、及びヒドロキシプロピルメチルセルロースが好ましい。 Specific examples of the cellulose derivative include methyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl methyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose and the like, and among them, methyl cellulose and hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose are preferable.
 セルロース誘導体におけるヒドロキシ基の上記の基による置換度(好ましくはメトキシ置換度)は、0.1~6.0であることが好ましく、1~4であることがより好ましく、1~2であることが更に好ましい。
 即ち、最外層には、メトキシ置換度が1~2であるセルロース誘導体が含まれることが特に好ましい。
 ここで、メトキシ置換度とは、セルロースのグルコース環単位当たりの、メトキシ基で置換された水酸基の平均個数を意味する。このメトキシ置換度は、J.G.Gobler,E.P.Samscl,and G.H.Beaber,Talanta,9,474(1962)に記載された、Zeisel-GCによる手法によって測定することができる。
The degree of substitution (preferably the degree of methoxy substitution) of the hydroxy group with the above group in the cellulose derivative is preferably 0.1 to 6.0, more preferably 1 to 4, and 1 to 2. Is more preferable.
That is, it is particularly preferable that the outermost layer contains a cellulose derivative having a degree of methoxy substitution of 1 to 2.
Here, the degree of methoxy substitution means the average number of hydroxyl groups substituted with methoxy groups per glucose ring unit of cellulose. This degree of methoxy substitution is determined by J. G. Gobler, E.I. P. Samscl, and G. H. It can be measured by the method by Zeisel-GC described in Beaver, Talanta, 9,474 (1962).
 水溶性ポリマーは、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種類以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。 The water-soluble polymer may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 最外層に含まれる水溶性ポリマーの含有量は、最外層の全質量に対して、20質量%~99質量%であることが好ましく、30質量%~98質量%であることがより好ましく、40質量%~97質量%であることが更に好ましい。
 また、最外層に含まれる多糖類(好ましくはセルロース誘導体)の含有量は、オゾン暴露による平版印刷版原版の変色を抑制する観点から、最外層の全質量に対して、30質量%~98質量%であることが好ましく、35質量%~98質量%であることがより好ましく、40質量%~97質量%であることが更に好ましい。
The content of the water-soluble polymer contained in the outermost layer is preferably 20% by mass to 99% by mass, more preferably 30% by mass to 98% by mass, more preferably 40% by mass, based on the total mass of the outermost layer. It is more preferably mass% to 97% by mass.
The content of the polysaccharide (preferably a cellulose derivative) contained in the outermost layer is 30% by mass to 98% by mass with respect to the total mass of the outermost layer from the viewpoint of suppressing discoloration of the flat plate printing plate original plate due to ozone exposure. %, More preferably 35% by mass to 98% by mass, and even more preferably 40% by mass to 97% by mass.
〔疎水性ポリマー〕
 最外層は、疎水性ポリマーを含んでいてもよい。
 疎水性ポリマーとは、125℃、100gの純水に対し5g未満で溶解するか、又は、溶解しないポリマーをいう。
 疎水性ポリマーとしては、例えば、ポリエチレン、ポリスチレン、ポリ塩化ビニル、ポリ塩化ビニリデン、ポリ(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル(例えば、ポリ(メタ)アクリル酸メチル、ポリ(メタ)アクリル酸エチル、ポリ(メタ)アクリル酸ブチル等)、これらのポリマーの原料モノマーを組み合わせた共重合体(例えば、スチレンアクリル樹脂等)等が挙げられる。
[Hydrophobic polymer]
The outermost layer may contain a hydrophobic polymer.
The hydrophobic polymer means a polymer that dissolves or does not dissolve in less than 5 g in 100 g of pure water at 125 ° C.
Examples of the hydrophobic polymer include polyethylene, polystyrene, polyvinyl chloride, polyvinylidene chloride, and poly (meth) acrylic acid alkyl esters (for example, poly (meth) methyl acrylate, poly (meth) ethyl acrylate, and poly (meth). ) Butylate acrylate, etc.), a copolymer in which the raw material monomers of these polymers are combined (for example, styrene acrylic resin, etc.) and the like.
 疎水性ポリマーは、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種類以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。 The hydrophobic polymer may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 最外層が疎水性ポリマーを含む場合、疎水性ポリマーの含有量は、最外層の全質量に対して、5質量%~70質量%であることが好ましく、7.5質量%~50質量%であることが好ましく、10質量%~30質量%であることがより好ましい。 When the outermost layer contains a hydrophobic polymer, the content of the hydrophobic polymer is preferably 5% by mass to 70% by mass, preferably 7.5% by mass to 50% by mass, based on the total mass of the outermost layer. It is preferably present, and more preferably 10% by mass to 30% by mass.
〔ポリマー粒子〕
 最外層は、ポリマー粒子を含んでいてもよい。
 ポリマー粒子とは、最外層中にて粒子形状を示すポリマーを意味する。
 なお、ポリマー粒子に含まれるポリマーが、上述の水溶性ポリマー又は疎水性ポリマーに該当する場合であっても、最外層中にて粒子形状のまま存在する場合には「ポリマー粒子」に含まれる。
 中でも、最外層は、疎水性ポリマー粒子を含むことが好ましい。
 なお、最外層中のポリマー粒子の有無は、走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM)に最外層表面を観察することで確認することができる。
[Polymer particles]
The outermost layer may contain polymer particles.
The polymer particles mean a polymer that exhibits a particle shape in the outermost layer.
Even if the polymer contained in the polymer particles corresponds to the above-mentioned water-soluble polymer or hydrophobic polymer, if the polymer remains in the particle shape in the outermost layer, it is included in the "polymer particles".
Above all, the outermost layer preferably contains hydrophobic polymer particles.
The presence or absence of polymer particles in the outermost layer can be confirmed by observing the outermost layer surface with a scanning electron microscope (SEM).
 ポリマー粒子としては、例えば、マイクロカプセル、ミクロゲル(即ち、架橋ポリマー粒子)等の形態であることが好ましく、ミクロゲルの形態であることがより好ましい。
 また、ポリマー粒子は、少なくとも表面に親水性基を有することが好ましい。
 即ち、最外層に含まれるポリマー粒子としては、表面に親水性基を有するミクロゲルが好ましい。このようなミクロゲルの例としては、後述の、画像記録層に用いられるミクロゲルが挙げられる。
The polymer particles are preferably in the form of, for example, microcapsules, microgels (that is, crosslinked polymer particles), and more preferably in the form of microgels.
Further, the polymer particles preferably have at least a hydrophilic group on the surface.
That is, as the polymer particles contained in the outermost layer, microgels having a hydrophilic group on the surface are preferable. Examples of such microgels include microgels used for image recording layers, which will be described later.
 ポリマー粒子は、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種類以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。 The polymer particles may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 最外層がポリマー粒子を含む場合、ポリマー粒子の含有量は、最外層の全質量に対して、10質量%~80質量%であることが好ましく、15質量%~60質量%であることが好ましく、20質量%~40質量%であることがより好ましい。 When the outermost layer contains polymer particles, the content of the polymer particles is preferably 10% by mass to 80% by mass, preferably 15% by mass to 60% by mass, based on the total mass of the outermost layer. , 20% by mass to 40% by mass, more preferably.
〔分解型赤外線吸収剤〕
 最外層は、露光部の視認性を高める観点から、分解型赤外線吸収剤を含んでいてもよい。
 分解型赤外線吸収剤としては、赤外線波長域(即ち、750nm~1mmの波長域、好ましくは750nm~1,400nmの波長域)の少なくとも一部の光を吸収し、分解するものであればよく、750nm~1,400nmの波長域に極大吸収を有する化合物であることが好ましい。
 より具体的には、分解型赤外線吸収剤は、赤外線露光に起因して分解し、500nm~600nmの波長域に極大吸収波長を有する化合物を生成する化合物であることが好ましい。
[Decomposable infrared absorber]
The outermost layer may contain a decomposable infrared absorber from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion.
The decomposable infrared absorber may be any as long as it absorbs and decomposes at least a part of the light in the infrared wavelength range (that is, the wavelength range of 750 nm to 1 mm, preferably the wavelength range of 750 nm to 1,400 nm). It is preferably a compound having maximum absorption in the wavelength range of 750 nm to 1,400 nm.
More specifically, the decomposition type infrared absorber is preferably a compound that decomposes due to infrared exposure to produce a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 500 nm to 600 nm.
 分解型赤外線吸収剤は、露光部の視認性を高める観点から、赤外線露光により分解する基(具体的には、下記式1-1~1-7におけるR)を有する、シアニン色素であることが好ましい。
 分解型赤外線吸収剤としては、露光部の視認性を高める観点から、下記式1-1で表される化合物であることがより好ましい。
The decomposable infrared absorber is a cyanine dye having a group (specifically, R 1 in the following formulas 1-1 to 1-7) that decomposes by infrared exposure from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion. Is preferable.
The decomposition type infrared absorber is more preferably a compound represented by the following formula 1-1 from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 式1-1中、Rは下記式2~式4のいずれかで表される基を表し、R11~R18は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、-R、-OR、-SR、又は-NRを表し、R~Rは、それぞれ独立に、炭化水素基を表し、A、A、及び複数のR11~R18が連結して単環又は多環を形成してもよく、A及びAは、それぞれ独立に、酸素原子、硫黄原子、又は窒素原子を表し、n11及びn12は、それぞれ独立に、0~5の整数を表し、但し、n11及びn12の合計は2以上であり、n13及びn14は、それぞれ独立に、0又は1を表し、Lは、酸素原子、硫黄原子、又は-NR10-を表し、R10は、水素原子、アルキル基、又はアリール基を表し、Zaは電荷を中和する対イオンを表す。 In formula 1-1, R 1 represents a group represented by any of the following formulas 2 to 4, and R 11 to R 18 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, -R a , and -OR b. , -SR c , or -NR d R e , R a to R e each independently represent a hydrocarbon group, and A 1 , A 2 , and a plurality of R 11 to R 18 are connected and simply. Rings or polycycles may be formed, where A 1 and A 2 independently represent an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a nitrogen atom, and n 11 and n 12 are independent integers of 0 to 5, respectively. However, the sum of n 11 and n 12 is 2 or more, n 13 and n 14 independently represent 0 or 1, and L represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or -NR 10- . Representing R 10 , represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group, and Za represents a counterion that neutralizes the charge.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 式2~式4中、R20、R30、R41、及びR42は、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、Zbは電荷を中和する対イオンを表し、波線は、上記式1-1中のLで表される基との結合部位を表す。 In formulas 2 to 4, R 20 , R 30 , R 41 , and R 42 independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group, Zb represents a counterion that neutralizes the charge, and the wavy line represents the above formula. Represents a binding site with a group represented by L in 1-1.
 式1-1で表される化合物は、赤外線で露光されると、R-L結合が開裂し、Lは、=O、=S、又は=NR10となって、変色する。 Compounds of the formula 1-1, when exposed with infrared, R 1 -L bond is cleaved, L is, = O, = S, or = become NR 10, changes color.
 式1-1において、Rは上記式2~式4のいずれかで表される基を表す。
 以下、式2で表される基、式3で表される基、及び式4で表される基についてそれぞれ説明する。
In formula 1-1, R 1 represents a group represented by any of the above formulas 2 to 4.
Hereinafter, the group represented by the formula 2, the group represented by the formula 3, and the group represented by the formula 4 will be described.
 式2中、R20は、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、波線部分は、式1-1中のLで表される基との結合部位を表す。
 R20で表されるアルキル基としては、炭素数1~30のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~15のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキル基が更に好ましい。
 上記アルキル基は、直鎖状であっても、分岐を有していても、環構造を有していてもよい。
 R20で表されるアリール基としては、炭素数6~30のアリール基が好ましく、炭素数6~20のアリール基がより好ましく、炭素数6~12のアリール基が更に好ましい。
 R20としては、露光部の視認性を高める観点から、アルキル基であることが好ましい。
In formula 2, R 20 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, and the wavy line portion represents a binding site with a group represented by L in formula 1-1.
As the alkyl group represented by R 20 , an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is further preferable.
The alkyl group may be linear, have a branch, or have a ring structure.
As the aryl group represented by R 20 , an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms is preferable, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms is further preferable.
The R 20 is preferably an alkyl group from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion.
 また、露光部の視認性を高める観点から、R20で表されるアルキル基としては、第二級アルキル基又は第三級アルキル基であることが好ましく、第三級アルキル基であることが好ましい。
 更に、露光部の視認性を高める観点から、R20で表されるアルキル基としては、炭素数1~8のアルキル基であることが好ましく、炭素数3~10の分岐状のアルキル基であることがより好ましく、炭素数3~6の分岐状のアルキル基であることが更に好ましく、イソプロピル基、又はtert-ブチル基が特に好ましく、tert-ブチル基が最も好ましい。
 ここで、R20で表されるアルキル基は、ハロゲン原子(例えば、クロロ基)等にて置換された置換アルキル基であってもよい。
Further, in view of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion, the alkyl group represented by R 20, it is preferably a secondary alkyl group or a tertiary alkyl group, preferably a tertiary alkyl group ..
Furthermore, in view of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion, the alkyl group represented by R 20, it is preferably a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms is an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms More preferably, it is more preferably a branched alkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms, particularly preferably an isopropyl group or a tert-butyl group, and most preferably a tert-butyl group.
Here, the alkyl group represented by R 20 may be a substituted alkyl group substituted with a halogen atom (for example, a chloro group) or the like.
 以下に、上記式2で表される基の具体例を挙げるが、本開示はこれらに限定されるものではない。下記構造式中、●は式1-1中のLで表される基との結合部位を表す。 Specific examples of the group represented by the above formula 2 are given below, but the present disclosure is not limited thereto. In the following structural formula, ● represents the binding site with the group represented by L in the formula 1-1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 式3中、R30は、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、波線部分は、式1-1中のLで表される基との結合部位を表す。
 R30で表されるアルキル基及びアリール基としては、式2中のR20で表されるアルキル基及びアリール基と同様であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
In formula 3, R 30 represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, and the wavy line portion represents a binding site with a group represented by L in formula 1-1.
The alkyl group and aryl group represented by R 30 are the same as those of the alkyl group and aryl group represented by R 20 in Formula 2, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
 露光部の視認性を高める観点から、R30で表されるアルキル基としては、第二級アルキル基又は第三級アルキル基であることが好ましく、第三級アルキル基であることが好ましい。
 また、露光部の視認性を高める観点から、R30で表されるアルキル基としては、炭素数1~8のアルキル基であることが好ましく、炭素数3~10の分岐状のアルキル基であることがより好ましく、炭素数3~6の分岐状のアルキル基であることが更に好ましく、イソプロピル基、又はtert-ブチル基が特に好ましく、tert-ブチル基が最も好ましい。
 更に、露光部の視認性を高める観点から、R30で表されるアルキル基は置換アルキル基であることが好ましく、置換アルキル基であることが好ましく、フルオロ置換アルキル基であることがより好ましく、パーフルオロアルキル基であることが更に好ましく、トリフルオロメチル基であることが特に好ましい。
From the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion, the alkyl group represented by R 30, preferably a is secondary alkyl group or a tertiary alkyl group is preferably a tertiary alkyl group.
Further, from the viewpoint of improving the visibility of the exposed portion, the alkyl group represented by R 30 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and is a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms. More preferably, it is more preferably a branched alkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms, particularly preferably an isopropyl group or a tert-butyl group, and most preferably a tert-butyl group.
Furthermore, in view of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion is preferably an alkyl group represented by R 30 is a substituted alkyl group is preferably a substituted alkyl group, more preferably a fluoro-substituted alkyl group, It is more preferably a perfluoroalkyl group, and particularly preferably a trifluoromethyl group.
 露光部の視認性を高める観点から、R30で表されるアリール基は置換アリール基であることが好ましく、置換基としては、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~4のアルキル基)、アルコキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基)等が挙げられる。 From the viewpoint of improving the visibility of the exposed portion, the aryl group represented by R 30 is preferably a substituted aryl group, and the substituent is an alkyl group (preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms) or an alkoxy group. (Preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms) and the like.
 以下に、上記式3で表される基の具体例を挙げるが、本開示はこれらに限定されるものではない。下記構造式中、●は式1-1中のLで表される基との結合部位を表す。 Specific examples of the group represented by the above formula 3 are given below, but the present disclosure is not limited thereto. In the following structural formula, ● represents the binding site with the group represented by L in the formula 1-1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 式4中、R41及びR42は、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、Zbは電荷を中和する対イオンを表し、波線部分は、式1-1中のLで表される基との結合部位を表す。
 R41又はR42で表されるアルキル基及びアリール基としては、式2中のR20で表されるアルキル基及びアリール基と同様であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
 R41としては、露光部の視認性を高める観点から、アルキル基であることが好ましい。
 R42としては、露光部の視認性を高める観点から、アルキル基であることが好ましい。
In Formula 4, R 41 and R 42 each independently represent an alkyl or aryl group, Zb represents a charge-neutralizing counterion, and the wavy portion is represented by L in Formula 1-1. Represents a binding site with a group.
The alkyl group and aryl group represented by R 41 or R 42 are the same as those of the alkyl group and aryl group represented by R 20 in the formula 2, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
The R 41 is preferably an alkyl group from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion.
The R 42 is preferably an alkyl group from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion.
 露光部の視認性を高める観点から、R41で表されるアルキル基としては、炭素数1~5のアルキル基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~3のアルキル基であることがより好ましく、メチル基が特に好ましい。
 露光部の視認性を高める観点から、R42で表されるアルキル基としては、第二級アルキル基又は第三級アルキル基であることが好ましく、第三級アルキル基であることが好ましい。
 また、露光部の視認性を高める観点から、R42で表されるアルキル基としては、炭素数1~8のアルキル基であることが好ましく、炭素数3~10の分岐状のアルキル基であることがより好ましく、炭素数3~6の分岐状のアルキル基であることが更に好ましく、イソプロピル基、又はtert-ブチル基が特に好ましく、tert-ブチル基が最も好ましい。
From the viewpoint of improving the visibility of the exposed portion, the alkyl group represented by R 41 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Methyl groups are particularly preferred.
From the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion, the alkyl group represented by R 42 is preferably a secondary alkyl group or a tertiary alkyl group, and preferably a tertiary alkyl group.
Further, from the viewpoint of improving the visibility of the exposed portion, the alkyl group represented by R 42 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and is a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms. More preferably, it is more preferably a branched alkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms, particularly preferably an isopropyl group or a tert-butyl group, and most preferably a tert-butyl group.
 式4におけるZbは、電荷を中和するための対イオンであればよく、化合物全体として、式1-1におけるZaに含まれてもよい。
 Zbは、スルホネートイオン、カルボキシレートイオン、テトラフルオロボレートイオン、ヘキサフルオロホスフェートイオン、p-トルエンスルホネートイオン、又は過塩素酸塩イオンが好ましく、テトラフルオロボレートイオンがより好ましい。
Zb in the formula 4 may be a counterion for neutralizing the charge, and the compound as a whole may be contained in Za in the formula 1-1.
Zb is preferably a sulfonate ion, a carboxylate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a hexafluorophosphate ion, a p-toluenesulfonate ion, or a perchlorate ion, and more preferably a tetrafluoroborate ion.
 以下に、上記式4で表される基の具体例を挙げるが、本開示はこれらに限定されるものではない。下記構造式中、●は式1-1中のLで表される基との結合部位を表す。 Specific examples of the group represented by the above formula 4 are given below, but the present disclosure is not limited thereto. In the following structural formula, ● represents the binding site with the group represented by L in the formula 1-1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 式1-1において、Lは、酸素原子、又は-NR10-が好ましく、酸素原子が特に好ましい。
 また、-NR10-におけるR10は、アルキル基が好ましい。R10で表されるアルキル基としては、炭素数1~10のアルキル基が好ましい。また、R10で表されるアルキル基は、直鎖状であっても、分岐を有していても、環構造を有していてもよい。
 R10で表されるアルキル基の中では、メチル基、tert-ブチル基、又はシクロヘキシル基が好ましい。
 -NR10-におけるR10がアリール基の場合、炭素数6~30のアリール基が好ましく、炭素数6~20のアリール基がより好ましく、炭素数6~12のアリール基が更に好ましい。また、これらアリール基は、置換基を有していてもよい。
In the formula 1-1, L is preferably an oxygen atom or −NR 10 −, and an oxygen atom is particularly preferable.
Further, R 10 in −NR 10 − is preferably an alkyl group. As the alkyl group represented by R 10 , an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable. Further, the alkyl group represented by R 10 may be linear, may have a branch, or may have a ring structure.
Among the alkyl groups represented by R 10 , a methyl group, a tert-butyl group, or a cyclohexyl group is preferable.
When R 10 in −NR 10 − is an aryl group, an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms is preferable, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms is further preferable. Moreover, these aryl groups may have a substituent.
 式1-1において、R11~R18は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、-R、-OR、-SR、又は-NRであることが好ましい。
 R~Rで表される炭化水素基は、炭素数1~30の炭化水素基が好ましく、炭素数1~15の炭化水素基がより好ましく、炭素数1~10の炭化水素基が更に好ましい。また、R~Rで表される炭化水素基は、直鎖状であっても、分岐を有していても、環構造を有していてもよい。
 R~Rで表される炭化水素基としては、アルキル基が特に好ましい。
In Formula 1-1, R 11 ~ R 18 are each independently a hydrogen atom, -R a, is preferably -OR b, -SR c, or -NR d R e.
Hydrocarbon groups represented by R a ~ R e is preferably a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, further a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms preferable. Further, the hydrocarbon group represented by Ra to Re may be linear, have a branch, or have a ring structure.
Examples of the hydrocarbon group represented by R a ~ R e, the alkyl group is particularly preferred.
 上記アルキル基としては、炭素数1~30のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~15のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキル基が更に好ましい。
 上記アルキル基は、直鎖状であっても、分岐を有していても、環構造を有していてもよい。
 具体的には、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、オクチル基、ノニル基、デシル基、ウンデシル基、ドデシル基、トリデシル基、ヘキサデシル基、オクタデシル基、エイコシル基、イソプロピル基、イソブチル基、s-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、イソペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、1-メチルブチル基、イソヘキシル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、2-メチルヘキシル基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロペンチル基、及び2-ノルボルニル基が挙げられる。
 これらのアルキル基の中では、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、又はブチル基が好ましい。
As the alkyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms is preferable, an alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is further preferable.
The alkyl group may be linear, have a branch, or have a ring structure.
Specifically, for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a nonyl group, a decyl group, an undecyl group, a dodecyl group, a tridecyl group, a hexadecyl group, and an octadecyl group. Group, eicosyl group, isopropyl group, isobutyl group, s-butyl group, tert-butyl group, isopentyl group, neopentyl group, 1-methylbutyl group, isohexyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, 2-methylhexyl group, cyclohexyl group, cyclopentyl Groups include groups and 2-norbornyl groups.
Among these alkyl groups, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, or a butyl group is preferable.
 上記アルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。
 置換基の例としては、アルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基、アミノ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、ハロゲン原子、カルボキシ基、カルボキシレート基、スルホ基、スルホネート基、アルキルオキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、及びこれらを組み合わせた基等が挙げられる。
The alkyl group may have a substituent.
Examples of substituents include an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an amino group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, a halogen atom, a carboxy group, a carboxylate group, a sulfo group, a sulfonate group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, and these. Examples include a group that combines the above.
 式1-1におけるR11~R14は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、又は-R(即ち炭化水素基)であることが好ましく、水素原子、又はアルキル基であることがより好ましく、以下の場合を除き、水素原子であることが更に好ましい。
 中でも、Lが結合する炭素原子と結合する炭素原子に結合するR11及びR13は、アルキル基が好ましく、両者が連結して環を形成することがより好ましい。上記形成される環としては、単環であってもよく、多環であってもよい。形成される環として、具体的には、シクロペンテン環、シクロペンタジエン環、シクロヘキセン環、シクロヘキサジエン環、等の単環、及び、インデン環、インドール環等の多環が挙げられる。
 また、A が結合する炭素原子に結合するR12はR15又はR16(好ましくはR16)と連結して環を形成することが好ましく、Aが結合する炭素原子に結合するR14はR17又はR18(好ましくはR18)と連結して環を形成することが好ましい。
Each of R 11 to R 14 in the formula 1-1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or —R a (that is, a hydrocarbon group) independently, and more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, as follows. Except for cases, it is more preferably a hydrogen atom.
Among them, R 11 and R 13 bonded to the carbon atom to which L is bonded are preferably an alkyl group, and it is more preferable that both are linked to form a ring. The ring formed may be a monocyclic ring or a polycyclic ring. Specific examples of the ring formed include a monocycle such as a cyclopentene ring, a cyclopentadiene ring, a cyclohexene ring and a cyclohexadiene ring, and a polycycle such as an indene ring and an indole ring.
Further, it is preferable that R 12 bonded to the carbon atom to which A 1 + is bonded is linked to R 15 or R 16 (preferably R 16 ) to form a ring, and R to be bonded to the carbon atom to which A 2 is bonded. 14 is preferably linked to R 17 or R 18 (preferably R 18 ) to form a ring.
 式1-1において、n13は1であり、R16は、-R(即ち炭化水素基)であることが好ましい。
 また、R16は、A が結合する炭素原子に結合するR12と連結して環を形成することが好ましい。形成される環としては、インドリウム環、ピリリウム環、チオピリリウム環、ベンゾオキサゾリン環、又はベンゾイミダゾリン環が好ましく、露光部の視認性を高める観点から、インドリウム環がより好ましい。これらの環は更に置換基を有していてもよい。
 式1-1において、n14は1であり、R18は、-R(即ち炭化水素基)であることが好ましい。
 また、R18は、Aが結合する炭素原子に結合するR14と連結して環を形成することが好ましい。形成される環としては、インドール環、ピラン環、チオピラン環、ベンゾオキサゾール環、又はベンゾイミダゾール環が好ましく、露光部の視認性を高める観点から、インドール環がより好ましい。これらの環は更に置換基を有していてもよい。
 式1-1におけるR16及びR18は同一の基であることが好ましく、それぞれが環を形成する場合、A 及びAを除き、同一の構造の環を形成することが好ましい。
In formula 1-1, n 13 is preferably 1 and R 16 is preferably —R a (ie, a hydrocarbon group).
Further, it is preferable that R 16 is linked to R 12 bonded to the carbon atom to which A 1 + is bonded to form a ring. As the ring to be formed, an indolium ring, a pyrylium ring, a thiopyrylium ring, a benzoxazoline ring, or a benzoimidazoline ring is preferable, and an indolium ring is more preferable from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion. These rings may further have a substituent.
In formula 1-1, n 14 is preferably 1 and R 18 is preferably —R a (ie, a hydrocarbon group).
Further, it is preferable that R 18 is linked to R 14 bonded to the carbon atom to which A 2 is bonded to form a ring. As the ring to be formed, an indole ring, a pyran ring, a thiopyran ring, a benzoxazole ring, or a benzimidazole ring is preferable, and an indole ring is more preferable from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion. These rings may further have a substituent.
It is preferable that R 16 and R 18 in the formula 1-1 have the same group, and when each forms a ring, it is preferable to form a ring having the same structure except for A 1 + and A 2.
 式1-1におけるR15及びR17は同一の基であることが好ましい。また、R15及びR17は、-R(即ち炭化水素基)であることが好ましく、アルキル基であることがより好ましく、置換アルキル基であることが更に好ましい。 It is preferable that R 15 and R 17 in the formula 1-1 are the same group. Further, R 15 and R 17 are preferably —R a (that is, a hydrocarbon group), more preferably an alkyl group, and even more preferably a substituted alkyl group.
 式1-1により表される化合物において、水溶性を向上させる観点からは、R15及びR17は置換基アルキル基であることが好ましい。
 R15又はR17で表される置換アルキル基としては、下記式(a1)~式(a4)のいずれかで表される基が挙げられる。
In the compound represented by the formula 1-1, R 15 and R 17 are preferably substituent alkyl groups from the viewpoint of improving water solubility.
Examples of the substituted alkyl group represented by R 15 or R 17 include a group represented by any of the following formulas (a1) to (a4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 式(a1)~式(a4)中、RW0は炭素数2~6のアルキレン基を表し、Wは単結合又は酸素原子を表し、nW1は1~45の整数を表し、RW1は炭素数1~12のアルキル基又は-C(=O)-RW5を表し、RW5は炭素数1~12のアルキル基を表し、RW2~RW4は、それぞれ独立に、単結合又は炭素数1~12のアルキレン基を表し、Mは水素原子、ナトリウム原子、カリウム原子、又はオニウム基を表す。 Wherein (a1) ~ formula (a4), R W0 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, W is a single bond or an oxygen atom, n W1 represents an integer of 1 ~ 45, R W1 carbon Alkyl groups of numbers 1 to 12 or -C (= O) -RW5 are represented, RW5 represents alkyl groups of carbon atoms 1 to 12, and RW2 to RW4 are independently single bonds or carbon atoms, respectively. It represents 1 to 12 alkylene groups, and M represents a hydrogen atom, a sodium atom, a potassium atom, or an onium group.
 式(a1)において、RW0で表されるアルキレン基の具体例としては、エチレン基、n-プロピレン基、イソプロピレン基、n-ブチレン基、イソブチレン基、n-ペンチレン基、イソペンチレン基、n-ヘキシル基、イソヘキシル基等が挙げられ、エチレン基、n-プロピレン基、イソプロピレン基、又はn-ブチレン基が好ましく、n-プロピレン基が特に好ましい。
 nW1は1~10が好ましく、1~5がより好ましく、1~3が特に好ましい。
 RW1で表されるアルキル基の具体例としては、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、イソペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、n-ヘキシル基、n-オクチル基、n-ドデシル基等が挙げられ、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、又はn-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基が好ましく、メチル基、又はエチル基が更に好ましく、メチル基が特に好ましい。
 RW5で表されるアルキル基は、RW1で表されるアルキル基と同様であり、好ましい態様もRW1で表されるアルキル基の好ましい態様と同様である。
Specific examples of the alkylene group represented by RW0 in the formula (a1) include an ethylene group, an n-propylene group, an isopropylene group, an n-butylene group, an isobutylene group, an n-pentylene group, an isopentylene group and n-. Examples thereof include a hexyl group and an isohexyl group, and an ethylene group, an n-propylene group, an isopropylene group, or an n-butylene group is preferable, and an n-propylene group is particularly preferable.
n W1 is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, and particularly preferably 1 to 3.
Specific examples of the alkyl group represented by RW1 include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, tert-butyl group, n-pentyl group, isopentyl group and neopentyl. Examples thereof include a group, an n-hexyl group, an n-octyl group, an n-dodecyl group, and a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, or an n-butyl group and a tert-butyl group are preferable. , Or an ethyl group is more preferable, and a methyl group is particularly preferable.
Alkyl group represented by R W5 is the same as defined for the alkyl group represented by R W1, preferred embodiments are also the same as the preferred embodiment of the alkyl group represented by R W1.
 式(a1)で表される基の具体例を以下に示すが、本開示はこれらに限定されるものではない。下記構造式中、Meはメチル基、Etはエチル基を表し、*は結合部位を表す。 Specific examples of the group represented by the formula (a1) are shown below, but the present disclosure is not limited thereto. In the following structural formula, Me represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, and * represents a binding site.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 式(a2)~式(a4)において、RW2~RW4で表されるアルキレン基の具体例としては、メチレン基、エチレン基、n-プロピレン基、イソプロピレン基、n-ブチレン基、イソブチレン基、n-ペンチレン基、イソペンチレン基、n-ヘキシル基、イソヘキシル基、n-オクチレン基、n-ドデシレン基等が挙げられ、エチレン基、n-プロピレン基、イソプロピレン基、又はn-ブチレン基が好ましく、エチレン基、又はn-プロピレン基が特に好ましい。
 式(a3)において、2つ存在するMは同じでもよいし、異なってもよい。
Specific examples of the alkylene group represented by RW2 to RW4 in the formulas (a2) to (a4) include a methylene group, an ethylene group, an n-propylene group, an isopropylene group, an n-butylene group and an isobutylene group. , N-pentylene group, isopentylene group, n-hexyl group, isohexyl group, n-octylene group, n-dodecylene group and the like, preferably an ethylene group, an n-propylene group, an isopropylene group, or an n-butylene group. , Ethylene group, or n-propylene group is particularly preferable.
In the formula (a3), the two existing Ms may be the same or different.
 式(a2)~式(a4)において、Mで表されるオニウム基としては、アンモニウム基、ヨードニウム基、ホスホニウム基、スルホニウム基等が挙げられる。
 式(a2)におけるCOM、式(a2)におけるPO、及び式(a4)におけるSOMは、いずれもMが解離したアニオン構造を有していてもよい。アニオン構造の対カチオンは、A であってもよいし、式1-1中のR-Lに含まれうるカチオンであってもよい。
In the formulas (a2) to (a4), examples of the onium group represented by M include an ammonium group, an iodonium group, a phosphonium group, a sulfonium group, and the like.
The CO 2 M in the formula (a 2), the PO 3 M 2 in the formula (a 2), and the SO 3 M in the formula (a 4) may all have an anion structure in which M is dissociated. Counter cation of the anion structure may be a A 1 +, may be a cation may be included in R 1 -L in Formula 1-1.
 式(a1)~式(a4)で表される基の中で、式(a1)、式(a2)、又は式(a4)で表される基が好ましい。 Among the groups represented by the formulas (a1) to (a4), the group represented by the formula (a1), the formula (a2), or the formula (a4) is preferable.
 式1-1におけるn11及びn12は同一であることが好ましく、いずれも、1~5の整数が好ましく、1~3の整数がより好ましく、1又は2が更に好ましく、2が特に好ましい。 It is preferable that n 11 and n 12 in the formula 1-1 are the same, and an integer of 1 to 5 is preferable, an integer of 1 to 3 is more preferable, 1 or 2 is more preferable, and 2 is particularly preferable.
 式1-1におけるA及びAは、それぞれ独立に、酸素原子、硫黄原子、又は窒素原子を表し、窒素原子が好ましい。
 式1-1におけるA及びAは同一の原子であることが好ましい。
A 1 and A 2 in the formula 1-1 independently represent an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or a nitrogen atom, and a nitrogen atom is preferable.
It is preferable that A 1 and A 2 in the formula 1-1 are the same atom.
 式1-1におけるZaは、電荷を中和する対イオンを表す。
 R11~R18及びR-Lの全てが電荷的に中性の基であれば、Zaは一価の対アニオンとなる。但し、R11~R18及びR-Lは、アニオン構造又はカチオン構造を有していてもよく、例えば、R11~R18及びR-Lに2以上のアニオン構造を有する場合、Zaは対カチオンにもなり得る。
 なお、式1-1で表されるシアニン色素が、Zaを除き、化合物の全体において電荷的に中性な構造であれば、Zaは必要ない。
 Zaが対アニオンである場合、スルホネートイオン、カルボキシレートイオン、テトラフルオロボレートイオン、ヘキサフルオロホスフェートイオン、p-トルエンスルホネートイオン、過塩素酸塩イオン等が挙げられ、テトラフルオロボレートイオンが好ましい。
 Zaが対カチオンである場合、アルカリ金属イオン、アルカリ土類金属イオン、アンモニウムイオン、ピリジニウムイオン、スルホニウムイオン等が挙げられ、ナトリウムイオン、カリウムイオン、アンモニウムイオン、ピリジニウムイオン、又はスルホニウムイオンが好ましく、ナトリウムイオン、カリウムイオン、又はアンモニウムイオンがより好ましい。
Za in Equation 1-1 represents a counterion that neutralizes the charge.
If all of R 11 to R 18 and R 1- L are charge-neutral groups, Za is a monovalent counter anion. However, R 11 to R 18 and R 1 to L may have an anionic structure or a cationic structure. For example, when R 11 to R 18 and R 1 to L have two or more anionic structures, Za Can also be a counter cation.
If the cyanine dye represented by the formula 1-1 has a charge-neutral structure in the whole compound except Za, Za is not necessary.
When Za is a counter anion, sulfonate ion, carboxylate ion, tetrafluoroborate ion, hexafluorophosphate ion, p-toluenesulfonate ion, perchlorate ion and the like can be mentioned, and tetrafluoroborate ion is preferable.
When Za is a counter cation, alkali metal ion, alkaline earth metal ion, ammonium ion, pyridinium ion, sulfonium ion and the like can be mentioned, and sodium ion, potassium ion, ammonium ion, pyridinium ion or sulfonium ion are preferable. Ions, potassium ions, or ammonium ions are more preferred.
 分解型赤外線吸収剤としては、露光部の視認性を高める観点から、下記式1-2で表される化合物(即ち、シアニン色素)であることがより好ましい。 The decomposition type infrared absorber is more preferably a compound represented by the following formula 1-2 (that is, a cyanine dye) from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 式1-2中、Rは上記式2~式4のいずれかで表される基を表し、R19~R22は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、-R、-OR、-CN、-SR、又は-NRを表し、R23~R24は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、又は-Rを表し、R~Rは、それぞれ独立に、炭化水素基を表し、R19とR20、R21とR22、又はR23とR24は、連結して単環又は多環を形成してもよく、Lは、酸素原子、硫黄原子、又は-NR10-を表し、R10は、水素原子、アルキル基、又はアリール基を表し、Rd1~Rd4及びW~Wは、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基を表し、Zaは電荷を中和する対イオンを表す。 In formula 1-2, R 1 represents a group represented by any of the above formulas 2 to 4, and R 19 to R 22 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, -R a , and -OR b. , -CN, represents -SR c, or -NR d R e, R 23 ~ R 24 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, or a -R a, R a ~ R e are each independently carbon Representing a hydrogen group, R 19 and R 20 , R 21 and R 22 , or R 23 and R 24 may be linked to form a monocyclic or polycyclic, where L is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or -NR 10- , R 10 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group, and R d1 to R d4 and W 1 to W 2 each independently may have a substituent. Represents, and Za represents a counter ion that neutralizes the charge.
 式1-2におけるRは、式1-1におけるRと同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。 R 1 in Formula 1-2 is synonymous with R 1 in the formula 1-1, preferable embodiments thereof are also the same.
 式1-2において、R19~R22は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、-R、-OR、又は-CNであることが好ましい。
 より具体的には、R19及びR21は、水素原子、又は-Rであることが好ましい。
 また、R20及びR22は、水素原子、-R、-OR、又は-CNであることが好ましい。
 R19~R22で表される-Rとしては、アルキル基、又はアルケニル基が好ましい。
 R19~R22のすべてが-Rである場合、R19とR20及びR21とR22が連結して単環又は多環を形成することが好ましい。
 R19とR20又はR21とR22が連結して形成される環としては、ベンゼン環、シクロヘキサン環、シクロペンタン環等が挙げられる。
In formula 1-2, R 19 to R 22 are preferably hydrogen atoms, halogen atoms, -R a , -OR b , or -CN, respectively.
More specifically, R 19 and R 21 are preferably hydrogen atom, or a -R a.
Further, R 20 and R 22 are preferably hydrogen atoms, -R a , -OR b , or -CN.
As —R a represented by R 19 to R 22 , an alkyl group or an alkenyl group is preferable.
When all of R 19 to R 22 are −R a, it is preferable that R 19 and R 20 and R 21 and R 22 are connected to form a monocyclic or polycyclic ring.
Examples of the ring formed by connecting R 19 and R 20 or R 21 and R 22 include a benzene ring, a cyclohexane ring, a cyclopentane ring and the like.
 式1-2において、R23とR24は、連結して単環又は多環を形成していることが好ましい。
 R23とR24が連結して形成される環としては、単環であってもよく、多環であってもよい。形成される環として、具体的には、シクロペンテン環、シクロペンタジエン環、シクロヘキセン環、シクロヘキサジエン環等の単環、及び、インデン環、インドール環等の多環が挙げられる。
In formula 1-2, it is preferable that R 23 and R 24 are connected to form a monocyclic or polycyclic ring.
The ring formed by connecting R 23 and R 24 may be a monocyclic ring or a polycyclic ring. Specific examples of the ring formed include a monocycle such as a cyclopentene ring, a cyclopentadiene ring, a cyclohexene ring and a cyclohexadiene ring, and a polycycle such as an indene ring and an indole ring.
 式1-2において、Rd1~Rd4は、無置換アルキル基であることが好ましい。また、Rd1~Rd4は、いずれも同一の基であることが好ましい。
 無置換アルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基等が挙げられ、中でも、メチル基が好ましい。
In formula 1-2, R d1 to R d4 are preferably unsubstituted alkyl groups. Further, it is preferable that R d1 to R d4 are all the same group.
Examples of the unsubstituted alkyl group include a methyl group and an ethyl group, and among them, a methyl group is preferable.
 式1-2において、W~Wは、式1-2で表される化合物に水溶性を高める観点から、置換アルキル基であることが好ましい。
 W~Wで表される置換アルキル基としては、式1-1における式(a1)~式(a4)のいずれかで表される基が挙げられ、好ましい態様も同様である。
In formula 1-2, W 1 to W 2 are preferably substituted alkyl groups from the viewpoint of increasing water solubility in the compound represented by formula 1-2.
Examples of the substituted alkyl group represented by W 1 to W 2 include groups represented by any of the formulas (a1) to (a4) in the formula 1-1, and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
 Zaは、分子内の電荷を中和する対イオンを表す。
 R19~R22、R23~R24、Rd1~Rd4、W~W、及びR-Lの全てが電荷的に中性の基であれば、Zaは一価の対アニオンとなる。但し、R19~R22、R23~R24、Rd1~Rd4、W~W、及びR-Lは、アニオン構造又はカチオン構造を有していてもよく、例えば、R19~R22、R23~R24、Rd1~Rd4、W~W、及びR-Lに2以上のアニオン構造を有する場合、Zaは対カチオンにもなり得る。
 なお、式1-2で表される化合物が、Zaを除き、化合物の全体において電荷的に中性な構造であれば、Zaは必要ない。
 Zaが対アニオンである場合の例は、式1-1におけるZaと同様であり、好ましい態様も同様である。また、Zaが対カチオンである場合の例も、式1-1におけるZaと同様であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
Za represents a counterion that neutralizes the charge in the molecule.
If all of R 19 to R 22 , R 23 to R 24 , R d1 to R d4 , W 1 to W 2 , and R 1 to L are charge-neutral groups, then Za is a monovalent counter anion. Will be. However, R 19 to R 22 , R 23 to R 24 , R d1 to R d4 , W 1 to W 2 , and R 1 to L may have an anionic structure or a cationic structure, for example, R 19. If ~ R 22 , R 23 to R 24 , R d1 to R d4 , W 1 to W 2 , and R 1 to L have two or more anionic structures, Za can also be a counter cation.
If the compound represented by the formula 1-2 has a charge-neutral structure as a whole except for Za, Za is not necessary.
The example when Za is a counter anion is the same as Za in Formula 1-1, and the preferred embodiment is also the same. Further, the example in which Za is a counter cation is the same as Za in Formula 1-1, and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
 分解型赤外線吸収剤としてのシアニン色素は、露光部の視認性を高める観点から、下記式1-3~式1-7のいずれかで表される化合物であることが更に好ましい。
 特に、露光部の視認性を高める観点から、式1-3、式1-5、及び式1-6のいずれかで表される化合物であることが好ましい。
The cyanine dye as the decomposable infrared absorber is more preferably a compound represented by any of the following formulas 1-3 to 1-7 from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion.
In particular, from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion, the compound represented by any of the formulas 1-3, 1-5, and 1-6 is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 式1-3~式1-7中、Rは上記式2~式4のいずれかで表される基を表し、R19~R22は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、-R、-OR、-CN、-SR、又は-NRを表し、R25~R26は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は-Rを表し、R~Rは、それぞれ独立に、炭化水素基を表し、R19とR20、R21とR22、又はR25とR26は、連結して単環又は多環を形成してもよく、Lは、酸素原子、硫黄原子、又は-NR10-を表し、R10は、水素原子、アルキル基、又はアリール基を表し、Rd1~Rd4及びW~Wは、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基を表し、Zaは電荷を中和する対イオンを表す。 In formulas 1-3 to 1-7, R 1 represents a group represented by any of the above formulas 2 to 4, and R 19 to R 22 are independently hydrogen atom, halogen atom, and −R, respectively. a , -OR b , -CN, -SR c , or -NR d R e , and R 25 to R 26 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or -R a, and R a to R. e independently represents a hydrocarbon group, and R 19 and R 20 , R 21 and R 22 , or R 25 and R 26 may be linked to form a monocyclic or polycyclic, where L is. , Oxygen atom, sulfur atom, or -NR 10- , R 10 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group, and R d1 to R d4 and W 1 to W 2 are independent substituents. Represents an alkyl group which may have, and Za represents a counterion that neutralizes the charge.
 式1-3~式1-7におけるR、R19~R22、Rd1~Rd4、W~W、及びLは、式1-2におけるR、R19~R22、Rd1~Rd4、W~W、及びLと同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
 式1-7におけるR25~R26は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、又はメチル基であることが好ましい。
R 1, R 19 ~ R 22 in Formula 1-3 to Formula 1-7, R d1 ~ R d4, W 1 ~ W 2, and L is, R 1, R 19 ~ R 22 in Formula 1-2, R d1 ~ R d4, W 1 ~ W 2, and has the same meaning as L, and also the same preferred embodiment.
It is preferable that R 25 to R 26 in the formula 1-7 are independently hydrogen atoms or methyl groups, respectively.
 以下に、分解型赤外線吸収剤のシアニン色素の具体例を挙げるが、本開示はこれらに限定されるものではない。 The following are specific examples of the cyanine dye of the decomposition type infrared absorber, but the present disclosure is not limited to these.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 また、分解型赤外線吸収剤であるシアニン色素は、国際公開第2019/219560号に記載の赤外線吸収性化合物を好適に用いることができる。 Further, as the cyanine dye which is a decomposition type infrared absorber, the infrared absorbent compound described in International Publication No. 2019/219560 can be preferably used.
 分解型赤外線吸収剤は、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種類以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。 The decomposition type infrared absorber may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 最外層が分解型赤外線吸収剤を含む場合、分解型赤外線吸収剤の含有量は、最外層の全質量に対し、1質量%~50質量%が好ましく、5質量%~40質量%がより好ましく、10質量%~30質量%が更に好ましい。 When the outermost layer contains a decomposition type infrared absorber, the content of the decomposition type infrared absorber is preferably 1% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass to 40% by mass, based on the total mass of the outermost layer. It is more preferably 10% by mass to 30% by mass.
〔その他の成分〕
 本開示における最外層は、既述の成分以外にも、無機層状化合物、界面活性剤等の公知の添加物を含有してもよい。
[Other ingredients]
In addition to the above-mentioned components, the outermost layer in the present disclosure may contain known additives such as an inorganic layered compound and a surfactant.
〔最外層の形成方法〕
 最外層の形成方法としては特に制限はないが、オゾン遮断性を高める観点から、以下の方法を用いることが好ましい。
 即ち、支持体上に形成された画像記録層上に、固形分濃度が5質量%~30質量%の塗布液を塗布し、得られた塗膜を70℃~200℃で5秒~30秒の乾燥条件で乾燥させて最外層を形成する方法である。
 この方法を用いることで、オゾン暴露による赤外線吸収剤の分解率が50%以下の最外層を形成しやすくなる。
[Method of forming the outermost layer]
The method for forming the outermost layer is not particularly limited, but it is preferable to use the following method from the viewpoint of enhancing the ozone blocking property.
That is, a coating liquid having a solid content concentration of 5% by mass to 30% by mass is applied onto the image recording layer formed on the support, and the obtained coating film is applied at 70 ° C. to 200 ° C. for 5 seconds to 30 seconds. It is a method of forming the outermost layer by drying under the drying conditions of.
By using this method, it becomes easy to form an outermost layer in which the decomposition rate of the infrared absorber by ozone exposure is 50% or less.
 最外層の形成において、塗布液の固形分濃度としては、7.5質量%~25質量%が好ましく、10質量%~20質量%がより好ましい。 In the formation of the outermost layer, the solid content concentration of the coating liquid is preferably 7.5% by mass to 25% by mass, more preferably 10% by mass to 20% by mass.
 また、最外層を形成において、塗膜の乾燥条件は、80℃~170℃で7.5秒~25秒であることが好ましく、90℃~150℃で10秒~20秒であることがより好ましい。 Further, in forming the outermost layer, the drying condition of the coating film is preferably 7.5 seconds to 25 seconds at 80 ° C to 170 ° C, and 10 seconds to 20 seconds at 90 ° C to 150 ° C. preferable.
 最外層の塗布量(固形分)は、0.01g/m~10g/mが好ましく、0.02g/m~3g/mがより好ましく、0.1g/m~2g/mが特に好ましい。
 最外層の膜厚は、0.005μm~2μmであることが好ましく、0.05μm~5μmであることが好ましく、0.1μm~3μmであることがより好ましい。
 本開示において、平版印刷版原版における各層の膜厚は、平版印刷版原版の表面に対して垂直な方向に切断した切片を作製し、上記切片の断面を走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM)により、平版印刷版の表面に対して水平方向に幅50μmの範囲で観察したときの平均膜厚とする。
Outermost coating amount (solid content) is preferably from 0.01g / m 2 ~ 10g / m 2, more preferably 0.02g / m 2 ~ 3g / m 2, 0.1g / m 2 ~ 2g / m 2 is particularly preferable.
The film thickness of the outermost layer is preferably 0.005 μm to 2 μm, preferably 0.05 μm to 5 μm, and more preferably 0.1 μm to 3 μm.
In the present disclosure, the film thickness of each layer in the lithographic printing plate original plate is determined by preparing a section cut in a direction perpendicular to the surface of the lithographic printing plate original plate, and the cross section of the section is scanned by a scanning electron microscope (SEM). The average film thickness when observed in a range of 50 μm in width in the horizontal direction with respect to the surface of the printing plate.
〔酸素透過性〕
 最外層は、酸素透過性を有していてもよい。
 ここで、「最外層が酸素透過性を有する」とは、後述する方法にて求められた網点面積率比が0.9超であることを意味する。
 最外層が酸素透過性を有する、即ち、網点面積率比が0.9超であると、印刷物において、網点画像が露光の走査方向に太ることで観察されるスジ状のムラ(所謂、スワスムラとも呼ばれる)が生じることを抑制することができる。このスジ状のムラは、プレートセッターの種類に影響を受けやすい。そのため、最外層が酸素透過性を有していることで、スジ状のムラが生じやすいプレートセッターへの適用も可能となることから、プレートセッターの選択幅を広げることができる。
[Oxygen permeability]
The outermost layer may have oxygen permeability.
Here, "the outermost layer has oxygen permeability" means that the halftone dot area ratio ratio obtained by the method described later is more than 0.9.
When the outermost layer has oxygen permeability, that is, when the halftone dot area ratio is more than 0.9, the halftone dot image is thickened in the scanning direction of the exposure in the printed matter, and the streak-like unevenness (so-called) is observed. It is possible to suppress the occurrence of (also called swath unevenness). This streak-like unevenness is easily affected by the type of plate setter. Therefore, since the outermost layer has oxygen permeability, it can be applied to a plate setter in which streak-like unevenness is likely to occur, so that the selection range of the plate setter can be expanded.
 スジ状のムラの抑制の観点からは、網点面積率比は、0.92以上が好ましく、0.94以上がより好ましく、0.96以上が更に好ましく、0.98以上が特に好ましい。
 網点面積率比の上限は、例えば、1.00が挙げられる。
From the viewpoint of suppressing streak-like unevenness, the halftone dot area ratio is preferably 0.92 or more, more preferably 0.94 or more, further preferably 0.96 or more, and particularly preferably 0.98 or more.
The upper limit of the halftone dot area ratio is, for example, 1.00.
 以下、網点面積率及び網点面積率比の求め方を説明する。
 まず、最外層の有無のみ異なる2つの平版印刷版原版(即ち、最外層あり平版印刷版原版及び最外層なし平版印刷版原版)を用意する。
 2つの平版印刷版原版を用い、以下の方法で網点面積率を求め、求められた網点面積率から、酸素透過性の指標である網点面積率比について算出する。
 用意された2つ平版印刷版原版を、それぞれ、赤外線半導体レーザー搭載の富士フイルム(株)製Luxel PLATESETTER T-9800IIにて、外面ドラム回転数220rpm(revolutions per minute)、レーザー出力99.7、99.6、99.5%、解像度2,400dpi(dot per inch、1inch=2.54cm)、消光比1:14、1:17、1:19の条件で露光する。このとき、露光画像にはベタ画像及び20μmドットFMスクリーンの50%網点チャートを含む。
 得られた露光済み平版印刷原版を現像処理することなく、(株)小森コーポレーション製印刷機LITHRONE26の版胴に取り付ける。版胴に対して給水ローラーを5%減速させた上で、Ecolity-2(富士フイルム(株)製)/水道水=2/98(容量比)の湿し水とスペースカラーフュージョンG墨インキ(DICグラフィックス(株)製)とを用い、LITHRONE26の標準自動印刷スタート方法で、湿し水とインキとを供給して機上現像した後、毎時10,000枚の印刷速度で、特菱アート(三菱製紙(株)製、連量:76.5kg)紙に印刷を1,000枚行う。
 1,000枚目の印刷物において、ベタ画像部の濃度(即ち、ベタ濃度)をDSとし、網点部の濃度をDTとして、以下の式M:マーレイ・デービスの式により網点面積率を導出する。続いて、得られた網点面積率の値を以下の式OTの式に代入し、網点面積率比を算出する。
 式M : 網点面積率=(1-10-DT)/(1-10-DS)×100
 式OT : 網点面積率比=(最外層なし平版印刷版の網点面積率)/(最外層あり平版印刷版の網点面積率)
 網点面積率比の値が大きいほど酸素透過性に優れることを意味する。
Hereinafter, how to obtain the halftone dot area ratio and the halftone dot area ratio ratio will be described.
First, two lithographic printing plate original plates differing only in the presence or absence of the outermost layer (that is, a lithographic printing plate original plate with an outermost layer and a lithographic printing plate original plate without an outermost layer) are prepared.
Using two lithographic printing plate original plates, the halftone dot area ratio is obtained by the following method, and the halftone dot area ratio, which is an index of oxygen permeability, is calculated from the obtained halftone dot area ratio.
The two prepared lithographic printing plates were used on the Luxel PLATESTTER T-9800II manufactured by FUJIFILM Corporation equipped with an infrared semiconductor laser, respectively, with an outer drum rotation speed of 220 rpm (revolutions per minute) and laser outputs of 99.7 and 99. Exposure is performed under the conditions of 6.6, 99.5%, resolution 2,400 dpi (dot per inch, 1 inch = 2.54 cm), and extinction ratios of 1:14, 1:17, 1:19. At this time, the exposed image includes a solid image and a 50% halftone dot chart of a 20 μm dot FM screen.
The obtained exposed lithographic printing original plate is attached to the plate cylinder of the printing machine LITHRONE26 manufactured by Komori Corporation without developing. After decelerating the water supply roller by 5% with respect to the plate cylinder, Efficiency-2 (manufactured by Fuji Film Co., Ltd.) / tap water = 2/98 (capacity ratio) dampening water and space color fusion G ink ink ( Using the standard automatic printing start method of LITHRONE26 using DIC Graphics Co., Ltd., after supplying dampening water and ink and developing on the machine, Tokubishi Art at a printing speed of 10,000 sheets per hour. (Made by Mitsubishi Paper Mills Limited, ream weight: 76.5 kg) Print 1,000 sheets on paper.
In the 1,000th printed matter, the density of the solid image portion (that is, the solid density) is DS, the density of the halftone dot portion is DT, and the halftone dot area ratio is derived by the following formula M: Murray-Davis. do. Subsequently, the obtained halftone dot area ratio value is substituted into the formula of the following formula OT to calculate the halftone dot area ratio.
Equation M: Halftone dot area ratio = (1-10- DT ) / (1-10- DS ) x 100
Formula OT: Halftone dot area ratio = (halftone dot area ratio of lithographic printing plate without outermost layer) / (halftone dot area ratio of lithographic printing plate with outermost layer)
The larger the value of the halftone dot area ratio, the better the oxygen permeability.
<画像記録層>
 本開示に係る平版印刷版原版は、既述の最外層と支持体との間に画像記録層を有する。
 本開示における画像記録層は、重合開始剤、重合性化合物、及び赤外線吸収剤を含む。
 本開示における画像記録層は、ネガ型画像記録層であり、水溶性又は水分散性のネガ型画像記録層であることが好ましい。
 本開示における画像記録層は、機上現像性の観点から、画像記録層の未露光部が湿し水及び印刷インキの少なくともいずれかにより除去可能であることが好ましい。
<Image recording layer>
The lithographic printing plate original plate according to the present disclosure has an image recording layer between the outermost layer and the support as described above.
The image recording layer in the present disclosure contains a polymerization initiator, a polymerizable compound, and an infrared absorber.
The image recording layer in the present disclosure is a negative image recording layer, and is preferably a water-soluble or water-dispersible negative image recording layer.
From the viewpoint of on-machine developability, the unexposed portion of the image recording layer in the present disclosure is preferably removable with at least one of dampening water and printing ink.
 以下、画像記録層に含まれる各成分の詳細について説明する。 The details of each component contained in the image recording layer will be described below.
〔重合開始剤〕
 本開示における画像記録層は、重合開始剤を含む。
 重合開始剤としては、電子受容型重合開始剤を含むことが好ましく、電子受容型重合開始剤及び電子供与型重合開始剤を含むことがより好ましい。
[Polymerization initiator]
The image recording layer in the present disclosure contains a polymerization initiator.
The polymerization initiator preferably contains an electron-accepting polymerization initiator, and more preferably contains an electron-accepting polymerization initiator and an electron-donating polymerization initiator.
[電子受容型重合開始剤]
 画像記録層は、重合開始剤として、電子受容型重合開始剤を含むことが好ましい。
 電子受容型重合開始剤は、赤外線露光により赤外線吸収剤の電子が励起した際に、分子間電子移動で一電子を受容することにより、ラジカル等の重合開始種を発生する化合物である。
 電子受容型重合開始剤は、光、熱あるいはその両方のエネルギーによりラジカル、カチオン等の重合開始種を発生する化合物であって、公知の熱重合開始剤、結合解離エネルギーの小さな結合を有する化合物、光重合開始剤などを適宜選択して用いることができる。
 電子受容型重合開始剤としては、ラジカル重合開始剤が好ましく、オニウム塩化合物がより好ましい。
 また、電子受容型重合開始剤としては、赤外線感光性重合開始剤であることが好ましい。
[Electron-accepting polymerization initiator]
The image recording layer preferably contains an electron-accepting polymerization initiator as the polymerization initiator.
The electron-accepting polymerization initiator is a compound that generates a polymerization initiator such as a radical by accepting one electron by electron transfer between molecules when the electron of the infrared absorber is excited by infrared exposure.
The electron-accepting polymerization initiator is a compound that generates a polymerization initiator such as a radical or a cation by energy of light, heat, or both, and is a known thermal polymerization initiator, a compound having a small bond of bond dissociation energy, and the like. A photopolymerization initiator or the like can be appropriately selected and used.
As the electron-accepting polymerization initiator, a radical polymerization initiator is preferable, and an onium salt compound is more preferable.
The electron-accepting polymerization initiator is preferably an infrared photosensitive polymerization initiator.
 上記電子受容型重合開始剤の中でも好ましいものとして、画像記録層の硬化性の観点から、オキシムエステル化合物、及びオニウム塩化合物が挙げられる。中でも、耐刷性の観点から、ヨードニウム塩化合物、スルホニウム塩化合物、又はアジニウム塩化合物が好ましく、ヨードニウム塩化合物、又はスルホニウム塩化合物がより好ましく、ヨードニウム塩化合物が特に好ましい。
 これら化合物の具体例を以下に示すが、本開示はこれに限定されるものではない。
Among the electron-accepting polymerization initiators, oxime ester compounds and onium salt compounds are preferable from the viewpoint of curability of the image recording layer. Among them, from the viewpoint of printing resistance, an iodonium salt compound, a sulfonium salt compound, or an azinium salt compound is preferable, an iodonium salt compound or a sulfonium salt compound is more preferable, and an iodonium salt compound is particularly preferable.
Specific examples of these compounds are shown below, but the present disclosure is not limited thereto.
 ヨードニウム塩化合物の例としては、ジアリールヨードニウム塩化合物が好ましく、特に電子供与性基、例えば、アルキル基又はアルコキシル基で置換されたジフェニルヨードニウム塩化合物がより好ましく、また、非対称のジフェニルヨードニウム塩化合物が好ましい。具体例としては、ジフェニルヨードニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、4-メトキシフェニル-4-(2-メチルプロピル)フェニルヨードニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、4-(2-メチルプロピル)フェニル-p-トリルヨードニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、4-ヘキシルオキシフェニル-2,4,6-トリメトキシフェニルヨードニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、4-ヘキシルオキシフェニル-2,4-ジエトキシフェニルヨードニウム=テトラフルオロボラート、4-オクチルオキシフェニル-2,4,6-トリメトキシフェニルヨードニウム=1-ペルフルオロブタンスルホナート、4-オクチルオキシフェニル-2,4,6-トリメトキシフェニルヨードニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファート、ビス(4-t-ブチルフェニル)ヨードニウム=ヘキサフルオロホスファートが挙げられる。 As an example of the iodonium salt compound, a diaryliodonium salt compound is preferable, a diphenyliodonium salt compound substituted with an electron donating group such as an alkyl group or an alkoxyl group is more preferable, and an asymmetric diphenyliodonium salt compound is preferable. .. Specific examples include diphenyliodonium = hexafluorophosphate, 4-methoxyphenyl-4- (2-methylpropyl) phenyliodonium = hexafluorophosphate, 4- (2-methylpropyl) phenyl-p-tolyliodonium = hexa. Fluorophosphate, 4-hexyloxyphenyl-2,4,6-trimethoxyphenyliodonium = hexafluorophosphate, 4-hexyloxyphenyl-2,4-diethoxyphenyliodonium = tetrafluoroborate, 4-octyloxy Phenyl-2,4,6-trimethoxyphenyliodonium = 1-perfluorobutanesulfonate, 4-octyloxyphenyl-2,4,6-trimethoxyphenyliodonium = hexafluorophosphart, bis (4-t-butylphenyl) ) Iodonium = hexafluorophosphart can be mentioned.
 また、ヨードニウム塩化合物及びスルホニウム塩化合物の対アニオンの例としては、スルホネートアニオン、カルボキシレートアニオン、テトラフルオロボレートアニオン、ヘキサフルオロホスフェートアニオン、p-トルエンスルホネートアニオン、トシレートアニオン、スルホンアミドアニオン又はスルホンイミドアニオンが挙げられる。中でも、スルホンアミドアニオン又はスルホンイミドアニオンが好ましく、スルホンイミドアニオンがより好ましい。
 スルホンアミドアニオンとしては、アリールスルホンアミドアニオンが好ましい。
 また、スルホンイミドアニオンとしては、ビスアリールスルホンイミドアニオンが好ましい。
 スルホンアミドアニオン又はスルホンイミドアニオンの具体例としては、例えば、国際公開第2019/013268号の段落0034に記載された化合物が挙げられる。
Examples of the counter anion of the iodonium salt compound and the sulfonium salt compound include a sulfonate anion, a carboxylate anion, a tetrafluoroborate anion, a hexafluorophosphate anion, a p-toluene sulfonate anion, a tosylate anion, a sulfonamide anion or a sulfonimide. Anions are mentioned. Of these, sulfonamide anions or sulfonimide anions are preferable, and sulfonamide anions are more preferable.
As the sulfonamide anion, an aryl sulfonamide anion is preferable.
Further, as the sulfoneimide anion, a bisaryl sulfoneimide anion is preferable.
Specific examples of the sulfonamide anion or the sulfonamide anion include the compounds described in paragraph 0034 of WO 2019/013268.
 また、上記電子受容型重合開始剤は、現像性、及び、得られる平版印刷版におけるUV耐刷性の観点から、下記式(II)及び式(III)のいずれかで表される化合物が好ましく、特に式(II)で表される化合物が好ましい。 Further, the electron-accepting polymerization initiator is preferably a compound represented by any of the following formulas (II) and (III) from the viewpoint of developability and UV printing resistance in the obtained lithographic printing plate. , Particularly the compound represented by the formula (II) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 式(II)及び(III)中、Xはハロゲン原子を表し、R、R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、炭素原子数1~20までの1価の炭化水素基を表す。
 式(II)中、Xはハロゲン原子を表し、Rはアリール基を表すことが好ましい。
In formulas (II) and (III), X represents a halogen atom, and R 3 , R 4 and R 5 each independently represent a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
In formula (II), it is preferable that X represents a halogen atom and R 3 represents an aryl group.
 式(II)及び(III)におけるXとしては、具体的には、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子及びヨウ素原子が挙げられる。これらのうち、塩素原子又は臭素原子は、感度に優れるため好ましく、臭素原子が特に好ましい。
 また、式(II)及び(III)において、R、R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、アリール基であることが好ましく、中でも、感度と保存安定性とのバランスに優れる観点から、アミド基で置換されているアリール基が好ましい。
Specific examples of the X in the formulas (II) and (III) include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom. Of these, a chlorine atom or a bromine atom is preferable because it has excellent sensitivity, and a bromine atom is particularly preferable.
Further, in the formulas (II) and (III), R 3 , R 4 and R 5 are preferably aryl groups independently of each other, and above all, from the viewpoint of excellent balance between sensitivity and storage stability, amides are used. Aryl groups substituted with groups are preferred.
 上記電子受容型重合開始剤の中でも、式(IV)で表される化合物が特に好ましい。 Among the above electron-accepting polymerization initiators, the compound represented by the formula (IV) is particularly preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 式(IV)において、R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は炭素原子数1~20までの1価の炭化水素基を表す。p及びqは、それぞれ独立に、1から5までの整数を表す。ただし、p+q=2~6である。 In formula (IV), R 4 and R 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. p and q each independently represent an integer from 1 to 5. However, p + q = 2 to 6.
 上記式(II)~式(IV)のいずれかで表される電子受容型重合開始剤の具体例としては、下記式に示す化合物などが挙げられるが、本開示はこれらに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the electron-accepting polymerization initiator represented by any of the above formulas (II) to (IV) include compounds represented by the following formulas, but the present disclosure is not limited thereto. No.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 電子受容型重合開始剤の最低空軌道(LUMO)は、感度の向上及び版飛びを発生しにくくする観点から、-3.00eV以下であることが好ましく、-3.02eV以下であることがより好ましい。
 また、電子受容型重合開始剤の最低空軌道(LUMO)の下限としては、-3.80eV以上であることが好ましく、-3.50eV以上であることがより好ましい。
 本開示において、最低空軌道(LUMO)及び後述の最高被占軌道(HOMO)の計算は、以下の方法により行う。
 まず、計算対象となる化合物において、HOMO又はLUMOを形成する主構造ではない対イオンを有する場合、上記対イオンは無視してもよい。
 量子化学計算ソフトウェアGaussian09を用い、構造最適化はDFT(B3L
YP/6-31G(d))で行う。
 MO(分子軌道)エネルギー計算は、上記構造最適化で得た構造でDFT(B3LYP/6-31+G(d,p)/CPCM(solvent=methanol))で行う。
 上記MOエネルギー計算で得られたMOエネルギーEbare(単位:hartree)を以下の公式により、本開示においてHOMO及びLUMOの値として用いるEscaled(単位:eV)へ変換する。
 Escaled=0.823168×27.2114×Ebare-1.07634
 なお、27.2114は単にhartreeをeVに変換するための係数であり、0.823168と-1.07634とは調節係数であり、計算対象となる化合物のHOMOとLUMOとを計算が実測の値に合うように定める。
The minimum empty orbital (LUMO) of the electron-accepting polymerization initiator is preferably −3.00 eV or less, and more preferably −3.02 eV or less, from the viewpoint of improving sensitivity and making plate skipping less likely to occur. preferable.
The lower limit of the minimum empty orbital (LUMO) of the electron-accepting polymerization initiator is preferably -3.80 eV or more, and more preferably -3.50 eV or more.
In the present disclosure, the minimum empty orbital (LUMO) and the maximum occupied orbital (HOMO) described later are calculated by the following method.
First, when the compound to be calculated has a counterion that is not the main structure forming HOMO or LUMO, the counterion may be ignored.
Using the quantum chemistry calculation software Gaussian09, the structure optimization is DFT (B3L).
YP / 6-31G (d)).
The MO (molecular orbital) energy calculation is performed by DFT (B3LYP / 6-31 + G (d, p) / CPCM (solvent = methanol)) with the structure obtained by the above structural optimization.
The MO energy Ebare (unit: hartree) obtained by the above MO energy calculation is converted into Escaled (unit: eV) used as the values of HOMO and LUMO in the present disclosure by the following formula.
Escaled = 0.823168 x 27.2114 x Ebare-1.07634
Note that 27.2114 is simply a coefficient for converting hartree to eV, 0.823168 and -1.07634 are adjustment coefficients, and the calculated values of HOMO and LUMO of the compound to be calculated are actually measured. Determine to suit.
 電子受容型重合開始剤は、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種類以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。 The electron-accepting polymerization initiator may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 電子受容型重合開始剤の含有量は、画像記録層の全質量に対し、0.1質量%~50質量%であることが好ましく、0.5質量%~30質量%であることがより好ましく、0.8質量%~20質量%であることが特に好ましい。 The content of the electron-accepting polymerization initiator is preferably 0.1% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 0.5% by mass to 30% by mass, based on the total mass of the image recording layer. , 0.8% by mass to 20% by mass is particularly preferable.
[電子供与型重合開始剤(重合助剤)]
 本開示における画像記録層は、重合開始剤として、電子供与型重合開始剤(重合助剤ともいう)を含むことが好ましい。
 電子供与型重合開始剤は、赤外線露光により赤外線吸収剤の電子が励起又は分子内移動した際に、赤外線吸収剤の一電子抜けた軌道に分子間電子移動で一電子を供与することにより、ラジカル等の重合開始種を発生する化合物である。
 電子供与型重合開始剤としては、電子供与型ラジカル重合開始剤であることが好ましい。
[Electron-donated polymerization initiator (polymerization aid)]
The image recording layer in the present disclosure preferably contains an electron donating type polymerization initiator (also referred to as a polymerization aid) as a polymerization initiator.
The electron donating type polymerization initiator is a radical by donating one electron by intermolecular electron transfer to the orbital where one electron of the infrared absorber is missing when the electron of the infrared absorber is excited or moved intramolecularly by infrared exposure. It is a compound that generates a polymerization-initiated species such as.
The electron donating type polymerization initiator is preferably an electron donating type radical polymerization initiator.
 画像記録層は、耐刷性の観点から、電子供与型重合開始剤としてボレート化合物を含有することが好ましい。
 ボレート化合物としては、耐刷性の観点から、テトラアリールボレート化合物、又は、モノアルキルトリアリールボレート化合物であることが好ましく、テトラアリールボレート化合物であることがより好ましい。
 ボレート化合物が有する対カチオンとしては、特に制限はないが、アルカリ金属イオン、又は、テトラアルキルアンモニウムイオンであることが好ましく、ナトリウムイオン、カリウムイオン、又は、テトラブチルアンモニウムイオンであることがより好ましい。
 また、ボレート化合物が有する対カチオンとしては、本開示に赤外線吸収剤として記載されているカチオン性のポリメチン色素であってもよい。例えば、シアニン色素の対カチオンとして上記ボレート化合物を用いてもよい。
From the viewpoint of printing resistance, the image recording layer preferably contains a borate compound as an electron donating type polymerization initiator.
The borate compound is preferably a tetraarylborate compound or a monoalkyltriarylborate compound, and more preferably a tetraarylborate compound, from the viewpoint of print resistance.
The counter cation contained in the borate compound is not particularly limited, but is preferably an alkali metal ion or a tetraalkylammonium ion, and more preferably a sodium ion, a potassium ion, or a tetrabutylammonium ion.
Further, the counter cation of the borate compound may be a cationic polymethine dye described as an infrared absorber in the present disclosure. For example, the above borate compound may be used as a counter cation of a cyanine dye.
 ボレート化合物として具体的には、ナトリウムテトラフェニルボレートが好ましく挙げられる。 Specific examples of the borate compound include sodium tetraphenylborate.
 以下に電子供与型重合開始剤の好ましい具体例として、B-1~B-9を示すが、これらに限定されないことは、言うまでもない。また、下記化学式において、Phはフェニル基を表し、Buはn-ブチル基を表す。 B-1 to B-9 are shown below as preferable specific examples of the electron donating type polymerization initiator, but it goes without saying that the present invention is not limited to these. Further, in the following chemical formula, Ph represents a phenyl group and Bu represents an n-butyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 また、電子供与型重合開始剤の最高被占軌道(HOMO)は、感度の向上及び版飛びを発生しにくくする観点から、-6.00eV以上であることが好ましく、-5.95eV以上であることがより好ましく、-5.93eV以上であることが更に好ましい。
 また、電子供与型重合開始剤の最高被占軌道(HOMO)の上限としては、-5.00eV以下であることが好ましく、-5.40eV以下であることがより好ましい。
Further, the maximum occupied orbital (HOMO) of the electron donating type polymerization initiator is preferably −6.00 eV or more, preferably −5.95 eV or more, from the viewpoint of improving sensitivity and making it difficult for plate skipping to occur. It is more preferable, and it is further preferable that it is −5.93 eV or more.
Further, the upper limit of the maximum occupied orbital (HOMO) of the electron donating type polymerization initiator is preferably −5.00 eV or less, and more preferably −5.40 eV or less.
 電子供与型重合開始剤は、1種のみを用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。 As the electron donating type polymerization initiator, only one kind may be used, or two or more kinds may be used in combination.
 電子供与型重合開始剤の含有量としては、感度及び耐刷性の観点から、画像記録層の全質量に対し、0.01質量%~30質量%であることが好ましく、0.05質量%~25質量%であることがより好ましく、0.1質量%~20質量%であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the electron donating type polymerization initiator is preferably 0.01% by mass to 30% by mass, preferably 0.05% by mass, based on the total mass of the image recording layer from the viewpoint of sensitivity and printing resistance. It is more preferably to 25% by mass, and even more preferably 0.1% by mass to 20% by mass.
 重合開始剤は、電子供与型重合開始剤と電子受容型重合開始剤とが対塩を形成している化合物であってもよい。
 例えば、電子供与型重合開始剤におけるアニオンと電子受容型重合開始剤におけるカチオンとが対塩を形成してなる化合物であることが好ましく、上記電子受容型重合開始剤及び上記電子供与型重合開始剤として、電子受容型重合開始剤構造を有するカチオンと電子供与型重合開始剤構造を有するアニオンとが塩を形成してなる化合物であることがより好ましい。具体的には、オニウムカチオンとボレートアニオンとが対塩を形成してなる化合物であることが好ましく、ヨードニウムカチオン又はスルホニウムカチオンとボレートアニオンとが対塩を形成してなる化合物であることがより好ましく、ジアリールヨードニウムカチオン又はトリアリールスルホニウムカチオンとテトラアリールボレートアニオンとが対塩を形成してなる化合物であることが特に好ましい。
 電子供与型重合開始剤におけるアニオン、及び、電子受容型重合開始剤におけるカチオンの好ましい態様としては、既述の電子供与型重合開始剤におけるアニオン及び既述の電子受容型重合開始剤におけるカチオンの好ましい態様と同様である。
 画像記録層が、電子供与型重合開始剤であるアニオンと、電子受容型重合開始剤であるカチオンと、を含む場合(つまり、上記対塩を形成している化合物を含む場合)、画像記録層は電子受容型重合開始剤及び上記電子供与型重合開始剤を含むものとする。
 また、電子供与型重合開始剤と電子受容型重合開始剤とが対塩を形成している化合物は、電子供与型重合開始剤として用いてもよいし、電子受容型重合開始剤として用いてもよい。
 また、電子供与型重合開始剤と電子受容型重合開始剤とが対塩を形成してなる化合物は、既述の電子供与型重合開始剤と併用してもよいし、既述の電子受容型重合開始剤と併用してもよい。
The polymerization initiator may be a compound in which the electron donating type polymerization initiator and the electron accepting type polymerization initiator form an anti-salt.
For example, it is preferable that the anion in the electron-donating polymerization initiator and the cation in the electron-accepting polymerization initiator form a counter-salt, and the electron-accepting polymerization initiator and the electron-donating polymerization initiator are preferable. More preferably, it is a compound in which a cation having an electron-accepting polymerization initiator structure and an anion having an electron-donating polymerization initiator structure form a salt. Specifically, it is preferably a compound in which an onium cation and a borate anion form an anti-salt, and more preferably a compound in which an iodonium cation or a sulfonium cation and a borate anion form an anti-salt. , A compound formed by forming a salt with a diaryliodonium cation or a triarylsulfonium cation and a tetraarylborate anion is particularly preferable.
Preferred embodiments of the anion in the electron-donating polymerization initiator and the cation in the electron-accepting polymerization initiator include the anion in the electron-donating polymerization initiator described above and the cation in the electron-accepting polymerization initiator described above. It is the same as the embodiment.
When the image recording layer contains an anion which is an electron donating type polymerization initiator and a cation which is an electron accepting type polymerization initiator (that is, when it contains the compound forming the above salt), the image recording layer. Shall include an electron-accepting polymerization initiator and the electron-donating polymerization initiator.
Further, the compound in which the electron donating type polymerization initiator and the electron accepting type polymerization initiator form an anti-salt may be used as an electron donating type polymerization initiator or as an electron accepting type polymerization initiator. good.
Further, the compound in which the electron donating type polymerization initiator and the electron accepting type polymerization initiator form a salt with respect to each other may be used in combination with the above-mentioned electron donating type polymerization initiator or the above-mentioned electron accepting type polymerization initiator. It may be used in combination with a polymerization initiator.
[赤外線吸収剤と電子供与型重合開始剤との好ましい態様]
 本開示における画像記録層は、感度の向上及び耐刷性の観点から、赤外線吸収剤のHOMO-電子供与型重合開始剤のHOMOの値(即ち、赤外線吸収剤のHOMOの値から電子供与型重合開始剤のHOMOの値を減じた値)が、0.70eV以下であることが好ましく、0.70eV~-0.10eVであることがより好ましい。
 なお、マイナスの値は、上記電子供与型重合開始剤のHOMOが、上記赤外線吸収剤のHOMOよりも高くなることを意味する。
[Preferable Embodiment of Infrared Absorbent and Electron Donating Polymerization Initiator]
The image recording layer in the present disclosure is electron-donated polymerization from the HOMO value of the infrared absorber HOMO-electron-donating polymerization initiator (that is, the HOMO value of the infrared absorber) from the viewpoint of improving sensitivity and printing resistance. The value obtained by subtracting the HOMO value of the initiator) is preferably 0.70 eV or less, and more preferably 0.70 eV to −0.10 eV.
A negative value means that the HOMO of the electron donating polymerization initiator is higher than that of the infrared absorber.
[電子受容型重合開始剤及び赤外線吸収剤の好ましい態様]
 本開示における画像記録層は、感度の向上及び耐刷性の観点から、電子受容型重合開始
剤のLUMO-赤外線吸収剤のLUMOの値(即ち、電子受容型重合開始剤のLUMOの値から赤外線吸収剤のLUMOの値を減じた値)が、1.00eV以下であることが好ましく、0.80eV以下であることがより好ましく、0.70eV以下であることが更に好ましい。また、電子受容型重合開始剤のLUMO-赤外線吸収剤のLUMOの値は、1.00eV~-0.10eVであることが好ましく、0.80eV~0.30eVであることがより好ましい。
 なお、マイナスの値は、上記赤外線吸収剤のLUMOが、上記電子受容型重合開始剤のLUMOよりも高くなることを意味する。
[Preferable aspects of electron-accepting polymerization initiator and infrared absorber]
The image recording layer in the present disclosure is an infrared ray from the LUMO value of the electron-accepting polymerization initiator LUMO-infrared absorber (that is, the LUMO value of the electron-accepting polymerization initiator) from the viewpoint of improving sensitivity and printing resistance. The value obtained by subtracting the LUMO value of the absorber) is preferably 1.00 eV or less, more preferably 0.80 eV or less, and further preferably 0.70 eV or less. The LUMO value of the electron-accepting polymerization initiator LUMO-infrared absorber is preferably 1.00 eV to −0.10 eV, and more preferably 0.80 eV to 0.30 eV.
A negative value means that the LUMO of the infrared absorber is higher than that of the electron-accepting polymerization initiator.
〔重合性化合物〕
 本開示における画像記録層は、重合性化合物を含む。
 本開示において、重合性化合物とは、重合性基を有する化合物をいう。
 重合性基としては、特に限定されず公知の重合性基であればよいが、エチレン性不飽和基であることが好ましい。また、重合性基としては、ラジカル重合性基であってもカチオン重合性基であってもよいが、ラジカル重合性基であることが好ましい。
 ラジカル重合性基としては、(メタ)アクリロイル基、アリル基、ビニルフェニル基、ビニル基等が挙げられ、反応性の観点から(メタ)アクリロイル基が好ましい。
 重合性化合物の分子量(分子量分布を有する場合には、重量平均分子量)は、50以上40,000未満であることが好ましい。
[Polymerizable compound]
The image recording layer in the present disclosure contains a polymerizable compound.
In the present disclosure, the polymerizable compound means a compound having a polymerizable group.
The polymerizable group is not particularly limited and may be a known polymerizable group, but an ethylenically unsaturated group is preferable. The polymerizable group may be a radically polymerizable group or a cationically polymerizable group, but is preferably a radically polymerizable group.
Examples of the radically polymerizable group include a (meth) acryloyl group, an allyl group, a vinylphenyl group, a vinyl group and the like, and a (meth) acryloyl group is preferable from the viewpoint of reactivity.
The molecular weight of the polymerizable compound (weight average molecular weight when having a molecular weight distribution) is preferably 50 or more and less than 40,000.
 本開示に用いられる重合性化合物は、例えば、ラジカル重合性化合物であっても、カチオン重合性化合物であってもよいが、少なくとも1個のエチレン性不飽和結合を有する付加重合性化合物(エチレン性不飽和化合物)であることが好ましい。
 エチレン性不飽和化合物としては、末端エチレン性不飽和結合を少なくとも1個有する化合物であることが好ましく、末端エチレン性不飽和結合を2個以上有する化合物であることがより好ましい。重合性化合物は、例えばモノマー、プレポリマー、すなわち2量体、3量体若しくはオリゴマー、又は、それらの混合物などの化学的形態をもつ。
 中でも、上記重合性化合物としては、UV耐刷性の観点から、3官能以上の重合性化合物を含むことが好ましく、7官能以上の重合性化合物を含むことがより好ましく、10官能以上の重合性化合物を含むことが更に好ましい。また、上記重合性化合物は、得られる平版印刷版におけるUV耐刷性の観点から、3官能以上(好ましくは7官能以上、より好ましくは10官能以上)のエチレン性不飽和化合物を含むことが好ましく、3官能以上(好ましくは7官能以上、より好ましくは10官能以上)の(メタ)アクリレート化合物を含むことが更に好ましい。
The polymerizable compound used in the present disclosure may be, for example, a radically polymerizable compound or a cationically polymerizable compound, but is an addition polymerizable compound having at least one ethylenically unsaturated bond (ethylenic). It is preferably an unsaturated compound).
The ethylenically unsaturated compound is preferably a compound having at least one terminal ethylenically unsaturated bond, and more preferably a compound having two or more terminal ethylenically unsaturated bonds. The polymerizable compound has a chemical form such as, for example, a monomer, a prepolymer, that is, a dimer, a trimer or an oligomer, or a mixture thereof.
Among them, the polymerizable compound preferably contains a trifunctional or higher-functional polymerizable compound, more preferably a 7-functional or higher-functional polymerizable compound, and 10-functional or higher-functional polymerizable compound from the viewpoint of UV printing resistance. It is more preferable to contain a compound. Further, the polymerizable compound preferably contains a trifunctional or higher (preferably 7 or higher, more preferably 10 or higher) ethylenically unsaturated compound from the viewpoint of UV printing resistance in the obtained flat plate printing plate. It is more preferable to contain a trifunctional or higher (preferably 7 or higher, more preferably 10 or higher) (meth) acrylate compound.
[オリゴマー]
 画像記録層に含まれる重合性化合物としては、オリゴマーである重合性化合物(以下、単に「オリゴマー」ともいう。)を含有することが好ましい。
 本開示においてオリゴマーとは、分子量(分子量分布を有する場合には、重量平均分子量)が600以上30,000以下であり、かつ、重合性基を少なくとも1つ含む重合性化合物を表す。
 オリゴマーの分子量の好ましい例としては、1,000以上25,000以下が挙げられる。
 また、耐薬品性、UV耐刷性に優れる観点からは、オリゴマーの分子量としては、1,000以上5,000以下であることが好ましい。
[Oligomer]
As the polymerizable compound contained in the image recording layer, it is preferable to contain a polymerizable compound which is an oligomer (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “oligomer”).
In the present disclosure, the oligomer represents a polymerizable compound having a molecular weight (weight average molecular weight in the case of having a molecular weight distribution) of 600 or more and 30,000 or less and containing at least one polymerizable group.
Preferred examples of the molecular weight of the oligomer include 1,000 or more and 25,000 or less.
Further, from the viewpoint of excellent chemical resistance and UV printing resistance, the molecular weight of the oligomer is preferably 1,000 or more and 5,000 or less.
 また、UV耐刷性を向上させる観点から、1分子のオリゴマーにおける重合性基数は、2以上であることが好ましく、3以上であることがより好ましく、6以上であることが更に好ましく、10以上であることが特に好ましい。
 また、オリゴマーにおける重合性基の上限値は、特に制限はないが、重合性基の数は20以下であることが好ましい。
Further, from the viewpoint of improving UV printing resistance, the number of polymerizable groups in one molecule of the oligomer is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more, further preferably 6 or more, and 10 or more. Is particularly preferable.
The upper limit of the polymerizable group in the oligomer is not particularly limited, but the number of polymerizable groups is preferably 20 or less.
 UV耐刷性、及び、機上現像性の観点から、オリゴマーとしては、重合性基の数が7以上であり、かつ、分子量が1,000以上10,000以下であることが好ましく、重合性基の数が7以上20以下であり、かつ、分子量が1,000以上5,000以下であることがより好ましい。
 なお、重合性化合物としてオリゴマーを含む場合、オリゴマーを製造する過程で生じる可能性のある、ポリマー成分も含まれていてもよい。
From the viewpoint of UV printing resistance and on-machine developability, the oligomer preferably has 7 or more polymerizable groups and a molecular weight of 1,000 or more and 10,000 or less, and is polymerizable. It is more preferable that the number of groups is 7 or more and 20 or less, and the molecular weight is 1,000 or more and 5,000 or less.
When the oligomer is contained as the polymerizable compound, a polymer component that may occur in the process of producing the oligomer may also be contained.
 UV耐刷性、及び、機上現像性の観点から、オリゴマーは、ウレタン結合を有する化合物、エステル結合を有する化合物、及びエポキシ残基を有する化合物からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種を有することが好ましく、ウレタン結合を有する化合物を有することが好ましい。
 本開示においてエポキシ残基とは、エポキシ基により形成される構造を指し、例えば酸基(カルボン酸基等)とエポキシ基との反応により得られる構造と同様の構造を意味する。
From the viewpoint of UV printing resistance and on-machine developability, the oligomer may have at least one selected from the group consisting of a compound having a urethane bond, a compound having an ester bond, and a compound having an epoxy residue. It is preferable to have a compound having a urethane bond.
In the present disclosure, the epoxy residue refers to a structure formed by an epoxy group, and means, for example, a structure similar to the structure obtained by the reaction of an acid group (carboxylic acid group or the like) with an epoxy group.
(ウレタン結合を有する化合物)
 オリゴマーの例であるウレタン結合を有する化合物としては、例えば、下記式(Ac-1)又は式(Ac-2)で表される基を少なくとも有する化合物であることが好ましく、下記式(Ac-1)で表される基を少なくとも有する化合物であることがより好ましい。
(Compound with urethane bond)
The compound having a urethane bond, which is an example of the oligomer, is preferably, for example, a compound having at least a group represented by the following formula (Ac-1) or formula (Ac-2), and is preferably a compound having at least a group represented by the following formula (Ac-1). ) Is more preferably a compound having at least a group represented by).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 式(Ac-1)及び式(Ac-2)中、L~Lは、それぞれ独立に、炭素数2~20の二価の炭化水素基を表し、波線部分は他の構造との結合位置を表す。
 L~Lとしては、それぞれ独立に、炭素数2~20のアルキレン基であることが好ましく、炭素数2~10のアルキレン基であることがより好ましく、炭素数4~8のアルキレン基であることが更に好ましい。また、上記アルキレン基は、分岐又は環構造を有していてもよいが、直鎖アルキレン基であることが好ましい。
Wherein (Ac-1) and formula (Ac-2), L 1 ~ L 4 each independently represents a divalent hydrocarbon group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, the wavy line portion coupled to other structures Represents a position.
Each of L 1 to L 4 is preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and an alkylene group having 4 to 8 carbon atoms. It is more preferable to have. The alkylene group may have a branched or ring structure, but is preferably a linear alkylene group.
 式(Ac-1)又は式(Ac-2)における波線部は、それぞれ独立に、下記式(Ae-1)又は式(Ae-2)で表される基における波線部と直接結合することが好ましい。 The wavy line portion in the formula (Ac-1) or the formula (Ac-2) can be independently bonded directly to the wavy line portion in the group represented by the following formula (Ae-1) or the formula (Ae-2). preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 式(Ae-1)及び式(Ae-2)中、Rは、それぞれ独立に、アクリロイルオキシ基又はメタクリロイルオキシ基を表し、波線部分は式(Ac-1)及び式(Ac-2)における波線部との結合位置を表す。 In the formula (Ae-1) and the formula (Ae-2), R independently represents an acryloyloxy group or a methacryloyloxy group, and the wavy line portion is the wavy line in the formula (Ac-1) and the formula (Ac-2). Represents the connection position with the part.
 また、ウレタン結合を有する化合物として、ポリイソシアネート化合物と、ポリオール化合物と、の反応により得られるポリウレタンに、高分子反応により重合性基を導入した化合物を用いてもよい。
 例えば、酸基を有するポリオール化合物と、ポリイソシアネート化合物を反応させて得られたポリウレタンオリゴマーに、エポキシ基及び重合性基を有する化合物を反応させることにより、ウレタン結合を有する化合物を得てもよい。
Further, as the compound having a urethane bond, a compound in which a polymerizable group is introduced into a polyurethane obtained by a reaction between a polyisocyanate compound and a polyol compound by a polymer reaction may be used.
For example, a compound having a urethane bond may be obtained by reacting a polyurethane oligomer obtained by reacting a polyol compound having an acid group with a polyisocyanate compound with a compound having an epoxy group and a polymerizable group.
(エステル結合を有する化合物)
 オリゴマーの例であるエステル結合を有する化合物における重合性基の数は、3以上であることが好ましく、6以上であることが更に好ましい。
(Compound with ester bond)
The number of polymerizable groups in the compound having an ester bond, which is an example of the oligomer, is preferably 3 or more, and more preferably 6 or more.
(エポキシ残基を有する化合物)
 オリゴマーの例であるエポキシ残基を有する化合物としては、化合物内にヒドロキシ基を含む化合物が好ましい。
 また、エポキシ残基を有する化合物における重合性基の数は、2~6であることが好ましく、2~3であることがより好ましい。
 上記エポキシ残基を有する化合物としては、例えば、エポキシ基を有する化合物にアクリル酸を反応することにより得ることができる。
(Compound with epoxy residue)
As the compound having an epoxy residue which is an example of an oligomer, a compound containing a hydroxy group in the compound is preferable.
Further, the number of polymerizable groups in the compound having an epoxy residue is preferably 2 to 6, and more preferably 2 to 3.
The compound having an epoxy residue can be obtained, for example, by reacting a compound having an epoxy group with acrylic acid.
 オリゴマーの具体例として市販品を以下に示すが、本開示において用いられるオリゴマーはこれに限定されるものではない。
 オリゴマーの市販品としては、UA510H、UA-306H、UA-306I、UA-306T(いずれも共栄社化学(株))、UV-1700B、UV-6300B、UV7620EA(いずれも日本合成化学工業(株))、U-15HA(新中村化学工業(株))、EBECRYL450、EBECRYL657、EBECRYL885、EBECRYL800、EBECRYL3416、EBECRYL860(いずれもダイセルオルネクス(株))等が挙げられる。
Commercially available products are shown below as specific examples of oligomers, but the oligomers used in the present disclosure are not limited thereto.
Commercially available oligomers include UA510H, UA-306H, UA-306I, and UA-306T (all from Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), UV-1700B, UV-6300B, and UV7620EA (all from Nippon Synthetic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.). , U-15HA (Shin Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), EBECRYL450, EBECRYL657, EBECRYL885, EBECRYL800, EBECRYL3416, EBECRYL860 (all of which are Daisel Ornex Co., Ltd.) and the like.
 オリゴマーの含有量は、耐薬品性、UV耐刷性、及び機上現像カスの抑制性を向上させる観点から、画像記録層における重合性化合物の全質量に対し、30質量%~100質量%であることが好ましく、50質量%~100質量%であることがより好ましく、80質量%~100質量%であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the oligomer is 30% by mass to 100% by mass with respect to the total mass of the polymerizable compound in the image recording layer from the viewpoint of improving chemical resistance, UV printing resistance, and suppression of on-machine developing residue. It is preferably 50% by mass to 100% by mass, more preferably 80% by mass to 100% by mass.
[低分子重合性化合物]
 重合性化合物は、上記オリゴマー以外の重合性化合物を更に含んでいてもよい。
 オリゴマー以外の重合性化合物としては、耐薬品性の観点から、低分子重合性化合物であることが好ましい。低分子重合性化合物としては、単量体、2量体、3量体又は、それらの混合物などの化学的形態であってもよい。
 また、低分子重合性化合物としては、耐薬品性の観点から、エチレン性不飽和基を3つ以上有する重合性化合物、及びイソシアヌル環構造を有する重合性化合物からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも一方の重合性化合物であることが好ましい。
[Small molecule polymerizable compound]
The polymerizable compound may further contain a polymerizable compound other than the above oligomer.
The polymerizable compound other than the oligomer is preferably a small molecule polymerizable compound from the viewpoint of chemical resistance. The low molecular weight polymerizable compound may be in a chemical form such as a monomer, a dimer, a trimer, or a mixture thereof.
Further, as the low molecular weight polymerizable compound, at least one polymerization selected from the group consisting of a polymerizable compound having three or more ethylenically unsaturated groups and a polymerizable compound having an isocyanulous ring structure from the viewpoint of chemical resistance. It is preferably a sex compound.
 本開示において低分子重合性化合物とは、分子量(分子量分布を有する場合には、重量平均分子量)50以上600未満の重合性化合物を表す。
 低分子重合性化合物の分子量としては、耐薬品性、UV耐刷性及び機上現像カスの抑制性に優れる観点から、100以上600未満であることが好ましく、300以上600未満であることがより好ましく、400以上600未満であることが更に好ましい。
In the present disclosure, the low molecular weight polymerizable compound means a polymerizable compound having a molecular weight (in the case of having a molecular weight distribution, a weight average molecular weight) of 50 or more and less than 600.
The molecular weight of the low molecular weight polymerizable compound is preferably 100 or more and less than 600, and more preferably 300 or more and less than 600, from the viewpoint of excellent chemical resistance, UV printing resistance and resistance to on-machine development residue. It is preferably 400 or more and less than 600, more preferably.
 重合性化合物が、オリゴマー以外の重合性化合物として低分子重合性化合物を含む場合(2種以上の低分子重合性化合物を含む場合はその合計量)、耐薬品性、UV耐刷性及び機上現像カスの抑制性の観点から、上記オリゴマーと低分子重合性化合物との比(オリゴマー/低分子重合性化合物)は、質量基準で、10/1~1/10であることが好ましく、10/1~3/7であることがより好ましく、10/1~7/3であることが更に好ましい。 When the polymerizable compound contains a low molecular weight polymerizable compound as a polymerizable compound other than the oligomer (when two or more kinds of low molecular weight polymerizable compounds are contained, the total amount thereof), chemical resistance, UV printing resistance and on-machine resistance. From the viewpoint of suppressing the development residue, the ratio of the oligomer to the low molecular weight polymerizable compound (oligomer / low molecular weight polymerizable compound) is preferably 10/1 to 1/10 on a mass basis. It is more preferably 1 to 3/7, and even more preferably 10/1 to 7/3.
 低分子重合性化合物の具体例としては、国際公開第2019/013268号の段落0082~0086に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the small molecule polymerizable compound include the compounds described in paragraphs 882 to 0086 of International Publication No. 2019/013268.
 重合性化合物の構造、単独使用か併用か、添加量等の使用方法の詳細は、任意に設定できる。
 中でも、画像記録層は、UV耐刷性の観点から、2種以上の重合性化合物を含むことが好ましい。
 重合性化合物の含有量(重合性化合物を2種以上含む場合は、重合性化合物の総含有量)は、画像記録層の全質量に対して、5質量%~75質量%であることが好ましく、10質量%~70質量%であることがより好ましく、15質量%~60質量%であることが更に好ましい。
The details of the structure of the polymerizable compound, whether it is used alone or in combination, and the amount of addition can be arbitrarily set.
Above all, the image recording layer preferably contains two or more kinds of polymerizable compounds from the viewpoint of UV printing resistance.
The content of the polymerizable compound (when two or more kinds of the polymerizable compound are contained, the total content of the polymerizable compound) is preferably 5% by mass to 75% by mass with respect to the total mass of the image recording layer. It is more preferably 10% by mass to 70% by mass, and further preferably 15% by mass to 60% by mass.
〔赤外線吸収剤〕
 本開示における画像記録層は赤外線吸収剤を含む。
 赤外線吸収剤としては、特に制限はなく、例えば、顔料及び染料が挙げられる。
 赤外線吸収剤として用いられる染料としては、市販の染料及び例えば、「染料便覧」(有機合成化学協会編集、昭和45年刊)等の文献に記載されている公知のものが利用できる。具体的には、アゾ染料、金属錯塩アゾ染料、ピラゾロンアゾ染料、ナフトキノン染料、アントラキノン染料、フタロシアニン染料、カルボニウム染料、キノンイミン染料、メチン染料、シアニン染料、スクアリリウム色素、ピリリウム塩、金属チオレート錯体等の染料が挙げられる。
[Infrared absorber]
The image recording layer in the present disclosure contains an infrared absorber.
The infrared absorber is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include pigments and dyes.
As the dye used as the infrared absorber, a commercially available dye and, for example, a known dye described in a document such as "Dye Handbook" (edited by the Society of Synthetic Organic Chemistry, published in 1970) can be used. Specifically, dyes such as azo dyes, metal complex salt azo dyes, pyrazolone azo dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, anthraquinone dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, carbonium dyes, quinoneimine dyes, methine dyes, cyanine dyes, squarylium dyes, pyrylium salts, and metal thiolate complexes. Can be mentioned.
 これらの染料のうち好ましいものとしては、シアニン色素、スクアリリウム色素、ピリリウム塩、ニッケルチオレート錯体、インドレニンシアニン色素が挙げられる。より好ましくは、シアニン色素やインドレニンシアニン色素が挙げられる。中でも、シアニン色素が特に好ましい。 Among these dyes, preferred ones include cyanine dye, squarylium dye, pyrylium salt, nickel thiolate complex, and indorenin cyanine dye. More preferably, cyanine pigments and indorenin cyanine pigments are mentioned. Of these, the cyanine pigment is particularly preferable.
 上記赤外線吸収剤としては、メソ位に酸素原子、窒素原子、又はハロゲン原子を有するカチオン性のポリメチン色素であることが好ましい。カチオン性のポリメチン色素としては、シアニン色素、ピリリウム色素、チオピリリウム色素、アズレニウム色素等が好ましく挙げられ、入手の容易性、導入反応時の溶剤溶解性等の観点から、シアニン色素であることが好ましい。 The infrared absorber is preferably a cationic polymethine dye having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a halogen atom at the meso position. Preferred examples of the cationic polymethine dye include cyanine dye, pyrylium dye, thiopyrylium dye, and azulenium dye, and cyanine dye is preferable from the viewpoint of easy availability and solvent solubility during the introduction reaction.
 シアニン色素の具体例としては、特開2001-133969号公報の段落0017~0019に記載の化合物、特開2002-023360号公報の段落0016~0021、特開2002-040638号公報の段落0012~0037に記載の化合物、好ましくは特開2002-278057号公報の段落0034~0041、特開2008-195018号公報の段落0080~0086に記載の化合物、特に好ましくは特開2007-90850号公報の段落0035~0043に記載の化合物、特開2012-206495号公報の段落0105~0113に記載の化合物が挙げられる。
 また、特開平5-5005号公報の段落0008~0009、特開2001-222101号公報の段落0022~0025に記載の化合物も好ましく使用することができる。
 顔料としては、特開2008-195018号公報の段落0072~0076に記載の化合物が好ましい。
Specific examples of the cyanine dye include the compounds described in paragraphs 0017 to 0019 of JP-A-2001-133769, paragraphs 0016 to 0021 of JP-A-2002-0233360, and paragraphs 0012 to 0037 of JP-A-2002-040638. , Preferably paragraphs 0034 to 0041 of JP-A-2002-278057, paragraphs 0080-0086 of JP-A-2008-195018, and particularly preferably paragraphs 0035 of JP-A-2007-90850. Examples thereof include the compounds described in 0043 and the compounds described in paragraphs 0105 to 0113 of JP2012-206495A.
Further, the compounds described in paragraphs 0008 to 0009 of JP-A-5-5005 and paragraphs 0022 to 0025 of JP-A-2001-222101 can also be preferably used.
As the pigment, the compounds described in paragraphs 0072 to 0076 of JP-A-2008-195018 are preferable.
 また、上記赤外線吸収剤としては、赤外線露光により分解する赤外線吸収剤も好適に用いることができる。
 赤外線露光により分解する赤外線吸収剤としては、特表2008-544322号公報、国際公開第2016/027886号、国際公開第2017/141882号、又は国際公開第2018/043259号に記載のものを好適に用いることができる。
 また、赤外線露光により分解する赤外線吸収剤としては、既述の、最外層に用いられる分解型赤外線吸収剤を用いてもよい。
Further, as the infrared absorber, an infrared absorber that decomposes by infrared exposure can also be preferably used.
As the infrared absorber that decomposes by infrared exposure, those described in JP-A-2008-544322, International Publication No. 2016/027886, International Publication No. 2017/141882, or International Publication No. 2018/0432559 are preferably used. Can be used.
Further, as the infrared absorber that decomposes by infrared exposure, the above-mentioned decomposition type infrared absorber used for the outermost layer may be used.
 赤外線吸収剤は、1種のみを用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 また、赤外線吸収剤として顔料と染料とを併用してもよい。
Only one kind of infrared absorber may be used, or two or more kinds may be used in combination.
Further, a pigment and a dye may be used in combination as an infrared absorber.
 赤外線吸収剤の含有量は、画像記録層の全質量に対し、0.1質量%~10.0質量%
が好ましく、0.5質量%~5.0質量%がより好ましい。
The content of the infrared absorber is 0.1% by mass to 10.0% by mass with respect to the total mass of the image recording layer.
Is preferable, and 0.5% by mass to 5.0% by mass is more preferable.
〔粒子〕
 本開示における画像記録層は、現像性、及び、UV耐刷性の観点から、粒子を含むことが好ましい。粒子としては、無機粒子であってもよいし、有機粒子であってもよい。
 中でも、粒子として、有機粒子を含むことが好ましく、ポリマー粒子を含むことがより好ましい。
 即ち、本開示における画像記録層は、ポリマー粒子を含むことが好ましい。
 無機粒子としては、公知の無機粒子を用いることができ、シリカ粒子、チタニア粒子等の金属酸化物粒子を好適に用いることができる。
〔particle〕
The image recording layer in the present disclosure preferably contains particles from the viewpoint of developability and UV printing resistance. The particles may be inorganic particles or organic particles.
Among them, the particles preferably contain organic particles, and more preferably polymer particles.
That is, the image recording layer in the present disclosure preferably contains polymer particles.
As the inorganic particles, known inorganic particles can be used, and metal oxide particles such as silica particles and titania particles can be preferably used.
[ポリマー粒子]
 ポリマー粒子としては、例えば、付加重合型樹脂を含む粒子(即ち、付加重合型ポリマー粒子)、重付加型樹脂を含む粒子(即ち、重付加型ポリマー粒子)、重縮合型樹脂を含む粒子(即ち、重縮合型ポリマー粒子)等が挙げられるが、中でも、付加重合型ポリマー粒子、又は重付加型ポリマー粒子が好ましい。
 また、ポリマー粒子としては、熱融着が可能となる観点から、熱可塑性樹脂を含む粒子(即ち、熱可塑性ポリマー粒子)であってもよい。
[Polymer particles]
Examples of the polymer particles include particles containing an addition polymerization type resin (that is, addition polymerization type polymer particles), particles containing a polyaddition type resin (that is, polyaddition type polymer particles), and particles containing a polycondensation type resin (that is, that is). , Polycondensation type polymer particles), etc., among which addition polymerization type polymer particles or polyaddition type polymer particles are preferable.
Further, the polymer particles may be particles containing a thermoplastic resin (that is, thermoplastic polymer particles) from the viewpoint of enabling heat fusion.
 また、ポリマー粒子は、マイクロカプセル、ミクロゲル(即ち、架橋ポリマー粒子)等の形態であってもよい。 Further, the polymer particles may be in the form of microcapsules, microgels (that is, crosslinked polymer particles) and the like.
 ポリマー粒子としては、熱可塑性ポリマー粒子、熱反応性ポリマー粒子、重合性基を有するポリマー粒子、疎水性化合物を内包しているマイクロカプセル、及び、ミクロゲル(架橋ポリマー粒子)からなる群より選ばれることが好ましい。中でも、重合性基を有するポリマー粒子が好ましい。
 特に好ましい実施形態では、ポリマー粒子は少なくとも1つのエチレン性不飽和基を含む。このようなポリマー粒子の存在により、露光部の耐刷性及び未露光部の機上現像性を高める効果が得られる。
The polymer particles are selected from the group consisting of thermoplastic polymer particles, heat-reactive polymer particles, polymer particles having a polymerizable group, microcapsules containing a hydrophobic compound, and microgels (crosslinked polymer particles). Is preferable. Of these, polymer particles having a polymerizable group are preferable.
In a particularly preferred embodiment, the polymer particles contain at least one ethylenically unsaturated group. The presence of such polymer particles has the effect of enhancing the printing durability of the exposed portion and the on-machine developability of the unexposed portion.
 熱可塑性ポリマー粒子としては、1992年1月のResearch Disclosure No.33303、特開平9-123387号公報、同9-131850号公報、同9-171249号公報、同9-171250号公報及び欧州特許第931647号明細書などに記載の熱可塑性ポリマー粒子が好ましい。 As the thermoplastic polymer particles, Research Disclosure No. 1 of January 1992. The thermoplastic polymer particles described in 33303, JP-A-9-123387, JP-A-9-131850, JP-A-9-171249, JP-A-9-171250, European Patent No. 913647, and the like are preferable.
 熱可塑性ポリマー粒子を構成する熱可塑性樹脂の具体例としては、エチレン、スチレン、塩化ビニル、アクリル酸メチル、アクリル酸エチル、メタクリル酸メチル、メタクリル酸エチル、塩化ビニリデン、アクリロニトリル、ビニルカルバゾール、ポリアルキレン構造を有するアクリレート又はメタクリレートなどのモノマーのホモポリマー若しくはコポリマー又はそれらの混合物を挙げることができる。 Specific examples of the thermoplastic resin constituting the thermoplastic polymer particles include ethylene, styrene, vinyl chloride, methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, vinylidene chloride, acrylonitrile, vinylcarbazole, and a polyalkylene structure. Examples thereof include homopolymers or copolymers of monomers such as acrylates or methacrylates having the above, or mixtures thereof.
 熱可塑性ポリマー粒子としては、インキ着肉性及びUV耐刷性の観点から、芳香族ビニル化合物により形成される構成単位、及び、ニトリル基を有する構成単位を有する熱可塑性樹脂を含むことが好ましい。 The thermoplastic polymer particles preferably contain a structural unit formed of an aromatic vinyl compound and a thermoplastic resin having a structural unit having a nitrile group, from the viewpoint of ink inking property and UV printing resistance.
 上記芳香族ビニル化合物としては、芳香環にビニル基が結合した構造を有する化合物であればよいが、スチレン化合物、ビニルナフタレン化合物等が挙げられ、スチレン化合物が好ましく、スチレンがより好ましい。
 スチレン化合物としては、スチレン、p-メチルスチレン、p-メトキシスチレン、β-メチルスチレン、p-メチル-β-メチルスチレン、α-メチルスチレン、及びp-メトキシ-β-メチルスチレン等が挙げられる。
The aromatic vinyl compound may be any compound having a structure in which a vinyl group is bonded to an aromatic ring, and examples thereof include styrene compounds and vinylnaphthalene compounds, with styrene compounds being preferred, and styrene being more preferred.
Examples of the styrene compound include styrene, p-methylstyrene, p-methoxystyrene, β-methylstyrene, p-methyl-β-methylstyrene, α-methylstyrene, p-methoxy-β-methylstyrene and the like.
 芳香族ビニル化合物により形成される構成単位の含有量は、インキ着肉性の観点から、後述するニトリル基を有する構成単位の含有量よりも多いことが好ましく、熱可塑性樹脂の全質量に対し、15質量%~85質量%であることがより好ましく、30質量%~70質量%であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the structural unit formed by the aromatic vinyl compound is preferably higher than the content of the structural unit having a nitrile group, which will be described later, from the viewpoint of ink inking property, with respect to the total mass of the thermoplastic resin. It is more preferably 15% by mass to 85% by mass, and even more preferably 30% by mass to 70% by mass.
 ニトリル基を有する構成単位は、ニトリル基を有するモノマーを用いて導入されることが好ましい。
 ニトリル基を有するモノマーとしては、アクリロニトリル化合物が挙げられ、(メタ)アクリロニトリルが好適に挙げられる。
 ニトリル基を有する構成単位としては、(メタ)アクリロニトリルにより形成される構成単位が好ましい。
The structural unit having a nitrile group is preferably introduced using a monomer having a nitrile group.
Examples of the monomer having a nitrile group include acrylonitrile compounds, and (meth) acrylonitrile is preferable.
As the structural unit having a nitrile group, a structural unit formed of (meth) acrylonitrile is preferable.
 ニトリル基を有する構成単位の含有量は、インキ着肉性の観点から、上記芳香族ビニル化合物により形成される構成単位の含有量よりも少ないことが好ましく、樹脂の全質量に対し、55質量%~90質量%であることがより好ましく、60質量%~85質量%であることがより好ましい。 The content of the structural unit having a nitrile group is preferably smaller than the content of the structural unit formed by the above aromatic vinyl compound from the viewpoint of ink inking property, and is 55% by mass with respect to the total mass of the resin. It is more preferably to 90% by mass, more preferably 60% by mass to 85% by mass.
 また、熱可塑性ポリマー粒子に含まれる樹脂が芳香族ビニル化合物により形成される構成単位及びニトリル基を有する構成単位を含む場合、芳香族ビニル化合物により形成される構成単位及びニトリル基を有する構成単位の含有量比(芳香族ビニル化合物により形成される構成単位:ニトリル基を有する構成単位)としては、質量基準で5:5~9:1であることが好ましく、より好ましくは、6:4~8:2である。 When the resin contained in the thermoplastic polymer particles contains a structural unit formed of an aromatic vinyl compound and a structural unit having a nitrile group, the structural unit formed of the aromatic vinyl compound and the structural unit having a nitrile group. The content ratio (constituent unit formed of the aromatic vinyl compound: structural unit having a nitrile group) is preferably 5: 5 to 9: 1 on a mass basis, and more preferably 6: 4 to 8 : 2.
 熱可塑性ポリマー粒子に含まれる樹脂は、UV耐刷性及び耐薬品性の観点から、N-ビニル複素環化合物により形成される構成単位を更に有することが好ましい。
 N-ビニル複素環化合物としては、例えば、N-ビニルピロリドン、N-ビニルカルバゾール、N-ビニルピロール、N-ビニルフェノチアジン、N-ビニルコハク酸イミド、N-ビニルフタルイミド、N-ビニルカプロラクタム、及びN-ビニルイミダゾールが挙げられ、N-ビニルピロリドンが好ましい。
From the viewpoint of UV printing resistance and chemical resistance, the resin contained in the thermoplastic polymer particles preferably further has a structural unit formed of the N-vinyl heterocyclic compound.
Examples of the N-vinyl heterocyclic compound include N-vinylpyrrolidone, N-vinylcarbazole, N-vinylpyrrole, N-vinylphenothiazine, N-vinylsuccinic acidimide, N-vinylphthalimide, N-vinylcaprolactam, and N-vinylpyrrolidone. Vinyl imidazole is mentioned, and N-vinylpyrrolidone is preferable.
 N-ビニル複素環化合物により形成される構成単位の含有量は、熱可塑性樹脂の全質量に対し、5質量%~50質量%であることが好ましく、10質量%~40質量%であることがより好ましい。 The content of the structural unit formed by the N-vinyl heterocyclic compound is preferably 5% by mass to 50% by mass, and preferably 10% by mass to 40% by mass, based on the total mass of the thermoplastic resin. More preferred.
 熱可塑性ポリマー粒子に含まれる樹脂は、酸性基を有する構成単位を含有してもよいが、機上現像性及びインキ着肉性の観点からは、酸性基を有する構成単位を含有しないことが好ましい。
 具体的には、熱可塑性樹脂における酸性基を有する構成単位の含有量は、20質量%以下であることが好ましく、10質量%以下であることがより好ましく、5質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。上記含有量の下限は特に限定されず、0質量%であってもよい。
 また、熱可塑性樹脂の酸価は、160mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましく、80mgKOH/g以下であることがより好ましく、40mgKOH/g以下であることが更に好ましい。上記酸価の下限は特に限定されず、0mgKOH/gであってもよい。
 本開示において、酸価はJIS K 0070-1992に準拠した測定法により求められる。
The resin contained in the thermoplastic polymer particles may contain a structural unit having an acidic group, but it is preferable not to contain a structural unit having an acidic group from the viewpoint of on-machine developability and ink inking property. ..
Specifically, the content of the structural unit having an acidic group in the thermoplastic resin is preferably 20% by mass or less, more preferably 10% by mass or less, and further preferably 5% by mass or less. preferable. The lower limit of the content is not particularly limited and may be 0% by mass.
The acid value of the thermoplastic resin is preferably 160 mgKOH / g or less, more preferably 80 mgKOH / g or less, and even more preferably 40 mgKOH / g or less. The lower limit of the acid value is not particularly limited and may be 0 mgKOH / g.
In the present disclosure, the acid value is determined by a measuring method based on JIS K 0070-1992.
 熱可塑性ポリマー粒子に含まれる熱可塑性樹脂は、インキ着肉性の観点から、疎水性基を含む構成単位を含有してもよい。
 上記疎水性基としては、アルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基等が挙げられる。
 疎水性基を含む構成単位としては、アルキル(メタ)アクリレート化合物、アリール(メタ)アクリレート化合物、又は、アラルキル(メタ)アクリレート化合物により形成される構成単位が好ましく、アルキル(メタ)アクリレート化合物により形成される構成単位がより好ましい。
The thermoplastic resin contained in the thermoplastic polymer particles may contain a structural unit containing a hydrophobic group from the viewpoint of ink inking property.
Examples of the hydrophobic group include an alkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group and the like.
As the structural unit containing the hydrophobic group, a structural unit formed of an alkyl (meth) acrylate compound, an aryl (meth) acrylate compound, or an aralkyl (meth) acrylate compound is preferable, and the structural unit is formed of an alkyl (meth) acrylate compound. The structural unit is more preferable.
 熱可塑性ポリマー粒子に含まれる熱可塑性樹脂における、疎水性基を有する構成単位の含有量は、樹脂の全質量に対し、5質量%~50質量%であることが好ましく、10質量%~30質量%であることがより好ましい。 The content of the structural unit having a hydrophobic group in the thermoplastic resin contained in the thermoplastic polymer particles is preferably 5% by mass to 50% by mass, preferably 10% by mass to 30% by mass, based on the total mass of the resin. % Is more preferable.
 熱可塑性ポリマー粒子に含まれる熱可塑性樹脂は、UV耐刷性及び機上現像性の観点から、親水性基を有することが好ましい。
 親水性基としては、親水性を有する構造であれば、特に制限はないが、カルボキシ基等の酸基、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、ニトリル基、ポリアルキレンオキシド構造等が挙げられる。
 上記親水性基としては、UV耐刷性及び機上現像性の観点から、ポリアルキレンオキシド構造を有する基、ポリエステル構造を有する基、又は、スルホン酸基であることが好ましく、ポリアルキレンオキシド構造を有する基、又は、スルホン酸基であることがより好ましく、ポリアルキレンオキシド構造を有する基であることが更に好ましい。
The thermoplastic resin contained in the thermoplastic polymer particles preferably has a hydrophilic group from the viewpoint of UV printing resistance and on-machine developability.
The hydrophilic group is not particularly limited as long as it has a hydrophilic structure, and examples thereof include an acid group such as a carboxy group, a hydroxy group, an amino group, a nitrile group, and a polyalkylene oxide structure.
The hydrophilic group is preferably a group having a polyalkylene oxide structure, a group having a polyester structure, or a sulfonic acid group from the viewpoint of UV printing resistance and on-machine developability, and the polyalkylene oxide structure is preferably used. It is more preferably a group having or a sulfonic acid group, and further preferably a group having a polyalkylene oxide structure.
 上記ポリアルキレンオキシド構造としては、機上現像性の観点から、ポリエチレンオキシド構造、ポリプロピレンオキシド構造、又は、ポリ(エチレンオキシド/プロピレンオキシド)構造であることが好ましい。
 また、機上現像性の観点からは、上記親水性基の中でもポリアルキレンオキシド構造として、ポリプロピレンオキシド構造を有することが好ましく、ポリエチレンオキシド構造及びポリプロピレンオキシド構造を有することがより好ましい。
 上記ポリアルキレンオキシド構造におけるアルキレンオキシド構造の数は、機上現像性の観点から、2以上であることが好ましく、5以上であることがより好ましく、5~200であることが更に好ましく、8~150であることが特に好ましい。
The polyalkylene oxide structure is preferably a polyethylene oxide structure, a polypropylene oxide structure, or a poly (ethylene oxide / propylene oxide) structure from the viewpoint of on-machine developability.
Further, from the viewpoint of on-machine developability, it is preferable to have a polypropylene oxide structure as the polyalkylene oxide structure among the above hydrophilic groups, and it is more preferable to have a polyethylene oxide structure and a polypropylene oxide structure.
From the viewpoint of on-machine developability, the number of alkylene oxide structures in the polyalkylene oxide structure is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 5 or more, further preferably 5 to 200, and 8 to 8. It is particularly preferably 150.
 また、機上現像性の観点からは、上記親水性基として、後述する式Zで表される基が好ましい。 Further, from the viewpoint of on-machine developability, the group represented by the formula Z described later is preferable as the hydrophilic group.
 更に、熱可塑性樹脂が有する親水性基の中でも、下記式POにより表される基が好ましい。 Further, among the hydrophilic groups of the thermoplastic resin, the group represented by the following formula PO is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
 式PO中、Lはそれぞれ独立に、アルキレン基を表し、Rは水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、nは1~100の整数を表す。
 式PO中、Lはそれぞれ独立に、エチレン基、1-メチルエチレン基、又は2-メチルエチレン基であることが好ましく、エチレン基であることがより好ましい。
 式PO中、Rは水素原子又は炭素数1~18のアルキル基であることが好ましく、水素原子又は炭素数1~10のアルキル基であることがより好ましく、水素原子又は炭素数1~4のアルキル基であることが更に好ましく、水素原子又はメチル基であることが特に好ましい。
 式PO中、nは1~10の整数が好ましく、1~4の整数がより好ましい。
Wherein PO, L P each independently represent an alkylene group, R P represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, n represents an integer of 1 to 100.
Wherein PO, L P are each independently an ethylene group, preferably a 1-methylethylene group, or a 2-methylethylene group, more preferably an ethylene group.
Wherein PO, R P is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a hydrogen atom or a C 1-4 It is more preferably an alkyl group, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
In the formula PO, n is preferably an integer of 1 to 10, and more preferably an integer of 1 to 4.
 親水性基を有する構成単位の含有量は、樹脂の全質量に対し、5質量%~60質量%であることが好ましく、10質量%~30質量%であることがより好ましい。 The content of the structural unit having a hydrophilic group is preferably 5% by mass to 60% by mass, more preferably 10% by mass to 30% by mass, based on the total mass of the resin.
 熱可塑性ポリマー粒子に含まれる樹脂は、その他の構成単位を更に含有してもよい。
 その他の構成単位としては、上述の各構成単位以外の構成単位を特に限定なく含有することができ、例えば、アクリルアミド化合物、ビニルエーテル化合物等により形成される構成単位が挙げられる。
The resin contained in the thermoplastic polymer particles may further contain other structural units.
The other structural units may contain a structural unit other than the above-mentioned structural units without particular limitation, and examples thereof include structural units formed of an acrylamide compound, a vinyl ether compound, or the like.
 熱可塑性樹脂における、その他の構成単位の含有量は、熱可塑性樹脂の全質量に対し、5質量%~50質量%であることが好ましく、10質量%~30質量%であることがより好ましい。 The content of the other structural units in the thermoplastic resin is preferably 5% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 10% by mass to 30% by mass, based on the total mass of the thermoplastic resin.
 熱反応性ポリマー粒子としては、熱反応性基を有するポリマー粒子が挙げられる。
 熱反応性樹脂粒子は熱反応による架橋及びその際の官能基変化により疎水化領域を形成する。
Examples of the heat-reactive polymer particles include polymer particles having a heat-reactive group.
The heat-reactive resin particles form a hydrophobic region by cross-linking due to a heat reaction and the change of functional groups at that time.
 熱反応性基を有するポリマー粒子における熱反応性基としては、化学結合が形成されるならば、どのような反応を行う官能基でもよいが、重合性基であることが好ましく、その例として、ラジカル重合反応を行うエチレン性不飽和基(例えば、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基、ビニル基、アリル基など)、カチオン重合性基(例えば、ビニル基、ビニルオキシ基、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基など)、付加反応を行うイソシアナト基又はそのブロック体、エポキシ基、ビニルオキシ基及びこれらの反応相手である活性水素原子を有する官能基(例えば、アミノ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基など)、縮合反応を行うカルボキシ基及び反応相手であるヒドロキシ基又はアミノ基、開環付加反応を行う酸無水物及び反応相手であるアミノ基又はヒドロキシ基などが好ましく挙げられる。
 上記熱反応性基を有する樹脂としては、付加重合型樹脂、重付加型樹脂、又は重縮合型樹脂であってもよいし、熱可塑性樹脂であってもよい。
The heat-reactive group in the polymer particles having a heat-reactive group may be a functional group that undergoes any reaction as long as a chemical bond is formed, but a polymerizable group is preferable, and as an example, it is preferable. Eethylene unsaturated groups (eg, acryloyl group, methacryloyl group, vinyl group, allyl group, etc.), cationically polymerizable groups (eg, vinyl group, vinyloxy group, epoxy group, oxetanyl group, etc.), addition reaction Isocyanato group or a block thereof, an epoxy group, a vinyloxy group and a functional group having an active hydrogen atom which is a reaction partner thereof (for example, an amino group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, etc.), a carboxy group for performing a condensation reaction and a reaction. Preferred examples thereof include a hydroxy group or an amino group as a partner, an acid anhydride for carrying out a ring-opening addition reaction, and an amino group or a hydroxy group as a reaction partner.
The resin having the heat-reactive group may be an addition polymerization type resin, a polyaddition type resin, a polycondensation type resin, or a thermoplastic resin.
 マイクロカプセルとしては、例えば、特開2001-277740号公報、特開2001-277742号公報に記載のごとく、画像記録層の構成成分の少なくとも一部(好ましくは疎水性化合物)を内包したものが好ましい。ポリマー粒子としてマイクロカプセルを含有する画像記録層は、画像記録層の構成成分のうち疎水性成分(即ち、疎水性化合物)をマイクロカプセルに内包し、親水性成分(即ち、親水性化合物)をマイクロカプセル外に含有する構成が好ましい態様である。
 画像記録層の構成成分を含むマイクロカプセルを得るためには、公知の合成法が適用できる。
As the microcapsules, for example, as described in JP-A-2001-277740 and JP-A-2001-277742, those containing at least a part (preferably a hydrophobic compound) of the constituents of the image recording layer are preferable. .. In the image recording layer containing microcapsules as polymer particles, a hydrophobic component (that is, a hydrophobic compound) among the constituent components of the image recording layer is encapsulated in the microcapsules, and the hydrophilic component (that is, a hydrophilic compound) is microscopically contained. A configuration contained outside the capsule is a preferred embodiment.
Known synthetic methods can be applied to obtain microcapsules containing the components of the image recording layer.
 ミクロゲル(架橋ポリマー粒子)は、その表面又は内部の少なくとも一方に、画像記録層の構成成分の一部を含有することができる。特に、重合性基をその表面に有する反応性ミクロゲルは、平版印刷版原版の感度、及び、得られる平版印刷版の耐刷性の観点から好ましい。
 画像記録層の構成成分を含むミクロゲルを得るためには、公知の合成法が適用できる。
The microgel (crosslinked polymer particles) can contain a part of the constituents of the image recording layer on at least one of the surface or the inside thereof. In particular, a reactive microgel having a polymerizable group on its surface is preferable from the viewpoint of the sensitivity of the lithographic printing plate original plate and the printing durability of the obtained lithographic printing plate.
A known synthetic method can be applied to obtain a microgel containing the constituents of the image recording layer.
 ポリマー粒子としては、得られる平版印刷版の耐刷性、耐汚れ性及び保存安定性の観点から、分子中に2個以上のヒドロキシ基を有する多価フェノール化合物とイソホロンジイソシアネートとの付加物である多価イソシアネート化合物、及び、活性水素を有する化合物の反応により得られる重付加型ポリマー粒子が好ましい。
 上記多価フェノール化合物としては、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基を有するベンゼン環を複数有している化合物が好ましい。
 上記活性水素を有する化合物としては、ポリオール化合物、又は、ポリアミン化合物が好ましく、ポリオール化合物がより好ましく、プロピレングリコール、グリセリン及びトリメチロールプロパンからなる群より選ばれた少なくとも1種の化合物が更に好ましい。
 また、上記活性水素を有する化合物としては、水を用いてもよい。水を用いた場合、上記多価イソシアネート化合物のイソシアネート基と水との反応によって生じたアミンがウレア結合を形成し、粒子を形成することができる。
 分子中に2個以上のヒドロキシ基を有する多価フェノール化合物とイソホロンジイソシアネートとの付加物である多価イソシアネート化合物、及び、活性水素を有する化合物の反応により得られる樹脂の粒子としては、国際公開第2018/043259号の段落0230~0234に記載の調製法にて得られたミクロゲルが好ましく挙げられる。
The polymer particles are an adduct of a polyhydric phenol compound having two or more hydroxy groups in the molecule and isophorone diisocyanate from the viewpoint of printing resistance, stain resistance and storage stability of the obtained flat plate printing plate. The polyadductate polymer particles obtained by the reaction of the polyhydric isocyanate compound and the compound having active hydrogen are preferable.
As the polyvalent phenol compound, a compound having a plurality of benzene rings having a phenolic hydroxy group is preferable.
As the compound having active hydrogen, a polyol compound or a polyamine compound is preferable, a polyol compound is more preferable, and at least one compound selected from the group consisting of propylene glycol, glycerin and trimethylolpropane is further preferable.
Further, water may be used as the compound having active hydrogen. When water is used, the amine generated by the reaction between the isocyanate group of the polyhydric isocyanate compound and water can form a urea bond to form particles.
As the particles of the resin obtained by the reaction of the polyhydric phenol compound having two or more hydroxy groups in the molecule, the polyhydric isocyanate compound which is an adduct of isophorone diisocyanate, and the compound having active hydrogen, the first international release. Preferred examples thereof include microgels obtained by the preparation method described in paragraphs 0230 to 0234 of No. 2018/043259.
 更に、ポリマー粒子としては、得られる平版印刷版の耐刷性及び耐溶剤性の観点から、疎水性主鎖を有し、i)上記疎水性主鎖に直接的に結合されたニトリル基を有する構成ユニット、及び、ii)親水性ポリアルキレンオキシドセグメントを含むペンダント基を有する構成ユニットの両方を含む付加重合型ポリマー粒子が好ましい。
 このような付加重合型ポリマー粒子として具体的には、特開2019-64269号公報の段落0156に記載の粒子が好ましい。
Further, the polymer particles have a hydrophobic main chain from the viewpoint of printing resistance and solvent resistance of the obtained flat plate printing plate, and i) have a nitrile group directly bonded to the hydrophobic main chain. Additionally polymerized polymer particles containing both a constituent unit and ii) a constituent unit having a pendant group containing a hydrophilic polyalkylene oxide segment are preferred.
Specifically, the particles described in paragraph 0156 of JP-A-2019-64269 are preferable as such addition polymerization type polymer particles.
(式Zで表される基)
 本開示におけるポリマー粒子は、親水性基として、下記式Zで表される基を有することが好ましい。
 特に、本開示におけるポリマー粒子は、下記式Zで表される基を含む親水性基を有する付加重合型ポリマー粒子であることが好ましい。
 式Z : *-Q-W-Y
 式Z中、Qは二価の連結基を表し、Wは親水性構造を有する二価の基又は疎水性構造を有する二価の基を表し、Yは親水性構造を有する一価の基又は疎水性構造を有する一価の基を表し、W及びYのいずれかは親水性構造を有し、*は他の構造との結合部位を表す。
 また、式Z中に含まれる親水性構造のいずれかが、ポリアルキレンオキシド構造を含むことが好ましい。
(Group represented by formula Z)
The polymer particles in the present disclosure preferably have a group represented by the following formula Z as a hydrophilic group.
In particular, the polymer particles in the present disclosure are preferably addition polymerization type polymer particles having a hydrophilic group including a group represented by the following formula Z.
Formula Z: * -Q-W-Y
In formula Z, Q represents a divalent linking group, W represents a divalent group having a hydrophilic structure or a divalent group having a hydrophobic structure, and Y represents a monovalent group having a hydrophilic structure or a monovalent group having a hydrophilic structure. A monovalent group having a hydrophobic structure is represented, either W or Y has a hydrophilic structure, and * represents a binding site with another structure.
Further, it is preferable that any of the hydrophilic structures contained in the formula Z contains a polyalkylene oxide structure.
 上記式ZにおけるQは、炭素数1~20の二価の連結基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~10の二価の連結基であることがより好ましい。
 また、上記式ZにおけるQは、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、エステル結合、アミド結合、又はこれらを2以上組み合わせた基であることが好ましく、フェニレン基、エステル結合、又はアミド結合であることがより好ましい。
Q in the above formula Z is preferably a divalent linking group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably a divalent linking group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
Further, Q in the above formula Z is preferably an alkylene group, an arylene group, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a group in which two or more of these are combined, and more preferably a phenylene group, an ester bond, or an amide bond. ..
 上記式ZのWにおける親水性構造を有する二価の基は、ポリアルキレンオキシド構造を含む基であることが好ましく、ポリアルキレンオキシ基、又は、ポリアルキレンオキシ基の一方の末端に-CHCHNR-が結合した基であることが好ましい。なお、Rは、水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、以降のRも同義である。
 上記式ZのWにおける疎水性構造を有する二価の基は、-RWA-、-O-RWA-O-、-RN-RWA-NR-、-OC(=O)-RWA-O-、又は、-OC(=O)-RWA-O-であることが好ましい。なお、RWAは、それぞれ独立に、炭素数6~120の直鎖、分岐若しくは環状アルキレン基、炭素数6~120のハロアルキレン基、炭素数6~120のアリーレン基、炭素数7~120のアルカーリレン基(アルキルアリール基から水素原子を1つ除いた二価の基)、又は、炭素数7~120のアラルキレン基を表す。
The divalent group having a hydrophilic structure in W of the above formula Z is preferably a group containing a polyalkylene oxide structure, and is a polyalkylene oxy group or -CH 2 CH at one end of the polyalkylene oxy group. It is preferably a group to which 2 NR W − is bound. Incidentally, R W represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, subsequent R W also the same.
The divalent group having a hydrophobic structure in the W of formula Z, -R WA -, - O -R WA -O -, - R W N-R WA -NR W -, - OC (= O) - R WA -O-, or, -OC (= O) is preferably -R WA -O-. The RWAs are independently linear, branched or cyclic alkylene groups having 6 to 120 carbon atoms, haloalkylene groups having 6 to 120 carbon atoms, arylene groups having 6 to 120 carbon atoms, and 7 to 120 carbon atoms. It represents an alkanerylene group (a divalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from an alkylaryl group) or an aralkylene group having 7 to 120 carbon atoms.
 上記式ZのYにおける親水性構造を有する一価の基は、-OH、-C(=O)OH、末端が水素原子又はアルキル基であるポリアルキレンオキシ基、又は、末端が水素原子又はアルキル基であるポリアルキレンオキシ基の他方の末端に-CHCHN(R)-が結合した基であることが好ましい。中でも、親水性構造を有する一価の基としては、ポリアルキレンオキシド構造を含む基であることが好ましく、末端が水素原子又はアルキル基であるポリアルキレンオキシ基、又は、末端が水素原子又はアルキル基であるポリアルキレンオキシ基の他方の末端に-CHCHN(R)-が結合した基が好ましい。
 上記式ZのYにおける疎水性構造を有する一価の基は、炭素数6~120の直鎖、分岐若しくは環状アルキル基、炭素数6~120のハロアルキル基、炭素数6~120のアリール基、炭素数7~120のアルカーリル基(アルキルアリール基)、炭素数7~120のアラルキル基、-ORWB、-C(=O)ORWB、又は、-OC(=O)RWBであることが好ましい。RWBは、炭素数6~20を有するアルキル基を表す。
The monovalent group having a hydrophilic structure in Y of the above formula Z is -OH, -C (= O) OH, a polyalkyleneoxy group having a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group at the end, or a hydrogen atom or an alkyl at the end. it is preferably bound group - at the other end of the polyalkyleneoxy group is a group -CH 2 CH 2 N (R W ). Among them, the monovalent group having a hydrophilic structure is preferably a group containing a polyalkylene oxide structure, a polyalkylene oxy group having a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group at the end, or a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group at the end. in polyalkyleneoxy groups other end to the -CH 2 CH 2 N (R W ) is - is bonded group.
The monovalent group having a hydrophobic structure in Y of the above formula Z is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 6 to 120 carbon atoms, a haloalkyl group having 6 to 120 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 120 carbon atoms, and the like. It may be an alcoholyl group (alkylaryl group) having 7 to 120 carbon atoms, an aralkyl group having 7 to 120 carbon atoms, -OR WB , -C (= O) OR WB , or -OC (= O) R WB. preferable. RWB represents an alkyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
 上記式Zで表される基を有するポリマー粒子は、耐刷性、着肉性、及び、機上現像性の観点から、Wが親水性構造を有する二価の基であることがより好ましく、Qがフェニレン基、エステル結合、又はアミド結合であり、Wは、ポリアルキレンオキシ基であり、Yが、末端が水素原子又はアルキル基であるポリアルキレンオキシ基であることがより好ましい。
 なお、式Zで表される基は、ポリマー粒子の分散性を高める分散性基として機能してもよい。
The polymer particles having a group represented by the above formula Z are more preferably divalent groups in which W has a hydrophilic structure from the viewpoints of print resistance, fillability and on-machine developability. It is more preferable that Q is a phenylene group, an ester bond or an amide bond, W is a polyalkyleneoxy group, and Y is a polyalkyleneoxy group having a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group at the end.
The group represented by the formula Z may function as a dispersible group for enhancing the dispersibility of the polymer particles.
 本開示におけるポリマー粒子は、耐刷性、及び、機上現像性の観点から、重合性基(好ましくはエチレン性不飽和基)を有することが好ましく、特に、表面に重合性基を有することがより好ましい。重合性基を有するポリマー粒子を用いることで、版飛び(好ましくはUV版飛び)を抑制しやすくなり、耐刷性(好ましくはUV耐刷性)も高められる。 The polymer particles in the present disclosure preferably have a polymerizable group (preferably an ethylenically unsaturated group) from the viewpoint of print resistance and on-machine developability, and in particular, may have a polymerizable group on the surface. More preferred. By using the polymer particles having a polymerizable group, it becomes easy to suppress plate skipping (preferably UV plate skipping), and printing resistance (preferably UV printing resistance) is also enhanced.
 本開示におけるポリマー粒子は、耐刷性の観点から、親水性基及び重合性基を有する樹脂粒子であることが好ましい。
 上記重合性基は、カチオン重合性基であっても、ラジカル重合性基であってもよいが、反応性の観点からは、ラジカル重合性基であることが好ましい。
 上記重合性基としては、重合可能な基であれば特に制限はないが、反応性の観点から、エチレン性不飽和基が好ましく、ビニルフェニル基(スチリル基)、(メタ)アクリロキシ基、又は、(メタ)アクリルアミド基がより好ましく、(メタ)アクリロキシ基が特に好ましい。
 また、重合性基を有するポリマー粒子を構成する樹脂は、重合性基を有する構成単位を有することが好ましい。
 なお、高分子反応によりポリマー粒子の表面に重合性基を導入してもよい。
The polymer particles in the present disclosure are preferably resin particles having a hydrophilic group and a polymerizable group from the viewpoint of printing resistance.
The polymerizable group may be a cationically polymerizable group or a radically polymerizable group, but from the viewpoint of reactivity, it is preferably a radically polymerizable group.
The polymerizable group is not particularly limited as long as it is a polymerizable group, but from the viewpoint of reactivity, an ethylenically unsaturated group is preferable, and a vinylphenyl group (styryl group), a (meth) acryloxy group, or a (meth) acryloxy group is preferable. A (meth) acrylamide group is more preferred, and a (meth) acryloxy group is particularly preferred.
Further, the resin constituting the polymer particles having a polymerizable group preferably has a structural unit having a polymerizable group.
In addition, a polymerizable group may be introduced on the surface of the polymer particles by a polymer reaction.
 また、ポリマー粒子は、耐刷性、着肉性、機上現像性、及び、機上現像時の現像カス抑制性の観点から、ウレア結合を有する重付加型樹脂を含むことが好ましく、下記式(Iso)で表されるイソシアネート化合物と水とを少なくとも反応させて得られる構造を有する重付加型樹脂を含むことがより好ましく、下記式(Iso)で表されるイソシアネート化合物と水とを少なくとも反応させて得られる構造を有し、かつ、ポリオキシアルキレン構造として、ポリエチレンオキシド構造及びポリプロピレンオキシド構造を有する重付加型樹脂を含むことが特に好ましい。また、上記ウレア結合を有する重付加型樹脂を含む粒子は、ミクロゲルであることが好ましい。 Further, the polymer particles preferably contain a heavy addition type resin having a urea bond from the viewpoints of printing resistance, inking property, on-machine developability, and ability to suppress development residue during on-machine development, and the following formula is preferable. It is more preferable to contain a heavy addition type resin having a structure obtained by at least reacting the isocyanate compound represented by (Iso) with water, and at least reacting the isocyanate compound represented by the following formula (Iso) with water. It is particularly preferable that the polyoxyalkylene structure contains a polyadditive resin having a polyethylene oxide structure and a polypropylene oxide structure. Further, the particles containing the heavy addition type resin having a urea bond are preferably microgels.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
 式(Iso)中、nは0~10の整数を表す。 In the formula (Iso), n represents an integer from 0 to 10.
 上記式(Iso)で表されるイソシアネート化合物と水との反応の一例としては、下記に示す反応が挙げられる。なお、下記の例は、n=0、4,4-異性体を使用した例である。
 下記に示すように、上記式(Iso)で表されるイソシアネート化合物と水とを反応させると、水によりイソシアネート基の一部が加水分解し、アミノ基が生じ、生じたアミノ基とイソシアネート基とが反応し、ウレア結合が生成し、二量体が形成される。また、下記反応が繰り返され、ウレア結合を有する重付加型樹脂が形成される。
As an example of the reaction between the isocyanate compound represented by the above formula (Iso) and water, the reaction shown below can be mentioned. The following example is an example using n = 0, 4,4-isomer.
As shown below, when the isocyanate compound represented by the above formula (Iso) is reacted with water, a part of the isocyanate group is hydrolyzed by water to generate an amino group, and the generated amino group and isocyanate group are used. React to form a urea bond and form a dimer. Further, the following reaction is repeated to form a heavy addition type resin having a urea bond.
 また、下記反応において、アルコール化合物、アミン化合物等のイソシアネート基と反応性を有する化合物(活性水素を有する化合物)を添加することにより、アルコール化合物、アミン化合物等の構造を、ウレア結合を有する重付加型樹脂に導入することもできる。
 上記活性水素を有する化合物としては、既述の活性水素を有する化合物が好ましく挙げられる。
Further, in the following reaction, by adding a compound having reactivity with an isocyanate group such as an alcohol compound or an amine compound (a compound having active hydrogen), the structure of the alcohol compound, the amine compound or the like is added with a urea bond. It can also be introduced into the mold resin.
As the compound having active hydrogen, the above-mentioned compound having active hydrogen is preferably mentioned.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
 また、上記ウレア結合を有する重付加型樹脂は、エチレン性不飽和基を有することが好ましく、下記式(PETA)で表される基を有することがより好ましい。 Further, the heavy addition type resin having a urea bond preferably has an ethylenically unsaturated group, and more preferably has a group represented by the following formula (PETA).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
 式(PETA)中、波線部分は、他の構造との結合位置を表す。 In the formula (PETA), the wavy line part represents the connection position with other structures.
(ポリマー粒子の合成)
 ポリマー粒子の合成法としては、特に制限はなく、既述した各種の樹脂にて粒子を合成しうる方法であればよい。ポリマー粒子の合成法としては、例えば、乳化重合法、懸濁重合法、分散重合法、ソープフリー重合法、マイクロエマルション重合法等の、公知のポリマー粒子の合成法が挙げられる。
 その他、ポリマー粒子の合成には、公知のマイクロカプセルの合成法、ミクロゲル(架橋樹脂粒子)の合成法等を用いてもよい。
(Synthesis of polymer particles)
The method for synthesizing the polymer particles is not particularly limited, and any method may be used as long as the particles can be synthesized with the various resins described above. Examples of the method for synthesizing polymer particles include known methods for synthesizing polymer particles, such as an emulsion polymerization method, a suspension polymerization method, a dispersion polymerization method, a soap-free polymerization method, and a microemulsion polymerization method.
In addition, a known method for synthesizing microcapsules, a method for synthesizing microgels (crosslinked resin particles), or the like may be used for synthesizing polymer particles.
(粒子の平均粒径)
 粒子の平均粒径は、0.01μm~3.0μmが好ましく、0.03μm~2.0μmがより好ましく、0.10μm~1.0μmが更に好ましい。この範囲で良好な解像度と経時安定性が得られる。
 粒子の平均粒径は、光散乱法により測定するか、又は、粒子の電子顕微鏡写真を撮影し、写真上で粒子の粒径を総計で5,000個測定し、平均値を算出するものとする。なお、非球形粒子については写真上の粒子の円相当径とする。
 なお、本開示における粒子の平均粒径は、特に断りのない限り、体積平均粒径であるものとする。
(Average particle size of particles)
The average particle size of the particles is preferably 0.01 μm to 3.0 μm, more preferably 0.03 μm to 2.0 μm, and even more preferably 0.10 μm to 1.0 μm. Good resolution and stability over time can be obtained in this range.
The average particle size of the particles is measured by the light scattering method, or an electron micrograph of the particles is taken, and a total of 5,000 particle sizes are measured on the photographs to calculate the average value. do. For non-spherical particles, the diameter is equivalent to the circle of the particles on the photograph.
Unless otherwise specified, the average particle size of the particles in the present disclosure shall be the volume average particle size.
 粒子(好ましくはポリマー粒子)は、1種のみを用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。 As the particles (preferably polymer particles), only one kind may be used, or two or more kinds may be used in combination.
 粒子(好ましくはポリマー粒子)の含有量は、現像性、及び、耐刷性の観点から、画像記録層の全質量に対し、5質量%~90質量%が好ましく、10質量%~90質量%であることがより好ましく、20質量%~90質量%であることが更に好ましく、50質量%~90質量%であることが特に好ましい。 The content of the particles (preferably polymer particles) is preferably 5% by mass to 90% by mass, preferably 10% by mass to 90% by mass, based on the total mass of the image recording layer from the viewpoint of developability and print resistance. It is more preferably 20% by mass to 90% by mass, and particularly preferably 50% by mass to 90% by mass.
〔その他の成分〕
 本開示における画像記録層は、既述の成分以外のその他の成分を含んでいてもよい。
 その他の成分としては、バインダーポリマー、発色剤、連鎖移動剤、低分子親水性化合物、感脂化剤、その他の添加剤等が挙げられる。
[Other ingredients]
The image recording layer in the present disclosure may contain other components other than the above-mentioned components.
Examples of other components include binder polymers, color formers, chain transfer agents, small molecule hydrophilic compounds, fat sensitizers, and other additives.
[バインダーポリマー]
 画像記録層は、必要に応じて、バインダーポリマーを含んでいてもよい、
 ここで、バインダーポリマーは、ポリマー粒子以外のポリマー、すなわち、粒子形状でないポリマーを指す。
 また、バインダーポリマーは、感脂化剤におけるアンモニウム塩含有ポリマー、及び界面活性剤として用いるポリマーを除く。
[Binder polymer]
The image recording layer may contain a binder polymer, if desired.
Here, the binder polymer refers to a polymer other than polymer particles, that is, a polymer that is not in the form of particles.
Further, the binder polymer excludes the ammonium salt-containing polymer in the oil-sensitive agent and the polymer used as a surfactant.
 バインダーポリマーは平版印刷版原版の画像記録層に用いられる公知のバインダーポリマー(例えば、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、ポリビニルアセタール樹脂、ポリウレタン樹脂等)を好適に使用することができる。
 一例として、機上現像型平版印刷版原版に用いられるバインダーポリマー(以下、機上現像用バインダーポリマーともいう)について、詳細に記載する。
 機上現像用バインダーポリマーとしては、アルキレンオキシド鎖を有するバインダーポリマーが好ましい。アルキレンオキシド鎖を有するバインダーポリマーは、ポリ(アルキレンオキシド)部位を主鎖に有していても側鎖に有していてもよい。また、ポリ(アルキレンオキシド)を側鎖に有するグラフトポリマーでも、ポリ(アルキレンオキシド)含有繰返し単位で構成されるブロックと(アルキレンオキシド)非含有繰返し単位で構成されるブロックとのブロックコポリマーでもよい。
 ポリ(アルキレンオキシド)部位を主鎖に有する場合は、ポリウレタン樹脂が好ましい。
 ポリ(アルキレンオキシド)部位を側鎖に有する場合の主鎖のポリマーとしては、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、ポリビニルアセタール樹脂、ポリウレタン樹脂、ポリウレア樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、ポリスチレン樹脂、ノボラック型フェノール樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、合成ゴム、天然ゴムが挙げられ、特に、(メタ)アクリル樹脂が好ましい。
As the binder polymer, a known binder polymer (for example, (meth) acrylic resin, polyvinyl acetal resin, polyurethane resin, etc.) used for the image recording layer of the platen printing plate original plate can be preferably used.
As an example, a binder polymer (hereinafter, also referred to as a binder polymer for on-machine development) used in the machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate will be described in detail.
As the binder polymer for on-machine development, a binder polymer having an alkylene oxide chain is preferable. The binder polymer having an alkylene oxide chain may have a poly (alkylene oxide) moiety in the main chain or the side chain. Further, it may be a graft polymer having poly (alkylene oxide) in the side chain, or a block copolymer of a block composed of poly (alkylene oxide) -containing repeating units and a block composed of (alkylene oxide) -free repeating units.
When the main chain has a poly (alkylene oxide) moiety, a polyurethane resin is preferable.
When the polymer of the main chain has a poly (alkylene oxide) moiety in the side chain, the polymer of the main chain is (meth) acrylic resin, polyvinyl acetal resin, polyurethane resin, polyurea resin, polyimide resin, polyamide resin, epoxy resin, polystyrene resin, novolak type. Examples thereof include phenol resin, polyester resin, synthetic rubber and natural rubber, and (meth) acrylic resin is particularly preferable.
 また、バインダーポリマーの他の好ましい例として、6官能以上10官能以下の多官能チオールを核として、この核に対しスルフィド結合により結合したポリマー鎖を有し、上記ポリマー鎖が重合性基を有する高分子化合物(以下、星型高分子化合物ともいう。)が挙げられる。
 星型高分子化合物としては、例えば、特開2012-148555号公報に記載の化合物を好ましく用いることができる。
Further, as another preferable example of the binder polymer, a high molecular weight polymer chain having a polyfunctional thiol having 6 or more functionalities or 10 functionalities as a nucleus and being bonded to the nucleus by a sulfide bond, and the polymer chain having a polymerizable group. Examples thereof include molecular compounds (hereinafter, also referred to as star-shaped polymer compounds).
As the star-shaped polymer compound, for example, the compound described in JP-A-2012-148555 can be preferably used.
 星型高分子化合物は、特開2008-195018号公報に記載のような画像部の皮膜強度を向上するためのエチレン性不飽和結合等の重合性基を、主鎖又は側鎖、好ましくは側鎖に有しているものが挙げられる。星型高分子化合物が有する重合性基によって星型高分子化合物の分子間に架橋が形成され、硬化が促進する。
 重合性基としては、(メタ)アクリル基、ビニル基、アリル基、ビニルフェニル基(スチリル基)などのエチレン性不飽和基、エポキシ基等が好ましく、(メタ)アクリル基、ビニル基、ビニルフェニル基(スチリル基)が重合反応性の観点でより好ましく、(メタ)アクリル基が特に好ましい。これらの基は、高分子反応、又は、共重合によってポリマーに導入することができる。具体的には、例えば、カルボキシ基を側鎖に有するポリマーとグリシジルメタクリレートとの反応、あるいはエポキシ基を有するポリマーとメタクリル酸などのエチレン性不飽和基含有カルボン酸との反応を利用できる。
The star-shaped polymer compound contains a polymerizable group such as an ethylenically unsaturated bond for improving the film strength of the image portion as described in JP-A-2008-195018, with a main chain or a side chain, preferably a side chain. Examples include those held in the chain. The polymerizable group of the star-shaped polymer compound forms crosslinks between the molecules of the star-shaped polymer compound, and curing is promoted.
As the polymerizable group, an ethylenically unsaturated group such as a (meth) acrylic group, a vinyl group, an allyl group, a vinylphenyl group (styryl group), an epoxy group and the like are preferable, and a (meth) acrylic group, a vinyl group and a vinylphenyl are preferable. A group (styryl group) is more preferable from the viewpoint of polymerization reactivity, and a (meth) acrylic group is particularly preferable. These groups can be introduced into the polymer by polymer reaction or copolymerization. Specifically, for example, a reaction between a polymer having a carboxy group in the side chain and glycidyl methacrylate, or a reaction between a polymer having an epoxy group and an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acid such as methacrylic acid can be used.
 バインダーポリマーの分子量は、GPC法によるポリスチレン換算値として重量平均分子量(Mw)が、40,000以上であることが好ましく、40,000~300,000であることが更に好ましい。
 なお、バインダーポリマーが重合性基を有していなければ、重量平均分子量(Mw)としては、10,000~300,000が好ましい。
The molecular weight of the binder polymer is preferably 40,000 or more, and more preferably 40,000 to 300,000 in terms of polystyrene by the GPC method.
If the binder polymer does not have a polymerizable group, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is preferably 10,000 to 300,000.
 バインダーポリマーとしては、必要に応じて、特開2008-195018号公報に記載のポリアクリル酸、ポリビニルアルコールなどの親水性ポリマーを併用することができる。また、親油的なポリマーと親水的なポリマーとを併用することもできる。 As the binder polymer, a hydrophilic polymer such as polyacrylic acid or polyvinyl alcohol described in JP-A-2008-195018 can be used in combination, if necessary. Further, a lipophilic polymer and a hydrophilic polymer can be used in combination.
 バインダーポリマーは、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種類以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。 The binder polymer may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 バインダーポリマーは、画像記録層中に任意な量で含有させることができるが、バインダーポリマーの含有量は、画像記録層の全質量に対して、1質量%~90質量%であることが好ましく、5質量%~80質量%であることがより好ましい。 The binder polymer can be contained in the image recording layer in an arbitrary amount, but the content of the binder polymer is preferably 1% by mass to 90% by mass with respect to the total mass of the image recording layer. It is more preferably 5% by mass to 80% by mass.
[発色剤]
 画像記録層は、発色剤を含んでいてもよい。
 発色剤としては、酸発色剤であることが好ましい。また、発色剤としては、ロイコ化合物を含むことが好ましい。
 本開示で用いられる「発色剤」とは、光や酸等の刺激により発色又は消色し画像記録層の色を変化させる性質を有する化合物を意味し、また、「酸発色剤」とは、電子受容性化合物(例えば酸等のプロトン)を受容した状態で加熱することにより、発色又は消色し画像記録層の色を変化させる性質を有する化合物を意味する。
 酸発色剤としては、特に、ラクトン、ラクタム、サルトン、スピロピラン、エステル、アミド等の部分骨格を有し、電子受容性化合物と接触した時に、速やかにこれらの部分骨格が開環若しくは開裂する無色の化合物が好ましい。
[Color former]
The image recording layer may contain a color former.
The color-developing agent is preferably an acid color-developing agent. Further, the color former preferably contains a leuco compound.
The "color former" used in the present disclosure means a compound having a property of developing or decoloring a color or decoloring by a stimulus such as light or acid and changing the color of the image recording layer, and the "acid color former" is used. It means a compound having a property of developing or decoloring and changing the color of an image recording layer by heating in a state of receiving an electron-accepting compound (for example, a proton such as an acid).
The acid color former has a partial skeleton such as lactone, lactam, salton, spiropyrane, ester, and amide, and is colorless and the partial skeleton is rapidly ring-opened or cleaved when it comes into contact with an electron-accepting compound. Compounds are preferred.
 酸発色剤の例としては、特開2019-18412号公報の段落0184~0191に記載された化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of the acid color former include the compounds described in paragraphs 0184 to 0191 of JP-A-2019-18412.
 中でも、発色剤としては、発色性の観点から、スピロピラン化合物、スピロオキサジン化合物、スピロラクトン化合物、及びスピロラクタム化合物よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の化合物であることが好ましい。
 発色後の発色剤の色相としては、可視性の観点から、450nm~650nmの範囲に極大吸収を有することが好ましい。発色後の発色剤の色味としては、赤、紫、青、又は黒緑であることが好ましい。
Among them, the color former is preferably at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a spiropyran compound, a spiroxazine compound, a spirolactone compound, and a spirolactam compound from the viewpoint of color development.
As the hue of the color former after color development, it is preferable to have maximum absorption in the range of 450 nm to 650 nm from the viewpoint of visibility. The color of the color-developing agent after color development is preferably red, purple, blue, or black-green.
 また、発色剤(好ましくは酸発色剤)は、露光部の視認性を高める観点から、ロイコ色素を用いることが好ましい。
 ここで、ロイコ色素としては、ロイコ構造を有する色素であれば、特に制限はないが、スピロ構造を有することが好ましく、スピロラクトン環構造を有することがより好ましい。
 また、ロイコ色素としては、露光部の視認性を高める観点から、フタリド構造又はフルオラン構造を有するロイコ色素であることが好ましい。
Further, as the coloring agent (preferably an acid coloring agent), it is preferable to use a leuco dye from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion.
Here, the leuco dye is not particularly limited as long as it is a dye having a leuco structure, but it is preferably having a spiro structure, and more preferably a spirolactone ring structure.
Further, the leuco dye is preferably a leuco dye having a phthalide structure or a fluorane structure from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion.
 更に、発色剤(好ましくは酸発色剤)としては、露光部の視認性を高める観点から、上記フタリド構造又はフルオラン構造を有するロイコ色素である、下記式(Le-1)~式(Le-3)のいずれかで表される化合物であることが好ましく、下記式(Le-2)で表される化合物であることがより好ましい。 Further, the color-developing agent (preferably an acid color-developing agent) is a leuco dye having the above-mentioned phthalide structure or fluorane structure from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion, and is the following formulas (Le-1) to (Le-3). ) Is preferable, and a compound represented by the following formula (Le-2) is more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
 式(Le-1)~式(Le-3)中、ERGは、それぞれ独立に、電子供与性基を表し、X~Xは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又はジアルキルアニリノ基を表し、X~X10は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は一価の有機基を表し、Y及びYは、それぞれ独立に、C又はNを表し、YがNである場合は、Xは存在せず、YがNである場合は、Xは存在せず、Raは、水素原子、アルキル基、又はアルコキシ基を表し、Rb~Rbは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、又はヘテロアリール基を表す。 In the formulas (Le-1) to (Le-3), ERG independently represents an electron donating group, and X 1 to X 4 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a dialkylanilino. X 5 to X 10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a monovalent organic group, Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent C or N, and Y 1 represents a group. When N, X 1 does not exist, when Y 2 is N, X 4 does not exist, Ra 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an alkoxy group, and Rb 1 to Rb 4 Independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group.
 式(Le-1)~式(Le-3)のERGにおける電子供与性基としては、発色性、及び、露光部の視認性の観点から、アミノ基、アルキルアミノ基、アリールアミノ基、ヘテロアリールアミノ基、ジアルキルアミノ基、モノアルキルモノアリールアミノ基、モノアルキルモノヘテロアリールアミノ基、ジアリールアミノ基、ジヘテロアリールアミノ基、モノアリールモノヘテロアリールアミノ基、アルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基、ヘテロアリーロキシ基、又は、アルキル基であることが好ましく、アミノ基、アルキルアミノ基、アリールアミノ基、ヘテロアリールアミノ基、ジアルキルアミノ基、モノアルキルモノアリールアミノ基、モノアルキルモノヘテロアリールアミノ基、ジアリールアミノ基、ジヘテロアリールアミノ基、モノアリールモノヘテロアリールアミノ基、アルコキシ基、又は、アリーロキシ基であることがより好ましく、モノアルキルモノアリールアミノ基、ジアリールアミノ基、ジヘテロアリールアミノ基、又は、モノアリールモノヘテロアリールアミノ基であることが更に好ましく、モノアルキルモノアリールアミノ基であることが特に好ましい。
 また、上記ERGにおける電子供与性基としては、発色性、及び、露光部の視認性の観点から、少なくとも1つのオルト位に置換基を有するアリール基又は少なくとも1つのオルト位に置換基を有するヘテロアリール基を有する二置換アミノ基であることが好ましく、少なくとも1つのオルト位に置換基を有し、且つ、パラ位に電子供与性基を有するフェニル基を有する二置換アミノ基であることがより好ましい。更に、同様の理由から、上記ERGにおける電子供与性基としては、少なくとも1つのオルト位に置換基を有し、且つ、パラ位に電子供与性基を有するフェニル基とアリール基又はヘテロアリール基とを有するアミノ基であることが更に好ましく、少なくとも1つのオルト位に置換基を有し、且つ、パラ位に電子供与性基を有するフェニル基と電子供与性基を有するアリール基又は電子供与性基を有するヘテロアリール基とを有するアミノ基であることが特に好ましい。
 ここで、本開示において、フェニル基以外のアリール基又はヘテロアリール基におけるオルト位は、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基の他の構造との結合位置を1位とした場合の、上記1位の隣の結合位置(例えば、2位等)をいう。
 上記アリール基又はヘテロアリール基が有する電子供与性基としては、発色性、及び、露光部の視認性の観点から、アミノ基、アルキルアミノ基、アリールアミノ基、ヘテロアリールアミノ基、ジアルキルアミノ基、モノアルキルモノアリールアミノ基、モノアルキルモノヘテロアリールアミノ基、ジアリールアミノ基、ジヘテロアリールアミノ基、モノアリールモノヘテロアリールアミノ基、アルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基、ヘテロアリーロキシ基、又は、アルキル基であることが好ましく、アルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基、ヘテロアリーロキシ基、又は、アルキル基であることがより好ましく、アルコキシ基であることが特に好ましい。
The electron donating groups in the ERGs of the formulas (Le-1) to (Le-3) include amino groups, alkylamino groups, arylamino groups, and heteroaryls from the viewpoint of color development and visibility of the exposed portion. Amino group, dialkylamino group, monoalkyl monoarylamino group, monoalkyl monoheteroarylamino group, diarylamino group, diheteroarylamino group, monoarylmonoheteroarylamino group, alkoxy group, allyloxy group, heteroallyloxy group , Or an alkyl group, preferably an amino group, an alkylamino group, an arylamino group, a heteroarylamino group, a dialkylamino group, a monoalkylmonoarylamino group, a monoalkylmonoheteroarylamino group, a diarylamino group, It is more preferably a diheteroarylamino group, a monoarylmonoheteroarylamino group, an alkoxy group, or an allyloxy group, and a monoalkyl monoarylamino group, a diarylamino group, a diheteroarylamino group, or a monoarylmono. It is more preferably a heteroarylamino group, and particularly preferably a monoalkyl monoarylamino group.
The electron donating group in the ERG is an aryl group having a substituent at at least one ortho position or a hetero having a substituent at at least one ortho position from the viewpoint of color development and visibility of the exposed portion. It is preferably a disubstituted amino group having an aryl group, more preferably a disubstituted amino group having a substituent at at least one ortho position and a phenyl group having an electron donating group at the para position. preferable. Further, for the same reason, the electron-donating group in the ERG includes a phenyl group having a substituent at at least one ortho-position and an electron-donating group at the para-position, and an aryl group or a heteroaryl group. It is more preferably an amino group having an electron donating group, a phenyl group having a substituent at at least one ortho position and an electron donating group at the para position, and an aryl group or an electron donating group having an electron donating group. It is particularly preferable that it is an amino group having a heteroaryl group having.
Here, in the present disclosure, the ortho position in an aryl group or a heteroaryl group other than the phenyl group is next to the above-mentioned 1-position when the bonding position with the other structure of the aryl group or the heteroaryl group is the 1-position. It refers to the bonding position (for example, the second position, etc.).
The electron-donating group of the aryl group or the heteroaryl group includes an amino group, an alkylamino group, an arylamino group, a heteroarylamino group, and a dialkylamino group from the viewpoint of color development and visibility of the exposed portion. A monoalkyl monoarylamino group, a monoalkyl monoheteroarylamino group, a diarylamino group, a diheteroarylamino group, a monoaryl monoheteroarylamino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a heteroarryloxy group, or an alkyl group. It is preferably an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a heteroaryloxy group, or an alkyl group, more preferably an alkoxy group, and particularly preferably an alkoxy group.
 式(Le-1)~式(Le-3)におけるX~Xは、それぞれ独立に、露光部の視認性を高める観点から、水素原子、又は、塩素原子であることが好ましく、水素原子であることがより好ましい。
 式(Le-2)又は式(Le-3)におけるX~X10は、それぞれ独立に、露光部の視認性を高める観点から、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アリール基、アミノ基、アルキルアミノ基、アリールアミノ基、ヘテロアリールアミノ基、ジアルキルアミノ基、モノアルキルモノアリールアミノ基、モノアルキルモノヘテロアリールアミノ基、ジアリールアミノ基、ジヘテロアリールアミノ基、モノアリールモノヘテロアリールアミノ基、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基、ヘテロアリーロキシ基、アシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリーロキシカルボニル基、ヘテロアリーロキシカルボニル基、又はシアノ基であることが好ましく、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、又は、アリーロキシ基であることがより好ましく、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、又は、アリール基であることが更に好ましく、水素原子であることが特に好ましい。
 式(Le-1)~式(Le-3)におけるY及びYは、露光部の視認性を高める観点から、少なくとも1方がCであることが好ましく、Y及びYの両方がCであることがより好ましい。
 式(Le-3)におけるRaは、露光部の視認性を高める観点から、アルキル基又はアルコキシ基であることが好ましく、アルコキシ基であることがより好ましく、メトキシ基であることが特に好ましい。
 式(Le-1)におけるRb~Rbは、それぞれ独立に、露光部の視認性を高める観点から、水素原子又はアルキル基であることが好ましく、アルキル基であることがより好ましく、メチル基であることが特に好ましい。
X 1 ~ X 4 in the formula (Le-1) ~ formula (Le-3) are each independently, from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposure unit, a hydrogen atom, or, preferably a chlorine atom, a hydrogen atom Is more preferable.
X 5 to X 10 in the formula (Le-2) or the formula (Le-3) are independently hydrogen atom, halogen atom, alkyl group, aryl group, amino group, from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed part. Alkylamino group, arylamino group, heteroarylamino group, dialkylamino group, monoalkyl monoarylamino group, monoalkyl monoheteroarylamino group, diarylamino group, diheteroarylamino group, monoaryl monoheteroarylamino group, A hydroxy group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a heteroaryloxy group, an acyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a heteroaryloxycarbonyl group, or a cyano group is preferable, and a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, etc. It is more preferably an aryl group, an alkoxy group, or an aryloxy group, further preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.
It is preferable that at least one of Y 1 and Y 2 in the formulas (Le-1) to (Le-3) is C from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion, and both Y 1 and Y 2 are used. It is more preferably C.
Ra 1 in the formula (Le-3) is preferably an alkyl group or an alkoxy group, more preferably an alkoxy group, and particularly preferably a methoxy group, from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion.
Each of Rb 1 to Rb 4 in the formula (Le-1) is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, more preferably an alkyl group, and a methyl group, independently from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion. Is particularly preferable.
 また、上記フタリド構造又はフルオラン構造を有するロイコ色素は、露光部の視認性を高める観点から、下記式(Le-4)~式(Le-6)のいずれかで表される化合物であることがより好ましく、下記式(Le-5)で表される化合物であることが更に好ましい。 Further, the leuco dye having the phthalide structure or the fluorane structure may be a compound represented by any of the following formulas (Le-4) to (Le-6) from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion. More preferably, it is a compound represented by the following formula (Le-5).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
 式(Le-4)~式(Le-6)中、ERGは、それぞれ独立に、電子供与性基を表し、X~Xは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又はジアルキルアニリノ基を表し、Y及びYは、それぞれ独立に、C又はNを表し、YがNである場合は、Xは存在せず、YがNである場合は、Xは存在せず、Raは、水素原子、アルキル基、又はアルコキシ基を表し、Rb~Rbは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、又はヘテロアリール基を表す。 Wherein (Le-4) ~ formula (Le-6), ERG each independently represents an electron donating group, X 1 ~ X 4 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a dialkyl anilino Represents a group, Y 1 and Y 2 independently represent C or N, where X 1 does not exist when Y 1 is N and X 4 exists when Y 2 is N. Instead, Ra 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an alkoxy group, and Rb 1 to Rb 4 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group.
 式(Le-4)~式(Le-6)におけるERG、X~X、Y、Y、Ra、及び、Rb~Rbはそれぞれ、式(Le-1)~式(Le-3)におけるERG、X~X、Y、Y、Ra、及び、Rb~Rbと同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。 ERG, X 1 to X 4 , Y 1 , Y 2 , Ra 1 and Rb 1 to Rb 4 in the formulas (Le-4) to (Le-6) are the formulas (Le-1) to the formulas (Le-1) to the formulas (Le-1) to Rb 4, respectively. le-3) ERG in, X 1 ~ X 4, Y 1, Y 2, Ra 1 and have the same meanings as Rb 1 ~ Rb 4, preferable embodiments thereof are also the same.
 更に、上記フタリド構造又はフルオラン構造を有するロイコ色素は、露光部の視認性を高める観点から、下記式(Le-7)~式(Le-9)のいずれかで表される化合物であることが更に好ましく、下記式(Le-8)で表される化合物であることが特に好ましい。 Further, the leuco dye having a phthalide structure or a fluorine structure may be a compound represented by any of the following formulas (Le-7) to (Le-9) from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion. Further, it is particularly preferable that the compound is represented by the following formula (Le-8).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 式(Le-7)~式(Le-9)中、X~Xは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子又はジアルキルアニリノ基を表し、Y及びYは、それぞれ独立に、C又はNを表し、YがNである場合は、Xは存在せず、YがNである場合は、Xは存在せず、Ra~Raは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、又はアルコキシ基を表し、Rb~Rbは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、又はヘテロアリール基を表し、Rc及びRcは、それぞれ独立に、アリール基、又はヘテロアリール基を表す。 Wherein (Le-7) ~ formula (Le-9), X 1 ~ X 4 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a dialkyl anilino group, Y 1 and Y 2 are each independently Represents C or N, where X 1 is absent when Y 1 is N, X 4 is absent when Y 2 is N, and Ra 1 to Ra 4 are independent hydrogens, respectively. Representing an atom, an alkyl group, or an alkoxy group, Rb 1 to Rb 4 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, and Rc 1 and Rc 2 each independently represent an aryl. Represents a group or a heteroaryl group.
 式(Le-7)~式(Le-9)におけるX~X、Y及びYは、式(Le-1)~式(Le-3)におけるX~X、Y及びYと同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。
 式(Le-7)又は式(Le-9)におけるRa~Raは、それぞれ独立に、露光部の視認性を高める観点から、アルキル基又はアルコキシ基であることが好ましく、アルコキシ基であることがより好ましく、メトキシ基であることが特に好ましい。
 式(Le-7)~式(Le-9)におけるRb~Rbは、それぞれ独立に、露光部の視認性を高める観点から、水素原子、アルキル基、又は、アルキル基若しくはアルコキシ基が置換したアリール基であることが好ましく、水素原子又はアルキル基であることがより好ましく、水素原子又はメチル基であることが特に好ましい。
 式(Le-8)におけるRc及びRcは、それぞれ独立に、露光部の視認性を高める観点から、フェニル基、又は、アルキルフェニル基であることが好ましく、フェニル基であることがより好ましい。
 また、式(Le-8)において、露光部の視認性を高める観点から、X~Xが水素原子であり、Y及びYがCであることが好ましい。
 更に、式(Le-8)において、露光部の視認性を高める観点から、Rb及びRbが、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、又は、アルキル基若しくはアルコキシ基が置換したアリール基であることが好ましく、水素原子又はアルキル基であることがより好ましい。
X 1 - X 4 in formula (Le-7) to Formula (Le-9), Y 1 and Y 2 has the formula (Le-1) X 1 ~ X 4 in ~ formula (Le-3), Y 1 and It has the same meaning as Y 2 , and the preferred embodiment is also the same.
Ra 1 to Ra 4 in the formula (Le-7) or the formula (Le-9) are each independently preferably an alkyl group or an alkoxy group from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion, and are alkoxy groups. It is more preferable, and it is particularly preferable that it is a methoxy group.
Rb 1 to Rb 4 in the formulas (Le-7) to (Le-9) are independently substituted with a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group or an alkoxy group from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion. It is preferably an aryl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
Rc 1 and Rc 2 in the formula (Le-8) are preferably phenyl groups or alkylphenyl groups, and more preferably phenyl groups, independently from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion. ..
Further, in the formula (Le-8), from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion, it is preferable that X 1 to X 4 are hydrogen atoms and Y 1 and Y 2 are C.
Further, in the formula (Le-8), from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion, Rb 1 and Rb 2 are independently substituted with a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group or an alkoxy group. It is preferably present, and more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
 更に、式(Le-8)におけるRb、Rb、Rc、及びRcとしては、以下の態様であることも好ましい。
 式(Le-8)におけるRb及びRbは、発色性、及び、露光部の視認性の観点から、それぞれ独立に、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基であることが好ましく、アリール基であることがより好ましく、電子供与性基を有するアリール基であることが更に好ましく、パラ位に電子供与性基を有するフェニル基であることが特に好ましい。
 式(Le-8)におけるRc及びRcは、発色性、及び、露光部の視認性の観点から、それぞれ独立に、少なくとも1つのオルト位に置換基を有するアリール基、又は、少なくとも1つのオルト位に置換基を有するヘテロアリール基であることが好ましく、少なくとも1つのオルト位に置換基を有するアリール基であることがより好ましく、少なくとも1つのオルト位に置換基を有するフェニル基であることが更に好ましく、少なくとも1つのオルト位に置換基を有し、且つ、パラ位に電子供与性基を有するフェニル基であることが特に好ましい。Rc及びRcにおける置換基としては、後述する置換基が挙げられる。
 加えて、式(Le-8)における、RcとRb及びRcとRbは、それぞれ独立に、オルト位で結合して環(例えば、カルバゾール環)を形成してもよい。
 また、Rb、Rb、Rc、及びRcにおける上記電子供与性基としては、発色性、及び、露光部の視認性の観点から、アミノ基、アルキルアミノ基、アリールアミノ基、ヘテロアリールアミノ基、ジアルキルアミノ基、モノアルキルモノアリールアミノ基、モノアルキルモノヘテロアリールアミノ基、ジアリールアミノ基、ジヘテロアリールアミノ基、モノアリールモノヘテロアリールアミノ基、アルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基、ヘテロアリーロキシ基、又は、アルキル基であることが好ましく、アルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基、ヘテロアリーロキシ基、又は、アルキル基であることがより好ましく、アルコキシ基であることが特に好ましい。
Further, the Rb 1 , Rb 2 , Rc 1 , and Rc 2 in the formula (Le-8) preferably have the following aspects.
From the viewpoint of color development and visibility of the exposed portion, Rb 1 and Rb 2 in the formula (Le-8) are preferably aryl groups or heteroaryl groups, respectively, and are preferably aryl groups. It is more preferably an aryl group having an electron donating group, and particularly preferably a phenyl group having an electron donating group at the para position.
Rc 1 and Rc 2 in the formula (Le-8) are an aryl group having a substituent at at least one ortho position, or at least one, independently from the viewpoint of color development and visibility of the exposed portion. It is preferably a heteroaryl group having a substituent at the ortho position, more preferably an aryl group having a substituent at at least one ortho position, and a phenyl group having a substituent at at least one ortho position. Is more preferable, and it is particularly preferable that the phenyl group has a substituent at at least one ortho position and an electron donating group at the para position. Examples of the substituents in Rc 1 and Rc 2 include substituents described later.
In addition, Rc 1 and Rb 1 and Rc 2 and Rb 1 in the formula (Le-8) may be independently bonded at the ortho position to form a ring (for example, a carbazole ring).
The electron-donating groups in Rb 1 , Rb 2 , Rc 1 , and Rc 2 include amino groups, alkylamino groups, arylamino groups, and heteroaryls from the viewpoint of color development and visibility of exposed parts. Amino group, dialkylamino group, monoalkyl monoarylamino group, monoalkyl monoheteroarylamino group, diarylamino group, diheteroarylamino group, monoarylmonoheteroarylamino group, alkoxy group, allyloxy group, heteroallyloxy group , Or an alkyl group, more preferably an alkoxy group, an allyloxy group, a heteroaryloxy group, or an alkyl group, and particularly preferably an alkoxy group.
 また、発色剤(好ましくは酸発色剤)としては、発色性、及び、露光部の視認性の観点から、上記フタリド構造又はフルオラン構造を有するロイコ色素である、下記式(Le-10)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 The color-developing agent (preferably an acid-color-developing agent) is a leuco dye having the above-mentioned phthalide structure or fluorane structure from the viewpoint of color-developing property and visibility of the exposed portion, and is represented by the following formula (Le-10). It is preferably a compound to be used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
 式(Le-10)中、Arは、それぞれ独立に、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表し、Arは、それぞれ独立に、少なくとも1つのオルト位に置換基を有するアリール基、又は、少なくとも1つのオルト位に置換基を有するヘテロアリール基を表す。 In formula (Le-10), Ar 1 independently represents an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, and Ar 2 independently represents an aryl group having a substituent at at least one ortho position, or at least 1 Represents a heteroaryl group having a substituent at one ortho position.
 式(Le-10)におけるArは、式(Le-8)におけるRb及びRbの好ましい態様と同様である。
 式(Le-10)におけるArは、式(Le-8)におけるRc及びRcの好ましい態様と同様である。
Ar 1 in the formula (Le-10) is similar to the preferred embodiment of Rb 1 and Rb 2 in the formula (Le-8).
Ar 2 in the formula (Le-10) is similar to the preferred embodiment of Rc 1 and Rc 2 in the formula (Le-8).
 式(Le-1)~式(Le-9)におけるアルキル基は、直鎖であっても、分岐を有していても、環構造を有していてもよい。
 また、式(Le-1)~式(Le-9)におけるアルキル基の炭素数は、1~20であることが好ましく、1~8であることがより好ましく、1~4であることが更に好ましく、1又は2であることが特に好ましい。
 式(Le-1)~式(Le-10)におけるアリール基の炭素数は、6~20であることが好ましく、6~10であることがより好ましく、6~8であることが特に好ましい。
 式(Le-1)~式(Le-10)におけるアリール基として具体的には、置換基を有していてもよい、フェニル基、ナフチル基、アントラセニル基、及び、フェナントレニル基等が挙げられる。
 式(Le-1)~式(Le-10)におけるヘテロアリール基として具体的には、置換基を有していてもよい、フリル基、ピリジル基、ピリミジル基、ピラゾイル基、及び、チオフェニル基等が挙げられる。
 また、式(Le-1)~式(Le-9)における一価の有機基、アルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、ジアルキルアニリノ基、アルキルアミノ基、アルコキシ基等の各基は、置換基を有していてもよい。
The alkyl group in the formulas (Le-1) to (Le-9) may be linear, may have a branch, or may have a ring structure.
Further, the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group in the formulas (Le-1) to (Le-9) is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 8, and further preferably 1 to 4. It is preferably 1 or 2, and particularly preferably 1.
The number of carbon atoms of the aryl group in the formulas (Le-1) to (Le-10) is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 10, and particularly preferably 6 to 8.
Specific examples of the aryl group in the formulas (Le-1) to (Le-10) include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthrasenyl group, a phenanthrenyl group and the like which may have a substituent.
Specifically, the heteroaryl group in the formulas (Le-1) to (Le-10) may have a substituent, such as a frill group, a pyridyl group, a pyrimidyl group, a pyrazoyl group, and a thiophenyl group. Can be mentioned.
Further, each group such as a monovalent organic group, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, a dialkylanilino group, an alkylamino group and an alkoxy group in the formulas (Le-1) to (Le-9) is substituted. It may have a group.
 式(Le-1)~式(Le-10)における上記置換基としては、アルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、ハロゲン原子、アミノ基、アルキルアミノ基、アリールアミノ基、ヘテロアリールアミノ基、ジアルキルアミノ基、モノアルキルモノアリールアミノ基、モノアルキルモノヘテロアリールアミノ基、ジアリールアミノ基、ジヘテロアリールアミノ基、モノアリールモノヘテロアリールアミノ基、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基、ヘテロアリーロキシ基、アシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリーロキシカルボニル基、ヘテロアリーロキシカルボニル基、シアノ基等が挙げられる。また、これら置換基は、更にこれら置換基により置換されていてもよい。 The substituents in the formulas (Le-1) to (Le-10) include an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, a halogen atom, an amino group, an alkylamino group, an arylamino group, a heteroarylamino group and a dialkyl group. Amino group, monoalkyl monoarylamino group, monoalkyl monoheteroarylamino group, diarylamino group, diheteroarylamino group, monoaryl monoheteroarylamino group, hydroxy group, alkoxy group, allyloxy group, heteroallyloxy group, Examples thereof include an acyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a heteroaryloxycarbonyl group and a cyano group. Further, these substituents may be further substituted with these substituents.
 好適に用いられるフタリド構造又はフルオラン構造を有するロイコ色素の具体例としては、以下の化合物(S-1~S-21)が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the leuco dye having a phthalide structure or a fluorine structure that are preferably used include the following compounds (S-1 to S-21).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
 酸発色剤としては上市されている製品を使用することも可能である。酸発色剤の市販品としては、例えば、ETAC、RED500、RED520、CVL、S-205、BLACK305、BLACK400、BLACK100、BLACK500、H-7001、GREEN300、NIRBLACK78、BLUE220、H-3035、BLUE203、ATP、H-1046、H-2114(以上、福井山田化学工業(株)製)、ORANGE-DCF、Vermilion-DCF、PINK-DCF、RED-DCF、BLMB、CVL、GREEN-DCF、TH-107(以上、保土ヶ谷化学(株)製)、ODB、ODB-2、ODB-4、ODB-250、ODB-BlackXV、Blue-63、Blue-502、GN-169、GN-2、Green-118、Red-40、Red-8(以上、山本化成(株)製)、クリスタルバイオレットラクトン(東京化成工業(株)製)等が挙げられる。
 これらの市販品の中でも、ETAC、S-205、BLACK305、BLACK400、BLACK100、BLACK500、H-7001、GREEN300、NIRBLACK78、H-3035、ATP、H-1046、H-2114、GREEN-DCF、Blue-63、GN-169、クリスタルバイオレットラクトンが、形成される膜(即ち、画像記録層)の可視光吸収率が良好のため好ましい。
It is also possible to use a commercially available product as the acid color former. Commercially available acid color formers include, for example, ETAC, RED500, RED520, CVL, S-205, BLACK305, BLACK400, BLACK100, BLACK500, H-7001, GREEN300, NIRBLACK78, BLUE220, H-3035, BLUE203, ATP, H. -1046, H-2114 (above, manufactured by Fukui Yamada Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), ORANGE-DCF, Vermilion-DCF, PINK-DCF, RED-DCF, BLMB, CVL, GREEN-DCF, TH-107 (above, Hodogaya) Chemical Co., Ltd.), ODB, ODB-2, ODB-4, ODB-250, ODB-BlackXV, Blue-63, Blue-502, GN-169, GN-2, Green-118, Red-40, Red -8 (above, manufactured by Yamamoto Kasei Co., Ltd.), crystal violet lactone (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and the like.
Among these commercially available products, ETAC, S-205, BLACK305, BLACK400, BLACK100, BLACK500, H-7001, GREEN300, NIRBLACK78, H-3035, ATP, H-1046, H-2114, GREEN-DCF, Blue-63. , GN-169, and crystal violet lactone are preferable because the film (that is, the image recording layer) on which the crystal violet lactone is formed has a good visible light absorption rate.
 ロイコ色素としては、露光部の視認性を高める観点から、以下の化合物も好適に用いられるものとして挙げられる。 As the leuco dye, the following compounds are also preferably used from the viewpoint of enhancing the visibility of the exposed portion.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
 発色剤は、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種類以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。 The color former may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 発色剤の含有量は、画像記録層の全質量に対し、0.5質量%~10質量%であることが好ましく、1質量%~5質量%であることがより好ましい。 The content of the color former is preferably 0.5% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 1% by mass to 5% by mass, based on the total mass of the image recording layer.
 画像記録層は、上述した以外の成分を含んでいてもよい。
 上述した以外の成分としては、特開2009-255434号公報の段落0181~0190に記載の、着色剤、焼き出し剤、重合禁止剤、高級脂肪酸誘導体、可塑剤、無機微粒子、及び低分子親水性化合物等が挙げられる。
 また、上述した以外の成分としては、特開2012-187907号公報の段落0191~0217に記載の、疎水化前駆体(熱が加えられたときに画像記録層を疎水性に変換できる微粒子)、低分子親水性化合物、感脂化剤(例えば、ホスホニウム化合物、含窒素低分子化合物、アンモニウム基含有ポリマー)、及び連鎖移動剤等も挙げられる。
The image recording layer may contain components other than those described above.
Ingredients other than those described above include colorants, baking agents, polymerization inhibitors, higher fatty acid derivatives, plasticizers, inorganic fine particles, and low molecular weight hydrophilicity described in paragraphs 0181 to 0190 of JP-A-2009-255434. Examples include compounds.
In addition, as components other than those described above, the hydrophobizing precursor (fine particles capable of converting the image recording layer into hydrophobicity when heat is applied) described in paragraphs 0191 to 0217 of JP2012-187907A. Examples thereof include low molecular weight hydrophilic compounds, fat sensitizers (for example, phosphonium compounds, nitrogen-containing low molecular weight compounds, ammonium group-containing polymers), chain transfer agents and the like.
〔画像記録層の形成〕
 本開示に係る平版印刷版原版における画像記録層は、例えば、特開2008-195018号公報の段落0142~段落0143に記載のように、必要な上記各成分を公知の溶剤に分散又は溶解して塗布液を調製し、塗布液を支持体上にバーコーター塗布など公知の方法で塗布し、乾燥することにより形成することができる。
[Formation of image recording layer]
In the image recording layer in the lithographic printing plate original plate according to the present disclosure, for example, as described in paragraphs 0142 to 0143 of JP-A-2008-195018, the necessary components are dispersed or dissolved in a known solvent. It can be formed by preparing a coating liquid, applying the coating liquid on a support by a known method such as bar coater coating, and drying the coating liquid.
 塗布液に用いる溶剤としては、公知の溶剤を用いることができる。具体的には、例えば、水、アセトン、メチルエチルケトン(2-ブタノン)、シクロヘキサン、酢酸エチル、エチレンジクロライド、テトラヒドロフラン、トルエン、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、アセチルアセトン、シクロヘキサノン、ジアセトンアルコール、エチレングリコールモノメーチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールエチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノイソプロピルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール、3-メトキシ-1-プロパノール、メトキシメトキシエタノール、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、3-メトキシプロピルアセテート、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、ジメチルスルホキシド、γ-ブチロラクトン、乳酸メチル、乳酸エチル等が挙げられる。
 溶剤は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
 塗布液中の固形分濃度は1質量%~50質量%であることが好ましい。
As the solvent used for the coating liquid, a known solvent can be used. Specifically, for example, water, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone (2-butanone), cyclohexane, ethyl acetate, ethylene dichloride, tetrahydrofuran, toluene, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, Propylene glycol monoethyl ether, acetylacetone, cyclohexanone, diacetone alcohol, ethylene glycol monomateyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol ethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoisopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 3- Methoxy-1-propanol, methoxymethoxyethanol, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxypropyl acetate, N, N-dimethyl Examples thereof include formamide, dimethylsulfoxide, γ-butyrolactone, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate and the like.
The solvent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The solid content concentration in the coating liquid is preferably 1% by mass to 50% by mass.
 塗布、乾燥後における画像記録層の塗布量(固形分)は、用途によって異なるが、良好な感度と画像記録層の良好な皮膜特性を得る観点から、0.3g/m~3.0g/mが好ましい。
 また、本開示に係る平版印刷版原版における画像記録層の膜厚は、0.1μm~3.0μmであることが好ましく、0.3μm~2.0μmであることがより好ましい。
The coating amount (solid content) of the image recording layer after coating and drying varies depending on the application, but from the viewpoint of obtaining good sensitivity and good film characteristics of the image recording layer, 0.3 g / m 2 to 3.0 g /. m 2 is preferable.
Further, the film thickness of the image recording layer in the lithographic printing plate original plate according to the present disclosure is preferably 0.1 μm to 3.0 μm, and more preferably 0.3 μm to 2.0 μm.
<支持体>
 本開示に係る平版印刷版原版は、支持体を有する。
 支持体としては、公知の平版印刷版原版用支持体から適宜選択して用いることができる。
 支持体としては、親水性表面を有する支持体(以下、「親水性支持体」ともいう)が好ましい。
<Support>
The lithographic printing plate original plate according to the present disclosure has a support.
As the support, a known lithographic printing plate precursor support can be appropriately selected and used.
As the support, a support having a hydrophilic surface (hereinafter, also referred to as “hydrophilic support”) is preferable.
 本開示における支持体としては、公知の方法で粗面化処理され、陽極酸化処理されたアルミニウム板が好ましい。即ち、本開示における支持体は、アルミニウム板とアルミニウム板上に配置されたアルミニウムの陽極酸化皮膜とを有することが好ましい。 As the support in the present disclosure, an aluminum plate that has been roughened and anodized by a known method is preferable. That is, the support in the present disclosure preferably has an aluminum plate and an aluminum anodized film arranged on the aluminum plate.
[支持体の好ましい態様]
 本開示において用いられる支持体の好ましい態様の一例(本一例に係るアルミニウム支持体を、「支持体(1)」ともいう。)を以下に示す。
 即ち、支持体(1)は、アルミニウム板と、上記アルミニウム板上に配置されたアルミニウムの陽極酸化皮膜とを有し、上記陽極酸化皮膜が、上記アルミニウム板よりも上記画像記録層側に位置し、上記陽極酸化皮膜が、上記画像記録層側の表面から深さ方向にのびるマイクロポアを有し、上記マイクロポアの上記陽極酸化皮膜表面における平均径が10nmを超え100nm以下である。
 なお、上記陽極酸化皮膜の上記画像記録層側の表面のL表色系における明度Lの値が、70~100であることが好ましい。
[Preferable embodiment of support]
An example of a preferred embodiment of the support used in the present disclosure (the aluminum support according to this example is also referred to as “support (1)”) is shown below.
That is, the support (1) has an aluminum plate and an anodized film of aluminum arranged on the aluminum plate, and the anodized film is located closer to the image recording layer than the aluminum plate. The anodized film has micropores extending in the depth direction from the surface on the image recording layer side, and the average diameter of the micropores on the surface of the anodized film is more than 10 nm and 100 nm or less.
The value of the brightness L * in the L * a * b * color system of the surface of the anodic oxide film on the image recording layer side is preferably 70 to 100.
 図1は、アルミニウム支持体12aの一実施形態の模式的断面図である。
 アルミニウム支持体12aは、アルミニウム板18とアルミニウムの陽極酸化皮膜20a(以後、単に「陽極酸化皮膜20a」とも称する)とをこの順で積層した積層構造を有する。なお、アルミニウム支持体12a中の陽極酸化皮膜20aが、アルミニウム板18よりも画像記録層側に位置する。つまり、本開示に係る平版印刷版原版は、アルミニウム板上に、陽極酸化皮膜、画像記録層、及び最外層をこの順で少なくとも有することが好ましい。
FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view of an embodiment of the aluminum support 12a.
The aluminum support 12a has a laminated structure in which an aluminum plate 18 and an anodized aluminum film 20a (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “anodized film 20a”) are laminated in this order. The anodic oxide film 20a in the aluminum support 12a is located closer to the image recording layer than the aluminum plate 18. That is, it is preferable that the lithographic printing plate original plate according to the present disclosure has at least an anodic oxide film, an image recording layer, and an outermost layer on an aluminum plate in this order.
-陽極酸化皮膜-
 以下、陽極酸化皮膜20aの好ましい態様について説明する。
 陽極酸化皮膜20aは、陽極酸化処理によってアルミニウム板18の表面に作製される皮膜であって、この皮膜は、皮膜表面に略垂直であり、かつ、個々が均一に分布した極微細なマイクロポア22aを有する。マイクロポア22aは、画像記録層側の陽極酸化皮膜20a表面(アルミニウム板18側とは反対側の陽極酸化皮膜20a表面)から厚み方向(アルミニウム板18側)に沿ってのびる。
-Anodic oxide film-
Hereinafter, preferred embodiments of the anodic oxide film 20a will be described.
The anodic oxide film 20a is a film formed on the surface of the aluminum plate 18 by anodization treatment, and this film is substantially perpendicular to the surface of the film and has ultrafine micropores 22a in which each is uniformly distributed. Has. The micropore 22a extends from the surface of the anodic oxide film 20a on the image recording layer side (the surface of the anodic oxide film 20a on the side opposite to the aluminum plate 18 side) along the thickness direction (aluminum plate 18 side).
 陽極酸化皮膜20a中のマイクロポア22aの陽極酸化皮膜表面における平均径(平均開口径)は、10nm超え100nm以下であることが好ましい。中でも、耐刷性、耐汚れ性、及び画像視認性のバランスの点から、15nm~60nmがより好ましく、20nm~50nmが更に好ましく、25~40nmが特に好ましい。ポア内部の径は、表層よりも広がっても狭まってもよい。
 平均径が10nmを超えれば、耐刷性及び画像視認性が更に優れる。また、平均径が100nm以下であれば場合、耐刷性が更に優れる。
 マイクロポア22aの平均径は、陽極酸化皮膜20a表面を倍率15万倍の電界放出型走査電子顕微鏡(FE-SEM)でN=4枚観察し、得られた4枚の画像において、400nm×600nmの範囲に存在するマイクロポアの径(直径)を50箇所測定し、算術平均値として算出される。
 なお、マイクロポア22aの形状が円状でない場合は、円相当径を用いる。「円相当径」とは、開口部の形状を、開口部の投影面積と同じ投影面積をもつ円と想定したときの円の直径である。
The average diameter (average opening diameter) of the micropores 22a in the anodic oxide film 20a on the surface of the anodic oxide film is preferably more than 10 nm and 100 nm or less. Among them, from the viewpoint of the balance between printing resistance, stain resistance, and image visibility, 15 nm to 60 nm is more preferable, 20 nm to 50 nm is further preferable, and 25 to 40 nm is particularly preferable. The diameter inside the pores may be wider or narrower than the surface layer.
When the average diameter exceeds 10 nm, the printing durability and the image visibility are further excellent. Further, when the average diameter is 100 nm or less, the printing durability is further excellent.
The average diameter of the micropores 22a is 400 nm × 600 nm in the obtained 4 images obtained by observing the surface of the anodized film 20a with a field emission scanning electron microscope (FE-SEM) at a magnification of 150,000 times. The diameter (diameter) of the micropores existing in the range of is measured at 50 points and calculated as an arithmetic average value.
If the shape of the micropore 22a is not circular, the diameter equivalent to the circle is used. The "circle equivalent diameter" is the diameter of a circle when the shape of the opening is assumed to be a circle having the same projected area as the projected area of the opening.
 マイクロポア22aの深さは特に制限されないが、10nm~3,000nmが好ましく、50nm~2,000nmがより好ましく、300nm~1,600nmが更に好ましい。
 なお、上記深さは、陽極酸化皮膜20aの断面の写真(15万倍)をとり、25個以上のマイクロポア22aの深さを測定し、平均した値である。
The depth of the micropore 22a is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 nm to 3,000 nm, more preferably 50 nm to 2,000 nm, and even more preferably 300 nm to 1,600 nm.
The depth is an average value obtained by taking a photograph (150,000 times) of a cross section of the anodic oxide film 20a and measuring the depths of 25 or more micropores 22a.
 マイクロポア22aの形状は特に制限されず、図2では、略直管状(略円柱状)であるが、深さ方向(厚み方向)に向かって径が小さくなる円錐状であってもよい。また、マイクロポア22aの底部の形状は特に制限されず、曲面状(凸状)であっても、平面状であってもよい。 The shape of the micropore 22a is not particularly limited, and in FIG. 2, it is a substantially straight tubular (substantially cylindrical) shape, but it may be a conical shape whose diameter decreases in the depth direction (thickness direction). Further, the shape of the bottom portion of the micropore 22a is not particularly limited, and may be curved (convex) or planar.
 アルミニウム支持体12aの画像記録層側の表面(陽極酸化皮膜20aの画像記録層側の表面)のL表色系における明度Lの値は、70~100であることが好ましい。中でも、耐刷性及び画像視認性のバランスがより優れる点で、75~100が好ましく、75~90がより好ましい。
 上記明度Lの測定は、エックスライト(株)製、色彩色差計Spectro Eyeを用いて測定する。
The value of L * a * b * lightness L * in the color system of the surface of the aluminum support 12a on the image recording layer side (the surface of the anodic oxide film 20a on the image recording layer side) is preferably 70 to 100. .. Among them, 75 to 100 is preferable, and 75 to 90 is more preferable, in that the balance between printing durability and image visibility is more excellent.
The brightness L * is measured using a color difference meter SpecroEye manufactured by X-Rite Co., Ltd.
 支持体(1)において、上記マイクロポアが、上記陽極酸化皮膜表面から深さ10nm~1,000nmの位置までのびる大径孔部と、上記大径孔部の底部と連通し、連通位置から深さ20nm~2,000nmの位置までのびる小径孔部とから構成され、上記大径孔部の上記陽極酸化皮膜表面における平均径が15nm~100nmであり、上記小径孔部の上記連通位置における平均径が13nm以下である態様(以下、この態様に係る支持体を、「支持体(2)」ともいう。)も好ましく挙げられる。
 図2は、アルミニウム支持体12aの、図1に示したものとは別の一実施形態の模式的断面図である。
 図2において、アルミニウム支持体12bは、アルミニウム板18と、大径孔部24と小径孔部26とから構成されるマイクロポア22bを有する陽極酸化皮膜20bとを含む。
 陽極酸化皮膜20b中のマイクロポア22bは、陽極酸化皮膜表面から深さ10nm~1,000nm(深さD:図2参照)の位置までのびる大径孔部24と、大径孔部24の底部と連通し、連通位置から更に深さ20nm~2,000nmの位置までのびる小径孔部26とから構成される。
 なお、大径孔部24及び小径孔部26の詳細に関しては、例えば、特開2019-162855号公報の段落0107~0114に記載の通りであり、この態様が本開示においても適用される。
In the support (1), the micropore communicates with the large-diameter hole extending from the surface of the anodic oxide film to a depth of 10 nm to 1,000 nm and the bottom of the large-diameter hole, and is deep from the communication position. It is composed of a small-diameter hole extending from 20 nm to 2,000 nm, and the average diameter of the large-diameter hole on the surface of the anodic oxide film is 15 nm to 100 nm, and the average diameter of the small-diameter hole at the communication position. A mode in which the diameter is 13 nm or less (hereinafter, the support according to this mode is also referred to as “support (2)”) is also preferably mentioned.
FIG. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the aluminum support 12a according to an embodiment different from that shown in FIG.
In FIG. 2, the aluminum support 12b includes an aluminum plate 18 and an anodic oxide film 20b having a micropore 22b composed of a large-diameter hole portion 24 and a small-diameter hole portion 26.
The micropores 22b in the anodic oxide film 20b have a large-diameter hole portion 24 extending from the surface of the anodic oxide film to a depth of 10 nm to 1,000 nm (depth D: see FIG. 2) and a bottom portion of the large-diameter hole portion 24. It is composed of a small-diameter hole portion 26 extending from the communication position to a depth of 20 nm to 2,000 nm.
The details of the large-diameter hole portion 24 and the small-diameter hole portion 26 are as described in paragraphs 0107 to 0114 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2019-162855, and this aspect is also applied in the present disclosure.
[アルミニウム支持体の製造方法]
 本開示におけるアルミニウム支持体の製造方法としては、例えば、以下の工程を順番に実施する製造方法が好ましい。
・粗面化処理工程:アルミニウム板に粗面化処理を施す工程
・陽極酸化処理工程:粗面化処理されたアルミニウム板を陽極酸化する工程
・ポアワイド処理工程:陽極酸化処理工程で得られた陽極酸化皮膜を有するアルミニウム板を、酸水溶液又はアルカリ水溶液に接触させ、陽極酸化皮膜中のマイクロポアの径を拡大させる工程
 以下、各工程の手順について詳述する。
[Manufacturing method of aluminum support]
As the method for manufacturing the aluminum support in the present disclosure, for example, a manufacturing method in which the following steps are sequentially performed is preferable.
・ Roughening treatment step: Roughening treatment of aluminum plate ・ Anodizing treatment step: Anodizing the roughened aluminum plate ・ Pore wide treatment step: Anodizing obtained in the anodic oxidation treatment step Step of bringing an aluminum plate having an oxide film into contact with an acid aqueous solution or an alkaline aqueous solution to increase the diameter of micropores in the anodized film The procedure of each step will be described in detail below.
(粗面化処理工程)
 粗面化処理工程は、アルミニウム板の表面に、電気化学的粗面化処理を含む粗面化処理
を施す工程である。本工程は、後述する陽極酸化処理工程の前に実施されることが好まし
いが、アルミニウム板の表面がすでに好ましい表面形状を有していれば、特に実施しなく
てもよい。
 アルミニウム板に対する粗面化処理は、特開2019-162855号公報の段落0086~0101に記載された方法で行うことができる。
(Roughening process)
The roughening treatment step is a step of applying a roughening treatment including an electrochemical roughening treatment to the surface of the aluminum plate. This step is preferably carried out before the anodizing treatment step described later, but it may not be carried out in particular as long as the surface of the aluminum plate already has a preferable surface shape.
The roughening treatment for the aluminum plate can be performed by the method described in paragraphs 0086 to 0101 of JP-A-2019-162855.
(陽極酸化処理工程)
 陽極酸化処理工程の手順は、上述したマイクロポアが得られれば特に制限されず、公知の方法が挙げられる。
 陽極酸化処理工程においては、硫酸、リン酸、及び、シュウ酸等の水溶液を電解浴として用いることができる。例えば、硫酸の濃度は、100g/L~300g/Lが挙げられる。
 陽極酸化処理の条件は使用される電解液によって適宜設定されるが、例えば、液温5℃~70℃(好ましくは10℃~60℃)、電流密度0.5A/dm~60A/dm(好ましくは5A/dm~60A/dm)、電圧1V~100V(好ましくは5V~50V)、電解時間1秒~100秒(好ましくは5秒~60秒)、及び、皮膜量0.1g/m~5g/m(好ましくは0.2g/m~3g/m)が挙げられる。
(Anodizing process)
The procedure of the anodic oxidation treatment step is not particularly limited as long as the above-mentioned micropores can be obtained, and a known method can be mentioned.
In the anodizing treatment step, an aqueous solution of sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, oxalic acid or the like can be used as the electrolytic bath. For example, the concentration of sulfuric acid may be 100 g / L to 300 g / L.
The conditions for the anodizing treatment are appropriately set depending on the electrolytic solution used, and for example, the liquid temperature is 5 ° C to 70 ° C (preferably 10 ° C to 60 ° C), and the current density is 0.5 A / dm 2 to 60 A / dm 2. (Preferably 5A / dm 2 to 60A / dm 2 ), voltage 1V to 100V (preferably 5V to 50V), electrolysis time 1 to 100 seconds (preferably 5 to 60 seconds), and film amount 0.1 g. / M 2 to 5 g / m 2 (preferably 0.2 g / m 2 to 3 g / m 2 ).
(ポアワイド処理)
 ポアワイド処理は、上述した陽極酸化処理工程により形成された陽極酸化皮膜に存在するマイクロポアの径(ポア径)を拡大させる処理(孔径拡大処理)である。
 ポアワイド処理は、上述した陽極酸化処理工程により得られたアルミニウム板を、酸水溶液又はアルカリ水溶液に接触させることにより行うことができる。接触させる方法は特に制限されず、例えば、浸せき法及びスプレー法が挙げられる。
(Pore wide processing)
The pore wide treatment is a treatment (pore diameter expansion treatment) for enlarging the diameter (pore diameter) of the micropores existing in the anodic oxide film formed by the above-mentioned anodizing treatment step.
The pore-wide treatment can be performed by contacting the aluminum plate obtained by the above-mentioned anodizing treatment step with an acid aqueous solution or an alkaline aqueous solution. The contact method is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a dipping method and a spraying method.
<下塗り層>
 本開示に係る平版印刷版原版は、画像記録層と支持体との間に下塗り層(中間層と呼ばれることもある。)を有することが好ましい。下塗り層は、露光部においては支持体と画像記録層との密着を強化し、未露光部においては画像記録層の支持体からのはく離を生じやすくさせるため、耐刷性の低下を抑制しながら現像性を向上させることに寄与する。また、赤外線レーザー露光の場合に、下塗り層が断熱層として機能することにより、露光により発生した熱が支持体に拡散して感度が低下するのを防ぐ効果も有する
<Undercoat layer>
The lithographic printing plate original plate according to the present disclosure preferably has an undercoat layer (sometimes referred to as an intermediate layer) between the image recording layer and the support. The undercoat layer strengthens the adhesion between the support and the image recording layer in the exposed area, and makes it easy for the image recording layer to peel off from the support in the unexposed area, so that the deterioration of printing durability is suppressed. Contributes to improving developability. Further, in the case of infrared laser exposure, the undercoat layer functions as a heat insulating layer, which also has an effect of preventing the heat generated by the exposure from diffusing to the support and reducing the sensitivity.
〔ポリマー〕
 下塗り層に用いられる化合物としては、支持体表面に吸着可能な吸着性基及び親水性基を有するポリマーが挙げられる。画像記録層との密着性を向上させるために吸着性基及び親水性基を有し、更に架橋性基を有するポリマーが好ましい。下塗り層に用いられる化合物は、低分子化合物でもポリマーであってもよい。下塗り層に用いられる化合物は、必要に応じて、2種以上を混合して使用してもよい。
〔polymer〕
Examples of the compound used for the undercoat layer include polymers having an adsorptive group and a hydrophilic group that can be adsorbed on the surface of the support. In order to improve the adhesion to the image recording layer, a polymer having an adsorptive group and a hydrophilic group and further having a crosslinkable group is preferable. The compound used for the undercoat layer may be a small molecule compound or a polymer. As the compound used for the undercoat layer, two or more kinds may be mixed and used as needed.
 下塗り層に用いられる化合物がポリマーである場合、吸着性基を有するモノマー、親水性基を有するモノマー及び架橋性基を有するモノマーの共重合体が好ましい。
 支持体表面に吸着可能な吸着性基としては、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、-PO、-OPO、-CONHSO-、-SONHSO-、-COCHCOCHが好ましい。親水性基としては、スルホ基又はその塩、カルボキシ基の塩が好ましい。架橋性基としては、アクリル基、メタクリル基、アクリルアミド基、メタクリルアミド基、アリル基などが好ましい。
 ポリマーは、ポリマーの極性置換基と、上記極性置換基と対荷電を有する置換基及びエチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物との塩形成で導入された架橋性基を有してもよいし、上記以外のモノマー、好ましくは親水性モノマーが更に共重合されていてもよい。
When the compound used for the undercoat layer is a polymer, a copolymer of a monomer having an adsorptive group, a monomer having a hydrophilic group and a monomer having a crosslinkable group is preferable.
Adsorbable groups that can be adsorbed on the surface of the support include phenolic hydroxy group, carboxy group, -PO 3 H 2 , -OPO 3 H 2 , -CONHSO 2- , -SO 2 NHSO 2- , -COCH 2 COCH 3 Is preferable. As the hydrophilic group, a sulfo group or a salt thereof, or a salt of a carboxy group is preferable. As the crosslinkable group, an acrylic group, a methacryl group, an acrylamide group, a methacrylamide group, an allyl group and the like are preferable.
The polymer may have a polar substituent of the polymer and a crosslinkable group introduced by salt formation with a substituent having a countercharge with the polar substituent and a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. A monomer other than the above, preferably a hydrophilic monomer may be further copolymerized.
 具体的には、特開平10-282679号公報に記載されている付加重合可能なエチレン性二重結合反応基を有しているシランカップリング剤、特開平2-304441号公報記載のエチレン性二重結合反応基を有しているリン化合物が好適に挙げられる。特開2005-238816号、特開2005-125749号、特開2006-239867号、特開2006-215263号の各公報に記載の架橋性基(好ましくは、エチレン性不飽和結合基)、支持体表面と相互作用する官能基及び親水性基を有する低分子又は高分子化合物も好ましく用いられる。
 より好ましいものとして、特開2005-125749号及び特開2006-188038号公報に記載の支持体表面に吸着可能な吸着性基、親水性基及び架橋性基を有する高分子ポリマーが挙げられる。
Specifically, a silane coupling agent having an addition-polymerizable ethylenic double bond reactive group described in JP-A No. 10-282679, and an ethylenic substance described in JP-A-2-304441. A phosphorus compound having a double bond reactive group is preferably mentioned. Crosslinkable groups (preferably ethylenically unsaturated bonding groups) and supports described in JP-A-2005-238816, JP-A-2005-125479, JP-A-2006-239867, and JP-A-2006-215263. Low molecular weight or high molecular weight compounds having functional and hydrophilic groups that interact with the surface are also preferably used.
More preferable examples thereof include polymer polymers having an adsorptive group, a hydrophilic group and a crosslinkable group that can be adsorbed on the surface of the support described in JP-A-2005-125479 and JP-A-2006-188038.
 下塗り層に用いられるポリマー中のエチレン性不飽和結合基の含有量は、ポリマー1g当たり、好ましくは0.1mmol~10.0mmol、より好ましくは0.2mmol~5.5mmolである。
 下塗り層に用いられるポリマーの重量平均分子量(Mw)は、5,000以上が好ましく、1万~30万がより好ましい。
The content of the ethylenically unsaturated bond group in the polymer used for the undercoat layer is preferably 0.1 mmol to 10.0 mmol, more preferably 0.2 mmol to 5.5 mmol per 1 g of the polymer.
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer used for the undercoat layer is preferably 5,000 or more, more preferably 10,000 to 300,000.
〔親水性化合物〕
 下塗り層は、現像性の観点から、親水性化合物を含むことが好ましい。
 親水性化合物としては、特に制限はなく、下塗り層に用いられる公知の親水性化合物を用いることができる。
 親水性化合物としては、カルボキシメチルセルロース、デキストリン等のアミノ基を有するホスホン酸類、有機ホスホン酸、有機リン酸、有機ホスフィン酸、アミノ酸類、並びに、ヒドロキシ基を有するアミンの塩酸塩等が好ましく挙げられる。
 また、親水性化合物としては、アミノ基又は重合禁止能を有する官能基と支持体表面と相互作用する基とを有する化合物(例えば、1,4-ジアザビシクロ[2.2.2]オクタン(DABCO)、2,3,5,6-テトラヒドロキシ-p-キノン、クロラニル、スルホフタル酸、エチレンジアミン四酢酸(EDTA)又はその塩、ヒドロキシエチルエチレンジアミン三酢酸又はその塩、ジヒドロキシエチルエチレンジアミン二酢酸又はその塩、ヒドロキシエチルイミノ二酢酸又はその塩など)が好ましく挙げられる。
[Hydrophilic compound]
The undercoat layer preferably contains a hydrophilic compound from the viewpoint of developability.
The hydrophilic compound is not particularly limited, and a known hydrophilic compound used for the undercoat layer can be used.
Preferred examples of the hydrophilic compound include phosphonic acids having an amino group such as carboxymethyl cellulose and dextrin, organic phosphonic acids, organic phosphoric acids, organic phosphinic acids, amino acids, and hydrochlorides of amines having a hydroxy group.
Further, as the hydrophilic compound, a compound having an amino group or a functional group having a polymerization prohibition ability and a group interacting with the surface of the support (for example, 1,4-diazabicyclo [2.2.2] octane (DABCO)). , 2,3,5,6-tetrahydroxy-p-quinone, chloranyl, sulfophthalic acid, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA) or its salt, hydroxyethylethylenediaminetriacetic acid or its salt, dihydroxyethylethylenediaminediacetic acid or its salt, hydroxy Ethylenediaminediacetic acid or a salt thereof, etc.) are preferably mentioned.
 親水性化合物としては、傷汚れ抑制性の観点から、ヒドロキシカルボン酸又はその塩を含むことが好ましい。
 また、親水性化合物、好ましくはヒドロキシカルボン酸又はその塩は、傷汚れ抑制性の観点から、上記アルミニウム支持体上の層に含まれることが好ましい。また、上記アルミニウム支持体上の層は、画像記録層が形成されている側の層であることが好ましく、また、上記アルミニウム支持体と接する層であることが好ましい。
 上記アルミニウム支持体上の層としては、上記アルミニウム支持体と接する層として、下塗り層又は画像記録層が好ましく挙げられる。また、上記アルミニウム支持体と接する層以外の層、例えば、最外層又は画像記録層に、親水性化合物、好ましくはヒドロキシカルボン酸又はその塩が含まれていてもよい。
 本開示に係る平版印刷版原版において、画像記録層が、傷汚れ抑制性の観点から、ヒドロキシカルボン酸又はその塩を含むことが好ましい。
 また、本開示に係る平版印刷版原版において、アルミニウム支持体の画像記録層側の表面が、少なくともヒドロキシカルボン酸又はその塩を含む組成物(例えば、水溶液等)により表面処理される態様も好ましく挙げられる。上記態様である場合、処理されたヒドロキシカルボン酸又はその塩は、アルミニウム支持体と接する画像記録層側の層(例えば、画像記録層又は下塗り層)に含まれた状態で少なくとも一部を検出することができる。
 下塗り層等のアルミニウム支持体と接する画像記録層側の層にヒドロキシカルボン酸又はその塩を含むことにより、アルミニウム支持体の画像記録層側の表面を親水化することができ、また、アルミニウム支持体の画像記録層側の表面における空中水滴法による水との接触角を110°以下と容易にすることができ、傷汚れ抑制性に優れる。
The hydrophilic compound preferably contains a hydroxycarboxylic acid or a salt thereof from the viewpoint of suppressing scratches and stains.
Further, the hydrophilic compound, preferably a hydroxycarboxylic acid or a salt thereof, is preferably contained in the layer on the aluminum support from the viewpoint of suppressing scratches and stains. Further, the layer on the aluminum support is preferably a layer on the side where the image recording layer is formed, and is preferably a layer in contact with the aluminum support.
As the layer on the aluminum support, an undercoat layer or an image recording layer is preferably mentioned as a layer in contact with the aluminum support. Further, a layer other than the layer in contact with the aluminum support, for example, the outermost layer or the image recording layer may contain a hydrophilic compound, preferably a hydroxycarboxylic acid or a salt thereof.
In the lithographic printing plate original plate according to the present disclosure, it is preferable that the image recording layer contains a hydroxycarboxylic acid or a salt thereof from the viewpoint of suppressing scratches and stains.
Further, in the lithographic printing plate original plate according to the present disclosure, an embodiment in which the surface of the aluminum support on the image recording layer side is surface-treated with a composition containing at least hydroxycarboxylic acid or a salt thereof (for example, an aqueous solution) is also preferably mentioned. Be done. In the above embodiment, the treated hydroxycarboxylic acid or a salt thereof is detected at least in a state of being contained in a layer on the image recording layer side (for example, an image recording layer or an undercoat layer) in contact with an aluminum support. be able to.
By containing hydroxycarboxylic acid or a salt thereof in the layer on the image recording layer side in contact with the aluminum support such as the undercoat layer, the surface of the aluminum support on the image recording layer side can be made hydrophilic, and the aluminum support can also be made hydrophilic. The contact angle with water on the surface of the image recording layer side by the aerial water droplet method can be easily set to 110 ° or less, and the scratch and stain suppression property is excellent.
 ヒドロキシカルボン酸とは、1分子中に1個以上のカルボキシ基と1個以上のヒドロキシ基とを有する有機化合物の総称のことであり、ヒドロキシ酸、オキシ酸、オキシカルボン酸、アルコール酸とも呼ばれる(岩波理化学辞典第5版、(株)岩波書店発行(1998)参照)。
 上記ヒドロキシカルボン酸又はその塩は、下記式(HC)で表されるものが好ましい。
 式(HC) : RHC(OH)mhc(COOMHCnhc
 式(HC)中、RHCはmhc+nhc価の有機基を表し、MHCは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルカリ金属、又はオニウムを表し、mhc及びnhcは、それぞれ独立に、1以上の整数を表し、nが2以上の場合、Mは同じでも異なってもよい。
Hydroxycarboxylic acid is a general term for organic compounds having one or more carboxy groups and one or more hydroxy groups in one molecule, and is also called hydroxy acid, oxy acid, oxycarboxylic acid, or alcoholic acid (). Iwanami Physics and Chemistry Dictionary 5th Edition, published by Iwanami Shoten Co., Ltd. (1998)).
The hydroxycarboxylic acid or a salt thereof is preferably represented by the following formula (HC).
Formula (HC): R HC (OH) mhc ( COM HC ) nhc
In formula (HC), R HC represents a mhc + nhc valent organic group, M HC independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkali metal, or onium, and mhc and nhc each independently represent an integer of 1 or more. Represented, when n is 2 or more, M may be the same or different.
 式(HC)において、RHCで表されるmhc+nhc価の有機基としては、mhc+nhc価の炭化水素基等が挙げられる。炭化水素基は置換基及び/又は連結基を有してもよい。
 炭化水素基としては、脂肪族炭化水素から誘導されるmhc+nhc価の基、例えば、アルキレン基、アルカントリイル基、アルカンテトライル基、アルカンペンタイル基、アルケニレン基、アルケントリイル基、アルケンテトライル基、アルケンペンタイル基、アルキニレン基、アルキントリイル基、アルキンテトライル基、アルキンペンタイル基等、芳香族炭化水素から誘導されるmhc+nhc価の基、例えば、アリーレン基、アレーントリイル基、アレーンテトライル基、アレーンペンタイル基等が挙げられる。置換基としては、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アラルキル基、アリール基等が挙げられる。置換基の具体例としては、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、オクチル基、ノニル基、デシル基、ウンデシル基、ドデシル基、トリデシル基、ヘキサデシル基、オクタデシル基、エイコシル基、イソプロピル基、イソブチル基、s-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、イソペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、1-メチルブチル基、イソヘキシル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、2-メチルヘキシル基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロペンチル基、2-ノルボルニル基、メトキシメチル基、メトキシエトキシエチル基、アリルオキシメチル基、フェノキシメチル基、アセチルオキシメチル基、ベンゾイルオキシメチル基、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、α-メチルベンジル基、1-メチル-1-フェニルエチル基、p-メチルベンジル基、シンナミル基、アリル基、1-プロペニルメチル基、2-ブテニル基、2-メチルアリル基、2-メチルプロペニルメチル基、2-プロピニル基、2-ブチニル基、3-ブチニル基、フェニル基、ビフェニル基、ナフチル基、トリル基、キシリル基、メシチル基、クメニル基、メトキシフェニル基、エトキシフェニル基、フェノキシフェニル基、アセトキシフェニル基、ベンゾイロキシフェニル基、メトキシカルボニルフェニル基、エトキシカルボニルフェニル基、フェノキシカルボニルフェニル基等が挙げられる。また、連結基は、水素原子、炭素原子、酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子及びハロゲン原子からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種の原子により構成されるもので、その原子数は好ましくは1~50である。具体的には、アルキレン基、置換アルキレン基、アリーレン基、置換アリーレン基などが挙げられ、これらの2価の基がアミド結合、エーテル結合、ウレタン結合、ウレア結合及びエステル結合のいずれかで複数連結された構造を有していてもよい。
In the formula (HC), as the organic group for mhc + NHC value represented by R HC, it includes mhc + NHC valent hydrocarbon group. The hydrocarbon group may have a substituent and / or a linking group.
Examples of the hydrocarbon group include a group having a mhc + nhc valence derived from an aliphatic hydrocarbon, for example, an alkylene group, an alkanthryl group, an alkanetetrayl group, an alcantyl group, an alkenylene group, an alkanthryl group and an alkentetrayl group. Groups of mhc + nhc valence derived from aromatic hydrocarbons such as groups, alkenylpentyl groups, alkynylene groups, alkyntriyl groups, alkynetetrayl groups, alkynpentyl groups, etc., such as allylene groups, allenetriyl groups, allenes. Examples thereof include a tetrayl group and an arenepentile group. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aralkyl group, an aryl group and the like. Specific examples of the substituent include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a nonyl group, a decyl group, an undecyl group, a dodecyl group, a tridecyl group and a hexadecyl group. Octadecyl group, eicosyl group, isopropyl group, isobutyl group, s-butyl group, t-butyl group, isopentyl group, neopentyl group, 1-methylbutyl group, isohexyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, 2-methylhexyl group, cyclohexyl group, Cyclopentyl group, 2-norbornyl group, methoxymethyl group, methoxyethoxyethyl group, allyloxymethyl group, phenoxymethyl group, acetyloxymethyl group, benzoyloxymethyl group, benzyl group, phenethyl group, α-methylbenzyl group, 1- Methyl-1-phenylethyl group, p-methylbenzyl group, cinnamyl group, allyl group, 1-propenylmethyl group, 2-butenyl group, 2-methylallyl group, 2-methylpropenylmethyl group, 2-propynyl group, 2- Butynyl group, 3-butynyl group, phenyl group, biphenyl group, naphthyl group, trill group, xylyl group, mesityl group, cumenyl group, methoxyphenyl group, ethoxyphenyl group, phenoxyphenyl group, acetoxyphenyl group, benzoyloxyphenyl group , Methoxycarbonylphenyl group, ethoxycarbonylphenyl group, phenoxycarbonylphenyl group and the like. The linking group is composed of at least one atom selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom and a halogen atom, and the number of atoms thereof is preferably 1 to 50. Is. Specific examples thereof include an alkylene group, a substituted alkylene group, an arylene group, a substituted arylene group and the like, and a plurality of these divalent groups are linked by any of an amide bond, an ether bond, a urethane bond, a urea bond and an ester bond. It may have a structure that has been modified.
 MHCで表されるアルカリ金属としては、リチウム、ナトリウム、カリウム等が挙げられ、ナトリウムが特に好ましい。オニウムとしてはアンモニウム、ホスホニウム、スルホニウム等が挙げられ、アンモニウムが特に好ましい。
 また、MHCは、傷汚れ抑制性の観点から、アルカリ金属又はオニウムであることが好ましく、アルカリ金属であることがより好ましい。
 mhcとnhcとの総数は、3以上が好ましく、3~8がより好ましく、4~6が更に好ましい。
Examples of the alkali metal represented by MHC include lithium, sodium, potassium and the like, and sodium is particularly preferable. Examples of onium include ammonium, phosphonium, sulfonium and the like, and ammonium is particularly preferable.
Further, M HC, from the viewpoint of scratch stain inhibitory, preferably an alkali metal or an onium, and more preferably an alkali metal.
The total number of mhc and nhc is preferably 3 or more, more preferably 3 to 8, and even more preferably 4 to 6.
 上記ヒドロキシカルボン酸又はその塩は、分子量が600以下であることが好ましく、500以下であることがより好ましく、300以下であることが特に好ましい。また、上記分子量は、76以上であることが好ましい。
 上記ヒドロキシカルボン酸、又は、上記ヒドロキシカルボン酸の塩を構成するヒドロキシカルボン酸は、具体的には、グルコン酸、グリコール酸、乳酸、タルトロン酸、ヒドロキシ酪酸(2-ヒドロキシ酪酸、3-ヒドロキシ酪酸、γ-ヒドロキシ酪酸等)、リンゴ酸、酒石酸、シトラマル酸、クエン酸、イソクエン酸、ロイシン酸、メバロン酸、パントイン酸、リシノール酸、リシネライジン酸、セレブロン酸、キナ酸、シキミ酸、モノヒドロキシ安息香酸誘導体(サリチル酸、クレオソート酸(ホモサリチル酸、ヒドロキシ(メチル)安息香酸)、バニリン酸、シリング酸等)、ジヒドロキシ安息香酸誘導体(ピロカテク酸、レソルシル酸、プロトカテク酸、ゲンチジン酸、オルセリン酸等)、トリヒドロキシ安息香酸誘導体(没食子酸等)、フェニル酢酸誘導体(マンデル酸、ベンジル酸、アトロラクチン酸等)、ヒドロケイヒ酸誘導体(メリロト酸、フロレト酸、クマル酸、ウンベル酸、コーヒー酸、フェルラ酸、シナピン酸、セレブロン酸、カルミン酸等)等が挙げられる。
The hydroxycarboxylic acid or a salt thereof preferably has a molecular weight of 600 or less, more preferably 500 or less, and particularly preferably 300 or less. The molecular weight is preferably 76 or more.
Specifically, the hydroxycarboxylic acid constituting the hydroxycarboxylic acid or the salt of the hydroxycarboxylic acid is gluconic acid, glycolic acid, lactic acid, tartron acid, hydroxybutyric acid (2-hydroxybutyric acid, 3-hydroxybutyric acid, γ-Hydroxybutyric acid, etc.), malic acid, tartaric acid, citramalic acid, citric acid, isocitrate, leucic acid, mevalonic acid, pantoic acid, lysynolic acid, lysine lysic acid, cerebronic acid, quinic acid, chymic acid, monohydroxybenzoic acid derivative (Salicylic acid, cleosortic acid (homosalicylic acid, hydroxy (methyl) benzoic acid), vanillic acid, syring acid, etc.), dihydroxybenzoic acid derivatives (pyrocatechuic acid, resorcylic acid, protocatechuic acid, gentidic acid, orceric acid, etc.), trihydroxy Benzoic acid derivatives (such as galvanic acid), phenylacetic acid derivatives (mandelic acid, benzylic acid, atrolactinic acid, etc.), hydrosilicic acid derivatives (merilotoic acid, floret acid, bear acid, umbel acid, coffee acid, ferulic acid, cinnapic acid, etc.) Celebronic acid, carmic acid, etc.) and the like.
 これらの中でも、上記ヒドロキシカルボン酸、又は、上記ヒドロキシカルボン酸の塩を構成するヒドロキシカルボン酸としては、傷汚れ抑制性の観点から、ヒドロキシ基を2個以上有している化合物が好ましく、ヒドロキシ基を3個以上有している化合物がより好ましく、ヒドロキシ基を5個以上有している化合物が更に好ましく、ヒドロキシ基を5個~8個有している化合物が特に好ましい。
 また、カルボキシ基を1個、ヒドロキシ基を2個以上有しているものとしては、グルコン酸、又は、シキミ酸が好ましい。
 カルボキシ基を2個以上、ヒドロキシ基を1個有しているものとしては、クエン酸、又は、リンゴ酸が好ましい。
 カルボキシ基及びヒドロキシ基をそれぞれ2個以上有しているものとしては、酒石酸が好ましい。
 中でも、上記ヒドロキシカルボン酸としては、グルコン酸が特に好ましい。
Among these, as the hydroxycarboxylic acid or the hydroxycarboxylic acid constituting the salt of the hydroxycarboxylic acid, a compound having two or more hydroxy groups is preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing scratches and stains, and the hydroxy group is preferable. A compound having 3 or more hydroxy groups is more preferable, a compound having 5 or more hydroxy groups is further preferable, and a compound having 5 to 8 hydroxy groups is particularly preferable.
Further, as a substance having one carboxy group and two or more hydroxy groups, gluconic acid or shikimic acid is preferable.
Citric acid or malic acid is preferable as having two or more carboxy groups and one hydroxy group.
Tartaric acid is preferable as having two or more carboxy groups and hydroxy groups, respectively.
Among them, gluconic acid is particularly preferable as the hydroxycarboxylic acid.
 親水性化合物は、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種類以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。 The hydrophilic compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 下塗り層が親水性化合物(好ましくはヒドロキシカルボン酸又はその塩)を含む場合、親水性化合物(好ましくはヒドロキシカルボン酸及びその塩)の含有量は、下塗り層の全質量に対し、0.01質量%~50質量%であることが好ましく、0.1質量%~40質量%であることがより好ましく、1.0質量%~30質量%であることが特に好ましい。 When the undercoat layer contains a hydrophilic compound (preferably hydroxycarboxylic acid or a salt thereof), the content of the hydrophilic compound (preferably hydroxycarboxylic acid and a salt thereof) is 0.01 mass by mass with respect to the total mass of the undercoat layer. It is preferably% to 50% by mass, more preferably 0.1% by mass to 40% by mass, and particularly preferably 1.0% by mass to 30% by mass.
 下塗り層は、上記下塗り層用化合物の他に、経時による汚れ防止のため、キレート剤、
第二級又は第三級アミン、重合禁止剤等を含有してもよい。
In addition to the above-mentioned compound for the undercoat layer, the undercoat layer is a chelating agent to prevent stains over time.
It may contain a secondary or tertiary amine, a polymerization inhibitor and the like.
 下塗り層は、必要な上記各成分を公知の溶剤に溶解して塗布液を調製し、塗布液を支持体上に公知の方法で塗布し、乾燥することにより形成することができる。
 下塗り層の塗布量(固形分)は、0.1mg/m~300mg/mが好ましく、5mg/m~200mg/mがより好ましい。
The undercoat layer can be formed by dissolving each of the above-mentioned necessary components in a known solvent to prepare a coating liquid, applying the coating liquid on the support by a known method, and drying.
The coating amount (solid content) of the undercoat layer is preferably 0.1 mg / m 2 to 300 mg / m 2, more preferably 5 mg / m 2 to 200 mg / m 2 .
 本開示に係る平版印刷版原版は、上述した以外のその他の層を有していてもよい。
 その他の層としては、特に制限はなく、公知の層を有することができる。例えば、支持体の画像記録層側とは反対側には、必要に応じてバックコート層が設けられていてもよい。
The lithographic printing plate original plate according to the present disclosure may have other layers other than those described above.
The other layer is not particularly limited and may have a known layer. For example, a back coat layer may be provided on the side of the support opposite to the image recording layer side, if necessary.
≪平版印刷版原版の製造方法≫
 本開示に係る平版印刷版原版は、既述の方法で、支持体上に画像記録層を形成し、形成された画像記録層上に以下の方法で最外層を形成する工程を含む製造方法にて製造されることが好ましい。
 最外層を形成する工程は、既述の最外層の形成方法、即ち、支持体上に形成された画像記録層上に、固形分濃度が5質量%~30質量%の塗布液を塗布し、得られた塗膜を70℃~200℃で5秒~30秒の乾燥条件で乾燥させて最外層を形成する工程である。
 最外層を形成する工程の詳細は、最外層の形成方法の欄にて説明しているため、ここでは省略する。
 この平版印刷版原版の製造方法によれば、オゾン暴露による赤外線吸収剤の分解率が50%以下である平版印刷版原版を得やすくなる。
≪Manufacturing method of lithographic printing plate original plate≫
The lithographic printing plate original plate according to the present disclosure is a manufacturing method including a step of forming an image recording layer on a support by the method described above and forming an outermost layer on the formed image recording layer by the following method. Is preferably manufactured.
The step of forming the outermost layer is the above-mentioned method of forming the outermost layer, that is, a coating liquid having a solid content concentration of 5% by mass to 30% by mass is applied onto the image recording layer formed on the support. This is a step of drying the obtained coating film at 70 ° C. to 200 ° C. under drying conditions of 5 seconds to 30 seconds to form the outermost layer.
Since the details of the step of forming the outermost layer are described in the column of the method of forming the outermost layer, they will be omitted here.
According to this method for manufacturing a lithographic printing plate original plate, it becomes easy to obtain a lithographic printing plate original plate in which the decomposition rate of the infrared absorber due to ozone exposure is 50% or less.
≪平版印刷版の作製方法、及び、平版印刷方法≫
 本開示に係る平版印刷版原版を画像露光して現像処理を行うことで平版印刷版を作製することができる。
 本開示に係る平版印刷版の作製方法は、本開示に係る平版印刷版原版を、画像様に露光する工程(以下、「露光工程」ともいう。)と、印刷機上で印刷インキ及び湿し水からなる群より選ばれた少なくとも一方を供給して非画像部の画像記録層を除去する工程(以下、「機上現像工程」ともいう。)と、を含むことが好ましい。
 本開示に係る平版印刷方法は、本開示に係る平版印刷版原版を画像様に露光する工程(露光工程)と、印刷インキ及び湿し水からなる群より選ばれた少なくとも一方を供給して印刷機上で非画像部の画像記録層を除去し平版印刷版を作製する工程(機上現像工程)と、得られた平版印刷版により印刷する工程(以下、「印刷工程」ともいう)と、を含むことが好ましい。
≪Manufacturing method of lithographic printing plate and lithographic printing method≫
A lithographic printing plate can be produced by exposing the original plate of the lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure to an image and performing a developing process.
The method for producing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure includes a step of exposing the lithographic printing plate original plate according to the present disclosure to an image (hereinafter, also referred to as an “exposure step”), and printing ink and wetting on a printing machine. It is preferable to include a step of supplying at least one selected from the group consisting of water to remove the image recording layer of the non-image portion (hereinafter, also referred to as “on-machine development step”).
The lithographic printing method according to the present disclosure is a step of exposing a lithographic printing plate original plate according to the present disclosure to an image (exposure step) and printing by supplying at least one selected from the group consisting of printing ink and dampening water. A process of producing a lithographic printing plate by removing the image recording layer of the non-image portion on the machine (machine development process), and a process of printing with the obtained lithographic printing plate (hereinafter, also referred to as "printing process"). It is preferable to include.
 以下、本開示に係る平版印刷版の作製方法、及び、本開示に係る平版印刷方法について、各工程の好ましい態様を順に説明する。なお、本開示に係る平版印刷版原版は、現像液によっても現像可能である。
 以下、平版印刷版の作製方法における露光工程及び機上現像工程について説明するが、本開示に係る平版印刷版の作製方法における露光工程と、本開示に係る平版印刷方法における露光工程とは同様の工程であり、本開示に係る平版印刷版の作製方法における機上現像工程と、本開示に係る平版印刷方法における機上現像工程とは同様の工程である。
Hereinafter, preferred embodiments of each step will be sequentially described with respect to the method for producing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure and the lithographic printing method according to the present disclosure. The lithographic printing plate original plate according to the present disclosure can also be developed with a developing solution.
Hereinafter, the exposure step and the on-machine development step in the lithographic printing plate manufacturing method will be described, but the exposure step in the lithographic printing plate manufacturing method according to the present disclosure and the exposure step in the lithographic printing method according to the present disclosure are the same. It is a step, and the on-machine development step in the method for producing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure is the same as the on-machine development step in the lithographic printing method according to the present disclosure.
<露光工程>
 本開示に係る平版印刷版の作製方法は、本開示に係る平版印刷版原版を画像様に露光し、露光部と未露光部とを形成する露光工程を含むことが好ましい。本開示に係る平版印刷版原版は、線画像、網点画像等を有する透明原画を通してレーザー露光するかデジタルデータによるレーザー光走査等で画像様に露光されることが好ましい。
 光源の波長は750nm~1,400nmが好ましく用いられる。波長750nm~1,400nmの光源としては、赤外線を放射する固体レーザー及び半導体レーザーが好適である。赤外線レーザーに関しては、出力は100mW以上であることが好ましく、1画素当たりの露光時間は20マイクロ秒以内であるのが好ましく、また照射エネルギー量は10mJ/cm~300mJ/cmであるのが好ましい。また、露光時間を短縮するためマルチビームレーザーデバイスを用いることが好ましい。露光機構は、内面ドラム方式、外面ドラム方式、及びフラットベッド方式等のいずれでもよい。
 画像露光は、プレートセッターなどを用いて常法により行うことができる。機上現像の場合には、平版印刷版原版を印刷機に装着した後、印刷機上で画像露光を行ってもよい。
<Exposure process>
The method for producing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure preferably includes an exposure step of exposing the lithographic printing plate original plate according to the present disclosure to an image to form an exposed portion and an unexposed portion. It is preferable that the lithographic printing plate original plate according to the present disclosure is exposed to an image by laser exposure through a transparent original image having a line image, a halftone dot image, or the like, or by laser light scanning with digital data.
The wavelength of the light source is preferably 750 nm to 1,400 nm. As a light source having a wavelength of 750 nm to 1,400 nm, a solid-state laser or a semiconductor laser that emits infrared rays is suitable. Regarding the infrared laser, the output is preferably 100 mW or more, the exposure time per pixel is preferably 20 microseconds or less, and the irradiation energy amount is 10 mJ / cm 2 to 300 mJ / cm 2. preferable. Further, it is preferable to use a multi-beam laser device in order to shorten the exposure time. The exposure mechanism may be any of an inner drum method, an outer drum method, a flatbed method and the like.
Image exposure can be performed by a conventional method using a platesetter or the like. In the case of on-machine development, the lithographic printing plate original plate may be mounted on the printing machine and then the image may be exposed on the printing machine.
<機上現像工程>
 本開示に係る平版印刷版の作製方法は、印刷機上で印刷インキ及び湿し水からなる群より選ばれた少なくとも一方を供給して非画像部の画像記録層を除去する機上現像工程を含むことが好ましい。
 以下に、機上現像方式について説明する。
<In-machine development process>
The method for producing a lithographic printing plate according to the present disclosure is an on-machine development step of supplying at least one selected from the group consisting of printing ink and dampening water on a printing machine to remove an image recording layer in a non-image area. It is preferable to include it.
The on-machine development method will be described below.
〔機上現像方式〕
 機上現像方式においては、画像露光された平版印刷版原版は、印刷機上で油性インキと水性成分とを供給し、非画像部の画像記録層が除去されて平版印刷版が作製されることが好ましい。
 すなわち、平版印刷版原版を画像露光後、何らの現像処理を施すことなくそのまま印刷機に装着するか、あるいは、平版印刷版原版を印刷機に装着した後、印刷機上で画像露光し、ついで、油性インキと水性成分とを供給して印刷すると、印刷途上の初期の段階で、非画像部においては、供給された油性インキ及び水性成分のいずれか又は両方によって、未硬化の画像記録層が溶解又は分散して除去され、その部分に親水性の表面が露出する。一方、露光部においては、露光により硬化した画像記録層が、親油性表面を有する油性インキ受容部を形成する。最初に版面に供給されるのは、油性インキでもよく、水性成分でもよいが、水性成分が除去された画像記録層の成分によって汚染されることを防止する点で、最初に油性インキを供給することが好ましい。このようにして、平版印刷版原版は印刷機上で機上現像され、そのまま多数枚の印刷に用いられる。油性インキ及び水性成分としては、通常の平版印刷用の印刷インキ及び湿し水が好適に用いられる。
[In-machine development method]
In the on-machine development method, the image-exposed lithographic printing plate original plate supplies oil-based ink and water-based components on the printing machine, and the image recording layer in the non-image area is removed to produce a lithographic printing plate. Is preferable.
That is, either the flat plate printing plate original plate is mounted on the printing machine as it is without any development processing after the image exposure, or the flat plate printing plate original plate is mounted on the printing machine and then the image is exposed on the printing machine, and then When printing is performed by supplying an oil-based ink and a water-based component, in the non-image area, an uncured image recording layer is formed by one or both of the supplied oil-based ink and the water-based component in the initial stage of printing. It dissolves or disperses and is removed, exposing a hydrophilic surface to that portion. On the other hand, in the exposed portion, the image recording layer cured by exposure forms an oil-based ink receiving portion having a lipophilic surface. The first supply to the plate surface may be an oil-based ink or a water-based component, but the oil-based ink is first supplied in terms of preventing contamination by the components of the image recording layer from which the water-based components have been removed. Is preferable. In this way, the lithographic printing plate original plate is developed on the printing machine and used as it is for printing a large number of sheets. As the oil-based ink and the water-based component, ordinary printing ink for lithographic printing and dampening water are preferably used.
 上記本開示に係る平版印刷版原版を画像露光するレーザーとしては、光源の波長は300nm~450nm又は750nm~1,400nmが好ましく用いられる。300nm~450nmの光源の場合は、この波長領域に吸収極大を有する増感色素を画像記録層に含有する平版印刷版原版が好ましく用いられ、750nm~1,400nmの光源は上述したものが好ましく用いられる。300nm~450nmの光源としては、半導体レーザーが好適である。 The wavelength of the light source is preferably 300 nm to 450 nm or 750 nm to 1,400 nm as the laser for image-exposing the lithographic printing plate original plate according to the present disclosure. In the case of a light source of 300 nm to 450 nm, a lithographic printing plate original plate containing a sensitizing dye having an absorption maximum in this wavelength region in the image recording layer is preferably used, and a light source of 750 nm to 1,400 nm is preferably used as described above. Be done. As a light source of 300 nm to 450 nm, a semiconductor laser is suitable.
<印刷工程>
 本開示に係る平版印刷方法は、平版印刷版に印刷インキを供給して記録媒体を印刷する印刷工程を含む。
 印刷インキとしては、特に制限はなく、所望に応じ、種々の公知のインキを用いることができる。また、印刷インキとしては、油性インキ又は紫外線硬化型インキ(UVインキ)が好ましく挙げられる。
 また、上記印刷工程においては、必要に応じ、湿し水を供給してもよい。
 また、上記印刷工程は、印刷機を停止することなく、上記機上現像工程に連続して行われてもよい。
 記録媒体としては、特に制限はなく、所望に応じ、公知の記録媒体を用いることができる。
<Printing process>
The lithographic printing method according to the present disclosure includes a printing step of supplying printing ink to a lithographic printing plate to print a recording medium.
The printing ink is not particularly limited, and various known inks can be used as desired. Moreover, as a printing ink, an oil-based ink or an ultraviolet curable ink (UV ink) is preferably mentioned.
Further, in the printing process, dampening water may be supplied as needed.
Further, the printing process may be continuously performed in the on-machine development process without stopping the printing machine.
The recording medium is not particularly limited, and a known recording medium can be used if desired.
 本開示に係る平版印刷版原版からの平版印刷版の作製方法、及び、本開示に係る平版印刷方法においては、必要に応じて、露光前、露光中、露光から現像までの間に、平版印刷版原版の全面を加熱してもよい。このような加熱により、画像記録層中の画像形成反応が促進され、感度及び耐刷性の向上や感度の安定化等の利点が生じ得る。現像前の加熱は150℃以下の穏和な条件で行うことが好ましい。上記態様であると、非画像部が硬化してしまう等の問題を防ぐことができる。現像後の加熱には非常に強い条件を利用することが好ましく、100℃~500℃の範囲であることが好ましい。上記範囲であると、十分な画像強化作用が得られまた、支持体の劣化、画像部の熱分解といった問題を抑制することができる。 In the method for producing a lithographic printing plate from the lithographic printing plate original plate according to the present disclosure and the lithographic printing method according to the present disclosure, lithographic printing is performed before, during, and between exposure and development as necessary. The entire surface of the plate may be heated. By such heating, the image formation reaction in the image recording layer is promoted, and advantages such as improvement of sensitivity and printing durability and stabilization of sensitivity may occur. The heating before development is preferably performed under mild conditions of 150 ° C. or lower. With the above aspect, it is possible to prevent problems such as hardening of the non-image portion. It is preferable to use very strong conditions for heating after development, and it is preferably in the range of 100 ° C to 500 ° C. Within the above range, a sufficient image enhancement effect can be obtained, and problems such as deterioration of the support and thermal decomposition of the image portion can be suppressed.
 以下、実施例により本開示を詳細に説明するが、本開示はこれらに限定されるものではない。なお、本実施例において、「%」、「部」とは、特に断りのない限り、それぞれ「質量%」、「質量部」を意味する。なお、高分子化合物において、特別に規定したもの以外は、分子量は重量平均分子量(Mw)であり、構成繰り返し単位の比率はモル百分率である。また、重量平均分子量(Mw)は、ゲル浸透クロマトグラフィー(GPC)法によるポリスチレン換算値として測定した値である。 Hereinafter, the present disclosure will be described in detail by way of examples, but the present disclosure is not limited thereto. In this embodiment, "%" and "part" mean "% by mass" and "part by mass", respectively, unless otherwise specified. In the polymer compound, the molecular weight is the weight average molecular weight (Mw), and the ratio of the constituent repeating units is the molar percentage, except for those specified specifically. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) is a value measured as a polystyrene-equivalent value by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method.
<支持体の準備>
(支持体(1)の作製)
 厚さ0.3mmの材質1Sのアルミニウム合金板に対し、特開2012-158022号公報の段落0126に記載の(A-a)機械的粗面化処理(ブラシグレイン法)から段落0134に記載の(A-i)酸性水溶液中でのデスマット処理を実施した。
 次に、特開2012-158022号公報の段落0135に記載の(A-j)第1段階の陽極酸化処理から段落0138に記載の(A-m)第3段階の陽極酸化処理の各処理条件を適宜調整して、陽極酸化皮膜を形成し、これを支持体(1)とした。
 なお、全ての処理工程の間には水洗処理を施し、水洗処理の後にはニップローラで液切りを行った。
<Preparation of support>
(Preparation of support (1))
The aluminum alloy plate of material 1S having a thickness of 0.3 mm is described in paragraph 0134 from (A) mechanical roughening treatment (brush grain method) described in paragraph 0126 of JP2012-158022A. (AI) Desmat treatment in an acidic aqueous solution was carried out.
Next, each treatment condition from the (Aj) first stage anodizing treatment described in paragraph 0135 of JP2012-158022A to the (Am) third stage anodizing treatment described in paragraph 0138. Was appropriately adjusted to form an anodized film, which was used as the support (1).
A water washing treatment was performed during all the treatment steps, and after the water washing treatment, liquid was drained with a nip roller.
 得られた支持体(1)の詳細についてまとめた。
 支持体(1):マイクロポアの陽極酸化皮膜表面のL表色系における明度Lの値:83、マイクロポアにおける大径孔部の酸化皮膜表面における平均径:35nm(深さ100nm)、マイクロポアにおける小径孔部の連通位置における平均径:10nm(深さ1,000nm)、大径孔部の平均径に対する大径孔部の深さの比:2.9
The details of the obtained support (1) are summarized.
Support (1): L * a * b * lightness L * value on the surface of the anodized film of the micropores: 83, average diameter on the surface of the oxide film of the large diameter pores in the micropores: 35 nm (depth) 100 nm), average diameter at the communication position of the small diameter hole in the micropore: 10 nm (depth 1,000 nm), ratio of the depth of the large diameter hole to the average diameter of the large diameter hole: 2.9
(支持体(2)の作製)
(a)アルカリエッチング処理
 アルミニウム板に、カセイソーダ濃度26質量%及びアルミニウムイオン濃度6.5質量%のカセイソーダ水溶液を、温度70℃でスプレーにより吹き付けてエッチング処理を行った。その後、スプレーによる水洗を行った。後に電気化学的粗面化処理を施す面のアルミニウム溶解量は、5g/mであった。
(Preparation of support (2))
(A) Alkaline etching treatment An aqueous caustic soda solution having a caustic soda concentration of 26% by mass and an aluminum ion concentration of 6.5% by mass was sprayed onto an aluminum plate at a temperature of 70 ° C. to perform an etching treatment. Then, it was washed with water by spraying. The amount of aluminum dissolved on the surface to be subjected to the electrochemical roughening treatment later was 5 g / m 2 .
(b)酸性水溶液を用いたデスマット処理(第1デスマット処理)
 次に、酸性水溶液を用いてデスマット処理を行った。デスマット処理に用いる酸性水溶液は、硫酸150g/Lの水溶液を用いた。その液温は30℃であった。酸性水溶液をアルミニウム板にスプレーにて吹き付けて、3秒間デスマット処理を行った。その後、水洗処理を行った。
(B) Desmat treatment using an acidic aqueous solution (first desmat treatment)
Next, a desmat treatment was performed using an acidic aqueous solution. As the acidic aqueous solution used for the desmat treatment, an aqueous solution of sulfuric acid 150 g / L was used. The liquid temperature was 30 ° C. An acidic aqueous solution was sprayed onto an aluminum plate to perform desmat treatment for 3 seconds. Then, it was washed with water.
(c)電気化学的粗面化処理
 次に、塩酸濃度14g/L、アルミニウムイオン濃度13g/L、及び、硫酸濃度3g/Lの電解液を用い、交流電流を用いて電気化学的粗面化処理を行った。電解液の液温は30℃であった。アルミニウムイオン濃度は塩化アルミニウムを添加して調整した。
 交流電流の波形は正と負の波形が対称な正弦波であり、周波数は50Hz、交流電流1周期におけるアノード反応時間とカソード反応時間は1:1、電流密度は交流電流波形のピーク電流値で75A/dmであった。また、電気量はアルミニウム板がアノード反応に預かる電気量の総和で450C/dmであり、電解処理は112.5C/dmずつ4秒間の通電間隔を開けて4回に分けて行った。アルミニウム板の対極にはカーボン電極を用いた。その後、水洗処理を行った。
(C) Electrochemical roughening treatment Next, an electrolytic solution having a hydrochloric acid concentration of 14 g / L, an aluminum ion concentration of 13 g / L, and a sulfuric acid concentration of 3 g / L is used, and electrochemical roughening is performed using an AC current. Processing was performed. The liquid temperature of the electrolytic solution was 30 ° C. The aluminum ion concentration was adjusted by adding aluminum chloride.
The AC current waveform is a sinusoidal wave with symmetrical positive and negative waveforms, the frequency is 50 Hz, the anode reaction time and cathode reaction time in one AC current cycle are 1: 1, and the current density is the peak current value of the AC current waveform. It was 75 A / dm 2. The electric amount was 450C / dm 2 in terms of the total electric quantity aluminum plate participating in the anode reaction, electrolytic treatment was carried out four times to open the energization interval 112.5C / dm 2 by 4 seconds. A carbon electrode was used as the counter electrode of the aluminum plate. Then, it was washed with water.
(d)酸性水溶液を用いたデスマット処理 
 次に、酸性水溶液を用いてデスマット処理を行った。具体的には、酸性水溶液をアルミ ニウム板にスプレーにて吹き付けて、3秒間デスマット処理を行った。デスマット処理に 用いる酸性水溶液は、硫酸濃度170g/Lおよびアルミニウムイオン濃度5g/Lの水溶液を用いた。その液温は30℃であった。 
(D) Desmat treatment using an acidic aqueous solution
Next, a desmat treatment was performed using an acidic aqueous solution. Specifically, an acidic aqueous solution was sprayed onto an aluminum plate to perform desmat treatment for 3 seconds. As the acidic aqueous solution used for the desmat treatment, an aqueous solution having a sulfuric acid concentration of 170 g / L and an aluminum ion concentration of 5 g / L was used. The liquid temperature was 30 ° C.
(e)陽極酸化処理
 硫酸液中にて直流電解による陽極酸化装置を用いて、3.6g/mの酸化皮膜量となるよう陽極酸化処理を行った。
 以上のようにして、支持体(2)を作製した。
(E) Anodizing treatment Anodizing treatment was performed in a sulfuric acid solution using an anodizing apparatus by direct current electrolysis so as to have an oxide film amount of 3.6 g / m 2.
As described above, the support (2) was manufactured.
(支持体(3)の作製)
 厚さ0.28mmのHydro 1052 アルミニウム合金ストリップ又はウェブ(ノルウェー、Norsk Hydro ASA社から入手可能)を、アルミニウム含有支持体として使用した。
 エッチング前とエッチング後の両方の工程は、既知の条件下で、アルカリ溶液で実行した。粗面化(又は砂目立て)は、アルミニウム含有支持体の平面上で、計算上の平均粗さ(Ra)0.5μmを得るために、約23℃の塩酸溶液中で電気化学的手段により実行した。これらの処理工程は、平版印刷版原版の製造に使用される典型的な製造ラインで、連続プロセスで実行した。
 次いで、得られた砂目立て及びエッチングしたアルミニウム含有支持体を水で洗浄し、乾燥させ、個々の砂目立て及びエッチングしたアルミニウム含有シートに切断した。
 次に、各個々のシートを2回陽極酸化し、各陽極酸化処理浴には約100リットルの陽極酸化溶液が含まれていた。第1の陽極酸化条件は、電解質濃度175g/リットル、温度60℃、電流密度5.8A/dmで21.3秒間処理、第2の陽極酸化条件は、電解質濃度280g/リットル、温度23℃、電流密度10A/dmで18秒間処理とした。外側の酸化アルミニウム層を形成するための最初の陽極酸化プロセスは、電解質としてリン酸を使用して実行し、内側の酸化アルミニウム層を形成するための第2の陽極酸化プロセスは、電解質として硫酸を使用して実行した。
 以上のようにして、支持体(3)を作製した。
(Preparation of support (3))
A 0.28 mm thick Hydro 1052 aluminum alloy strip or web (available from Norsk Hydro ASA, Norway) was used as the aluminum-containing support.
Both pre-etch and post-etch steps were performed in alkaline solution under known conditions. Roughening (or sanding) is performed by electrochemical means in a hydrochloric acid solution at about 23 ° C. on the plane of the aluminum-containing support to obtain a calculated average roughness (Ra) of 0.5 μm. bottom. These processing steps were performed in a continuous process on a typical production line used for the production of lithographic printing plates and original plates.
The resulting sanding and etched aluminum-containing supports were then washed with water, dried and cut into individual sanding and etched aluminum-containing sheets.
Next, each individual sheet was anodized twice, and each anodizing bath contained about 100 liters of anodizing solution. The first anodic oxidation condition is an electrolyte concentration of 175 g / liter, a temperature of 60 ° C., and a current density of 5.8 A / dm 2 for 21.3 seconds. The second anodic oxidation condition is an electrolyte concentration of 280 g / liter, a temperature of 23 ° C. The treatment was performed at a current density of 10 A / dm 2 for 18 seconds. The first anodizing process for forming the outer aluminum oxide layer is carried out using phosphoric acid as the electrolyte and the second anodizing process for forming the inner aluminum oxide layer is sulfuric acid as the electrolyte. Used and run.
As described above, the support (3) was manufactured.
(支持体(4)の作製)
 厚み0.3mmのアルミニウム板(材質:JIS A 1050)の表面の圧延油を除去するため、10質量%アルミン酸ソーダ水溶液を用いて50℃で30秒間、脱脂処理を施した後、毛径0.3mmの束植ナイロンブラシ3本とメジアン径25μmのパミス-水懸濁液(比重1.1g/cm)を用いアルミニウム表面を砂目立てして、水でよく洗浄した。この板を45℃の25質量%水酸化ナトリウム水溶液に9秒間浸漬してエッチングを行い、水洗後、更に60℃で20質量%硝酸水溶液に20秒間浸漬し、水洗した。この時の砂目立て表面のエッチング量は約3g/mであった。
 次に、60Hzの交流電圧を用いて連続的に電気化学的な粗面化処理を行った。このときの電解液は、硝酸1質量%水溶液(アルミニウムイオンを0.5質量%含む)、液温50℃であった。交流電源波形は、電流値がゼロからピークに達するまでの時間TPが0.8msec、duty比1:1、台形の矩形波交流を用いて、カーボン電極を対極として電気化学的な粗面化処理を行った。補助アノードにはフェライトを用いた。電流密度は電流のピーク値で30A/dm、補助陽極には電源から流れる電流の5%を分流させた。硝酸電解における電気量はアルミニウム板が陽極時の電気量175C/dmであった。その後、スプレーによる水洗を行った。
 続いて、塩酸0.5質量%水溶液(アルミニウムイオンを0.5質量%含む)、液温50℃の電解液にて、アルミニウム板が陽極時の電気量50C/dmの条件で、硝酸電解と同様の方法で、電気化学的な粗面化処理を行い、その後、スプレーによる水洗を行った。
 次に、この板に15質量%硫酸(アルミニウムイオンを0.5質量%含む)を電解液として電流密度15A/dmで2.5g/mの直流陽極酸化皮膜を設けた後、水洗、乾燥し、支持体Aを得た。
 その後、非画像部の親水性を確保するため、支持体Aに2.5質量%3号ケイ酸ソーダ水溶液を用いて60℃で10秒間、シリケート処理を施し、その後、水洗して支持体(4)を得た。Siの付着量は10mg/mであった。支持体(4)の中心線平均粗さ(Ra)を直径2μmの針を用いて測定したところ、0.51μmであった。
(Preparation of support (4))
In order to remove the rolling oil on the surface of an aluminum plate (material: JIS A 1050) with a thickness of 0.3 mm, it was degreased at 50 ° C. for 30 seconds using a 10 mass% sodium aluminate aqueous solution, and then the hair diameter was 0. The aluminum surface was ground with three 3 mm bundled nylon brushes and a Pamis-aqueous suspension (specific gravity 1.1 g / cm 3 ) with a median diameter of 25 μm, and washed thoroughly with water. This plate was immersed in a 25 mass% sodium hydroxide aqueous solution at 45 ° C. for 9 seconds for etching, washed with water, and then further immersed in a 20 mass% nitric acid aqueous solution at 60 ° C. for 20 seconds and washed with water. At this time, the etching amount on the sand trimming surface was about 3 g / m 2 .
Next, an electrochemical roughening treatment was continuously performed using an AC voltage of 60 Hz. The electrolytic solution at this time was a 1% by mass aqueous solution of nitric acid (containing 0.5% by mass of aluminum ions) and a liquid temperature of 50 ° C. The AC power supply waveform is electrochemically roughened using a carbon electrode as a counter electrode using a trapezoidal square wave AC with a TP of 0.8 msec, a duty ratio of 1: 1 and a trapezoidal square wave AC for the time from zero to the peak of the current value. Was done. Ferrite was used as the auxiliary anode. The current density was 30 A / dm 2 at the peak value of the current, and 5% of the current flowing from the power source was diverted to the auxiliary anode. The amount of electricity in nitric acid electrolysis was 175 C / dm 2 when the aluminum plate was an anode. Then, it was washed with water by spraying.
Subsequently, it is electrolyzed with nitrate in a 0.5% by mass aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid (containing 0.5% by mass of aluminum ions) and an electrolytic solution having a liquid temperature of 50 ° C. under the condition that the aluminum plate has an electric amount of 50 C / dm 2 at the anode. The surface was subjected to an electrochemical roughening treatment in the same manner as in the above method, and then washed with water by spraying.
Next, a DC anodic oxide film having a current density of 15 A / dm 2 and a DC anodic oxide film of 2.5 g / m 2 was provided on this plate using 15 mass% sulfuric acid (containing 0.5 mass% of aluminum ions) as an electrolytic solution, and then washed with water. It was dried to obtain a support A.
Then, in order to ensure the hydrophilicity of the non-imaged portion, the support A was silicate-treated at 60 ° C. for 10 seconds using a 2.5 mass% No. 3 sodium silicate aqueous solution, and then washed with water to support the support ( 4) was obtained. The amount of Si adhered was 10 mg / m 2 . The center line average roughness (Ra) of the support (4) was measured using a needle having a diameter of 2 μm and found to be 0.51 μm.
<下塗り層塗布液の準備>
(下塗り層塗布液(1)の調製)
 下記組成の下塗り層塗布液(1)を調製した。
・下塗り層用化合物(下記(P-1)、11%水溶液):0.10502部
・グルコン酸ナトリウム:0.07000部
・界面活性剤(エマレックス(登録商標)710、日本エマルション(株)):0.00159部
・防腐剤(バイオホープL、ケイ・アイ化成(株)):0.00149部
・水:2.87190部
<Preparation of undercoat layer coating liquid>
(Preparation of undercoat layer coating liquid (1))
An undercoat layer coating liquid (1) having the following composition was prepared.
-Compound for undercoat layer (hereinafter (P-1), 11% aqueous solution): 0.10502 parts-Sodium gluconate: 0.07000 parts-Surfactant (Emarex (registered trademark) 710, Nippon Emulsion Co., Ltd.) : 0.00159 parts ・ Preservative (Biohope L, Keiai Kasei Co., Ltd.): 0.00149 parts ・ Water: 2.87190 parts
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
(下塗り層塗布液(2)の調製)
 下記組成の下塗り層塗布液(2)を調製した。
・下塗り層用化合物(上記(P-1)、11%水溶液):0.10502部
・ヒドロキシエチルジイミノ二酢酸:0.01470部
・エチレンジアミン四酢酸ナトリウム:0.06575部
・界面活性剤(エマレックス(登録商標)710、日本エマルション(株)):0.00159部
・防腐剤(バイオホープL、ケイ・アイ化成(株)):0.00149部
・水:2.86144部
(Preparation of undercoat layer coating liquid (2))
An undercoat layer coating liquid (2) having the following composition was prepared.
-Compound for undercoat layer ((P-1) above, 11% aqueous solution): 0.10502 parts-Hydroxyethyldiiminodiacetic acid: 0.01470 parts-Sodium ethylenediaminetetraacetate: 0.06575 parts-Surfactant (Emma) Rex (registered trademark) 710, Nippon Emulsion Co., Ltd.): 0.00159 parts, preservative (Biohope L, Keiai Kasei Co., Ltd.): 0.00149 parts, water: 2.86144 parts
(下塗り層塗布液(3)の調製)
 下記組成の下塗り層塗布液(3)を調製した。
・下塗り層用化合物(下記(P-2)):0.18部
・ヒドロキシエチルイミノ二酢酸:0.10部
・メタノール:55.24部
・水:6.15部
(Preparation of undercoat layer coating liquid (3))
An undercoat layer coating liquid (3) having the following composition was prepared.
-Compound for undercoat layer (hereinafter (P-2)): 0.18 parts-Hydroxyethyliminodiacetic acid: 0.10 parts-Methanol: 55.24 parts-Water: 6.15 parts
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
<画像記録層塗布液の準備>
(画像記録層塗布液(1-1)の調製)
 下記ミクロゲル液1以外の成分を混合した混合液と、下記ミクロゲル液1とを塗布直前に混合し、撹拌することにより画像記録層塗布液(1-1)を調製した。
・赤外線吸収剤IR-1(下記構造、HOMO:-5.35eV、LUMO:-3.75eV):0.02000部
・発色剤S-1(下記構造):0.02500部
・電子受容型重合開始剤Int-1(下記構造、HOMO:-6.70eV、LUMO:-3.08eV):0.11000部
・電子供与型重合開始剤TPB(下記構造、HOMO:-5.90eV):0.02500部
・重合性化合物M-1(下記の合成法で得られたもの):0.27500部
・アニオン界面活性剤A-1(下記構造):0.00600部
・フッ素系界面活性剤W-1(下記構造):0.00416部
・2-ブタノン:4.3602部
・1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール:4.4852部
・メタノール:2.2838部
・ミクロゲル液1(下記の調製法で得られたもの):2.3256部
<Preparation of image recording layer coating liquid>
(Preparation of image recording layer coating liquid (1-1))
An image recording layer coating liquid (1-1) was prepared by mixing a mixed liquid containing components other than the following microgel liquid 1 and the following microgel liquid 1 immediately before coating and stirring the mixture.
-Infrared absorber IR-1 (following structure, HOMO: -5.35eV, LUMO: -3.75eV): 0.02000 parts-Color former S-1 (following structure): 0.02500 parts-Electronic accepting polymerization Initiator Int-1 (following structure, HOMO: -6.70 eV, LUMO: -3.08 eV): 0.11000 parts-electron donating type polymerization initiator TPB (following structure, HOMO: -5.90 eV): 0. 02,500 parts ・ Polymerizable compound M-1 (obtained by the following synthesis method): 0.27500 parts ・ Anionic surfactant A-1 (following structure): 0.00600 parts ・ Fluorine-based surfactant W- 1 (structure below): 0.00416 parts, 2-butanone: 4.3602 parts, 1-methoxy-2-propanol: 4.4852 parts, methanol: 2.2838 parts, microgel solution 1 (obtained by the following preparation method) What was done): 2.3256 copies
(画像記録層塗布液(1-2)の調製)
 発色剤S-1の代わりに発色剤S-3(下記構造)を用いた以外は、画像記録層塗布液(1-1)の調製と同様にして、画像記録層塗布液(1-2)を調製した。
(Preparation of image recording layer coating liquid (1-2))
The image recording layer coating liquid (1-2) was prepared in the same manner as in the preparation of the image recording layer coating liquid (1-1), except that the color developing agent S-3 (the following structure) was used instead of the color developing agent S-1. Was prepared.
(画像記録層塗布液(1-3)の調製)
 発色剤S-1の代わりに発色剤S-4(下記構造)を用いた以外は、画像記録層塗布液(1-1)の調製と同様にして、画像記録層塗布液(1-3)を調製した。
(Preparation of image recording layer coating liquid (1-3))
The image recording layer coating liquid (1-3) was prepared in the same manner as in the preparation of the image recording layer coating liquid (1-1) except that the color developing agent S-4 (the structure described below) was used instead of the color developing agent S-1. Was prepared.
(画像記録層塗布液(2-1)の調製)
 下記ミクロゲル液2以外の成分を混合した混合液と、下記ミクロゲル液2とを塗布直前に混合し、撹拌することにより画像記録層塗布液(2-1)を調製した。
・赤外線吸収剤IR-1(下記構造、HOMO:-5.35eV、LUMO:-3.75eV):0.00600部
・赤外線吸収剤IR-2(下記構造、HOMO:-5.31eV、LUMO:-3.78eV):0.0200部
・発色剤S-1(下記構造):0.02500部
・電子受容型重合開始剤Int-1(下記構造、HOMO:-6.70eV、LUMO:-3.08eV):0.11000部
・電子供与型重合開始剤TPB(下記構造、HOMO:-5.90eV):0.02500部
・重合性化合物M-1(下記の合成法で得られたもの):0.27500部
・アニオン界面活性剤A-1(下記構造):0.09000部
・フッ素系界面活性剤W-1(下記構造):0.00416部
・2-ブタノン:4.9200部
・1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール:3.1000部
・メタノール:2.7900部
・ミクロゲル液2(下記の調製法で得られたもの):2.90700部
(Preparation of image recording layer coating liquid (2-1))
An image recording layer coating liquid (2-1) was prepared by mixing a mixed liquid containing components other than the following microgel liquid 2 and the following microgel liquid 2 immediately before coating and stirring the mixture.
-Infrared absorber IR-1 (the following structure, HOMO: -5.31 eV, LUMO: -3.75 eV): 0.00600 parts-Infrared absorber IR-2 (the following structure, HOMO: -5.31 eV, LUMO: -3.78eV): 0.0200 parts, color former S-1 (following structure): 0.02500 parts, electron-accepting polymerization initiator Int-1 (following structure, HOMO: -6.70eV, LUMO: -3 .08 eV): 0.11000 parts ・ Electron donation type polymerization initiator TPB (structure below, HOMO: -5.90 eV): 0.02500 parts ・ Polymerizable compound M-1 (obtained by the following synthesis method) : 0.27500 parts ・ Anionic surfactant A-1 (following structure): 0.09000 parts ・ Fluorine surfactant W-1 (following structure): 0.00416 parts ・ 2-Butanone: 4.9200 parts ・1-methoxy-2-propanol: 3.1000 parts, methanol: 2.7900 parts, microgel solution 2 (obtained by the following preparation method): 2.90700 parts
(画像記録層塗布液(2-2)の調製)
 発色剤S-1の代わりに発色剤S-3(下記構造)を用いた以外は、画像記録層塗布液(2-1)の調製と同様にして、画像記録層塗布液(2-2)を調製した。
(Preparation of image recording layer coating liquid (2-2))
The image recording layer coating liquid (2-2) was prepared in the same manner as in the preparation of the image recording layer coating liquid (2-1) except that the color developing agent S-3 (the structure described below) was used instead of the color developing agent S-1. Was prepared.
(画像記録層塗布液(2-3)の調製)
 発色剤S-1の代わりに発色剤S-4(下記構造)を用いた以外は、画像記録層塗布液(2-1)の調製と同様にして、画像記録層塗布液(2-3)を調製した。
(Preparation of image recording layer coating liquid (2-3))
The image recording layer coating liquid (2-3) was prepared in the same manner as in the preparation of the image recording layer coating liquid (2-1) except that the color developing agent S-4 (the structure described below) was used instead of the color developing agent S-1. Was prepared.
(画像記録層塗布液(3)の調製)
 下記の成分を混合することにより画像記録層塗布液(3)を調製した。
・電子受容型重合開始剤Int-2(下記構造、HOMO:-6.96eV、LUMO:-3.18eV):0.060部
・赤外線吸収剤IR-3(下記構造、HOMO:-5.43eV、LUMO:-3.95eV):0.026部
・電子供与型重合開始剤TPB(下記構造、HOMO:-5.90eV):0.050部
・重合性化合物M-2(下記構造):0.250部
・重合性化合物M-3(下記構造):0.250部
・バインダーポリマーBP-1(下記構造、エスレックBX-5(Z)、積水化学工業(株):0.150部
・1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール:4.988部
・2-ブタノン:9.262部
(Preparation of image recording layer coating liquid (3))
The image recording layer coating liquid (3) was prepared by mixing the following components.
-Electronic accepting polymerization initiator Int-2 (following structure, HOMO: -6.96eV, LUMO: -3.18eV): 0.060 parts-Infrared absorber IR-3 (following structure, HOMO: -5.43eV) , LUMO: -3.95 eV): 0.026 parts-Electronic donation type polymerization initiator TPB (following structure, HOMO: -5.90 eV): 0.050 parts-Polymerable compound M-2 (following structure): 0 .250 parts ・ Polymerizable compound M-3 (following structure): 0.250 parts ・ Binder polymer BP-1 (following structure, Eslek BX-5 (Z), Sekisui Chemical Industry Co., Ltd .: 0.150 parts ・ 1 -Polymer-2-propanol: 4.988 parts, 2-butanone: 9.262 parts
(画像記録層塗布液(4)の調製)
 下記の成分を混合することにより画像記録層塗布液(4)を調製した。
・電子受容型重合開始剤Int-3(下記構造、HOMO:-7.34eV、LUMO:-3.26eV):0.041部
・赤外線吸収剤IR-4(下記構造、HOMO:-5.42eV、LUMO:-3.82eV):0.027部
・赤外線吸収剤IR-5(下記構造、HOMO:-5.43eV、LUMO:-3.84eV):0.015部
・重合性化合物M-4(下記構造):0.100部
・重合性化合物M-5(下記構造):0.096部
・重合性化合物M-6(下記構造):0.096部
・ポリマー粒子PP-1(下記構造のポリマーを含む粒子、平均粒径100μm):0.300部
・発色剤S-2(下記構造):0.041部
・ヒドロキシプロピルセルロース:0.030部
・n-プロパノール:5.168部
・2-ブタノン:6.460部
・1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール:1.615部
・メタノール:2.907部
(Preparation of image recording layer coating liquid (4))
The image recording layer coating liquid (4) was prepared by mixing the following components.
-Electronic accepting polymerization initiator Int-3 (following structure, HOMO: -7.34eV, LUMO: -3.26eV): 0.041 parts-Infrared absorber IR-4 (following structure, HOMO: -5.42eV) , LUMO: -3.82eV): 0.027 parts-Infrared absorber IR-5 (structure below, HOMO: -5.43 eV, LUMO: -3.84 eV): 0.015 parts-Polymer compound M-4 (Structure below): 0.100 parts-Polymer compound M-5 (Structure below): 0.096 parts Polymerizable compound M-6 (Structure below): 0.096 parts Polymer particles PP-1 (Structure below) Particles containing the polymer of, average particle size 100 μm): 0.300 parts ・ Color former S-2 (following structure): 0.041 parts ・ Hydroxypropyl cellulose: 0.030 parts ・ n-propanol: 5.168 parts ・2-butanone: 6.460 parts, 1-methoxy-2-propanol: 1.615 parts, methanol: 2.907 parts
 上記及び後述の各画像記録層塗布液にて用いられる各成分の詳細は以下の通りである。
 なお、BP-1において、lは72mol%、mは1mol%、nは27mol%であり、重量平均分子量は13万である。
 PP-1において、nは40であり、重量平均分子量は9万である。
 Int-3は、下記の2種のヨードニウムカチオン構造のそれぞれと下記の対アニオン(即ち、テトラフェニルボレートイオン)とで形成される化合物の混合物である。
The details of each component used in each of the above-mentioned and later-described image recording layer coating liquids are as follows.
In BP-1, l is 72 mol%, m is 1 mol%, n is 27 mol%, and the weight average molecular weight is 130,000.
In PP-1, n is 40 and the weight average molecular weight is 90,000.
Int-3 is a mixture of compounds formed by each of the following two iodonium cation structures and the following counter anion (ie, tetraphenylborate ion).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
[重合性化合物M-1の合成]
 タケネートD-160N(ポリイソシアネート トリメチロールプロパンアダクト体、三井化学(株)製)4.7質量部、アロニックスM-403(東亞合成(株)製)タケネートD-160NのNCO価とアロニックスM-403の水酸基価が1:1となる量、t-ブチルベンゾキノン0.02質量部、メチルエチルケトン11.5質量部の混合溶液を65℃に加熱した。反応溶液に、ネオスタンU-600(ビスマス系重縮合触媒、日東化成(株)製)0.11質量部を加え、同温度で4時間加熱した。反応溶液を室温(25℃)まで冷却し、メチルエチルケトンを加えることで、固形分が50質量%のウレタンアクリレート溶液を合成した。
 続いて、リサイクル型GPC(機器:LC908-C60、カラム:JAIGEL-1H-40及び2H-40(日本分析工業(株)製))で、テトラヒドロフラン(THF)溶離液にて、ウレタンアクリレート溶液の分子量分画を実施した。得られた重合性化合物M-1の重量平均分子量は20,000であった。
[Synthesis of polymerizable compound M-1]
Takenate D-160N (polyisocyanate trimethylolpropane adduct, manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals, Inc.) 4.7 parts by mass, Aronix M-403 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) NCO value and Aronix M-403 of Takenate D-160N A mixed solution of 0.02 part by mass of t-butylbenzoquinone and 11.5 parts by mass of methylethylketone was heated to 65 ° C. in an amount such that the hydroxyl value of T-butylbenzoquinone was 1: 1. To the reaction solution, 0.11 part by mass of Neostan U-600 (bismuth-based polycondensation catalyst, manufactured by Nitto Kasei Co., Ltd.) was added, and the mixture was heated at the same temperature for 4 hours. The reaction solution was cooled to room temperature (25 ° C.), and methyl ethyl ketone was added to synthesize a urethane acrylate solution having a solid content of 50% by mass.
Subsequently, a recycled GPC (equipment: LC908-C60, column: JAIGEL-1H-40 and 2H-40 (manufactured by Nippon Analytical Industry Co., Ltd.)) was used in a tetrahydrofuran (THF) eluent, and the molecular weight of the urethane acrylate solution was increased. Fractionation was carried out. The weight average molecular weight of the obtained polymerizable compound M-1 was 20,000.
[ミクロゲル液1の調製]
-多価イソシアネート化合物の調製-
 イソホロンジイソシアネート17.78部(80モル当量)と下記多価フェノール化合物(1)7.35部(20モル当量)との酢酸エチル(25.31部)懸濁溶液に、ビスマストリス(2-エチルヘキサノエート)(ネオスタン U-600、日東化成(株)製)0.043部を加えて撹拌した。発熱が収まった時点で反応温度を50℃に設定し、3時間撹拌して多価イソシアネート化合物(1)の酢酸エチル溶液(50質量%)を得た。
[Preparation of Microgel Liquid 1]
-Preparation of multivalent isocyanate compound-
Bismastris (2-ethyl) in a suspension solution of ethyl acetate (25.31 parts) containing 17.78 parts (80 mol equivalents) of isophorone diisocyanate and 7.35 parts (20 mol equivalents) of the following polyvalent phenol compound (1). Hexanoate) (Neostan U-600, manufactured by Nitto Kasei Co., Ltd.) 0.043 part was added and stirred. When the exotherm subsided, the reaction temperature was set to 50 ° C. and the mixture was stirred for 3 hours to obtain an ethyl acetate solution (50% by mass) of the polyhydric isocyanate compound (1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
-ミクロゲルの調製-
 下記油相成分及び水相成分を混合し、ホモジナイザーを用いて12,000rpmで10分間乳化した。得られた乳化物を45℃で4時間撹拌後、1,8-ジアザビシクロ[5.4.0]ウンデカ-7-エン-オクチル酸塩(U-CAT SA102、サンアプロ(株)製)の10質量%水溶液5.20gを加え、室温で30分撹拌し、45℃で24時間静置した。蒸留水で、固形分濃度を20質量%になるように調整し、ミクロゲル1の水分散液(即ち、ミクロゲル液1)が得られた。光散乱法によりミクロゲル1の平均粒径を測定したところ、0.28μmであった。
-Preparation of microgel-
The following oil phase components and aqueous phase components were mixed and emulsified at 12,000 rpm for 10 minutes using a homogenizer. After stirring the obtained emulsion at 45 ° C. for 4 hours, 10 mass of 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-en-octylate (U-CAT SA102, manufactured by San-Apro Co., Ltd.) 5.20 g of a% aqueous solution was added, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, and allowed to stand at 45 ° C. for 24 hours. The solid content concentration was adjusted to 20% by mass with distilled water to obtain an aqueous dispersion of Microgel 1 (that is, Microgel Solution 1). When the average particle size of Microgel 1 was measured by the light scattering method, it was 0.28 μm.
~油相成分~
 (成分1)酢酸エチル:12.0部
 (成分2)トリメチロールプロパン(6モル当量)とキシレンジイソシアネート(18モル当量)を付加させ、これに片末端メチル化ポリオキシエチレン(1モル当量、オキシエチレン単位の繰返し数:90)を付加させた付加体(50質量%酢酸エチル溶液、三井化学(株)製):3.76部
 (成分3)多価イソシアネート化合物(1)(50質量%酢酸エチル溶液として):15.0部
 (成分4)ジペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレート(SR-399、サートマー社製)の65質量%酢酸エチル溶液:11.54部
 (成分5)スルホン酸塩型界面活性剤(パイオニンA-41-C、竹本油脂(株)製)の10%酢酸エチル溶液:4.42部
~水相成分~
 蒸留水:46.87部
~ Oil phase component ~
(Component 1) Ethyl acetate: 12.0 parts (Component 2) Trimethylolpropane (6 molar equivalents) and xylenedi isocyanate (18 molar equivalents) are added to this, and one-terminal methylated polyoxyethylene (1 molar equivalent, oxy) is added. Additive (50 mass% ethyl acetate solution, manufactured by Mitsui Kagaku Co., Ltd.) to which an ethylene unit repetition number: 90) was added: 3.76 parts (component 3) Polyvalent isocyanate compound (1) (50 mass% acetate) As an ethyl solution): 15.0 parts (component 4) 65% by mass ethyl acetate solution of dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate (SR-399, manufactured by Sartmer) 11.54 parts (component 5) sulfonate type surfactant (Pionin A-41-C, manufactured by Takemoto Oil & Fat Co., Ltd.) 10% ethyl acetate solution: 4.42 parts ~ aqueous phase component ~
Distilled water: 46.87 parts
[ミクロゲル液2の調製]
-油相成分の調製-
 多官能イソシアネート化合物(PM-200:万華化学製):6.66gと、三井化学(株)製の「タケネート(登録商標)D-116N(トリメチロールプロパン(TMP)とm-キシリレンジイソシアネート(XDI)とポリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(EO90)との付加物(下記構造)」の50質量%酢酸エチル溶液:5.46gと、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレート(SR-399、サートマー製)の65質量%酢酸エチル溶液:11.24gと、酢酸エチル:14.47gと、竹本油脂製のパイオニン(登録商標)A-41-C:0.45gを混合し、室温(25℃)で15分攪拌して油相成分を得た。
[Preparation of microgel solution 2]
-Preparation of oil phase components-
Polyfunctional isocyanate compound (PM-200: manufactured by Manka Kagaku): 6.66 g and "Takenate (registered trademark) D-116N (trimethylolpropane (TMP) and m-xylylene diisocyanate" manufactured by Mitsui Kagaku Co., Ltd. Addition of XDI) and polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether (EO90) (structure below) ”50 mass% ethyl acetate solution: 5.46 g and dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate (SR-399, manufactured by Sartmer) 65 mass% acetate Ethyl solution: 11.24 g, ethyl acetate: 14.47 g, and Pionin (registered trademark) A-41-C: 0.45 g manufactured by Takemoto Oil & Fat are mixed and stirred at room temperature (25 ° C.) for 15 minutes to obtain oil. Phase components were obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
-水相成分の準備-
 水相成分として、蒸留水47.2gを準備した。
-Preparation of aqueous phase components-
As an aqueous phase component, 47.2 g of distilled water was prepared.
-マイクロカプセル形成工程-
 油相成分に水相成分を添加して混合し、得られた混合物を、ホモジナイザーを用いて12,000rpmで16分間乳化させて乳化物を得た。
 得られた乳化物に蒸留水16.8gを添加し、得られた液体を室温で10分撹拌した。
 次いで、撹拌後の液体を45℃に加熱し、液温を45℃に保持した状態で4時間撹拌することにより、上記液体から酢酸エチルを留去した。次いで、1,8-ジアザビシクロ[5.4.0]ウンデカ-7-エン-オクチル酸塩(U-CAT SA102、サンアプロ(株)製)の10質量%水溶液5.12gを加え、室温で30分攪拌し、45℃で24時間静置した。蒸留水で、固形分濃度を20質量%になるように調整し、ミクロゲル2の水分散液が得られた。ミクロゲル2の体積平均粒径はレーザー回折/散乱式粒子径分布測定装置LA-920((株)堀場製作所製)により測定したところ、165nmであった。
 得られたポリマー粒子2の水分散液を、ミクロゲル液2とした。
-Microcapsule forming process-
The aqueous phase component was added to the oil phase component and mixed, and the obtained mixture was emulsified at 12,000 rpm for 16 minutes using a homogenizer to obtain an emulsion.
16.8 g of distilled water was added to the obtained emulsion, and the obtained liquid was stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes.
Next, the stirred liquid was heated to 45 ° C., and the mixture was stirred for 4 hours while maintaining the liquid temperature at 45 ° C. to distill off ethyl acetate from the above liquid. Next, 5.12 g of a 10% by mass aqueous solution of 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] undec-7-en-octylate (U-CAT SA102, manufactured by San-Apro Co., Ltd.) was added, and the mixture was added at room temperature for 30 minutes. The mixture was stirred and allowed to stand at 45 ° C. for 24 hours. The solid content concentration was adjusted to 20% by mass with distilled water, and an aqueous dispersion of Microgel 2 was obtained. The volume average particle size of the microgel 2 was 165 nm as measured by a laser diffraction / scattering type particle size distribution measuring device LA-920 (manufactured by HORIBA, Ltd.).
The obtained aqueous dispersion of the polymer particles 2 was designated as a microgel solution 2.
(画像記録層塗布液(5)の調製)
 下記ミクロゲル液3以外の成分を混合した混合液と、下記ミクロゲル液3とを塗布直前に混合し、撹拌することにより画像記録層塗布液(5)を調製した。
・バインダーポリマーBP-2(下記構造):0.240部
・赤外線吸収剤IR-6(下記構造、HOMO:-5.38eV、LUMO:-3.70eV):0.030部
・重合開始剤Int-4(下記構造、HOMO:-6.70eV、LUMO:-3.08eV):0.162部
・重合性化合物:0.192部
 (トリス(アクリロイルオキシエチル)イソシアヌレート、NKエステルA-9300、新中村化学(株))
・低分子親水性化合物(トリス(2-ヒドロキシエチル)イソシアヌレート):0.062部
・低分子親水性化合物A-1(上記構造):0.050部
・感脂化剤C-1(下記構造):0.055部
・感脂化剤(ベンジル-ジメチル-オクチルアンモニウム・PF塩):0.018部
・感脂化剤C-2(下記構造、還元比粘度44ml/g):0.035部
・フッ素系界面活性剤W-1(上記構造):0.008部
・2-ブタノン:1.091部
・1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール:8.609部
・ミクロゲル液3(下記の調製法で得られたもの):5.065部
(Preparation of image recording layer coating liquid (5))
An image recording layer coating liquid (5) was prepared by mixing a mixed liquid containing components other than the following microgel liquid 3 and the following microgel liquid 3 immediately before coating and stirring the mixture.
-Binder polymer BP-2 (following structure): 0.240 parts-Infrared absorber IR-6 (following structure, HOMO: -5.38eV, LUMO: -3.70eV): 0.030 parts-Polymerization initiator Int -4 (structure below, HOMO: -6.70 eV, LUMO: -3.08 eV): 0.162 parts-Polymerizable compound: 0.192 parts (Tris (acryloyloxyethyl) isocyanurate, NK ester A-9300, Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.
-Low molecular weight hydrophilic compound (Tris (2-hydroxyethyl) isocyanurate): 0.062 parts-Low molecular weight hydrophilic compound A-1 (the above structure): 0.050 parts-Fat sensitive agent C-1 (below) Structure): 0.055 parts-Fat sensitive agent (benzyl-dimethyl-octylammonium / PF 6 salt): 0.018 parts-Fat sensitive agent C-2 (following structure, reduction specific viscosity 44 ml / g): 0 .035 parts ・ Fluorosurfactant W-1 (the above structure): 0.008 parts ・ 2-Butanone: 1.091 parts ・ 1-methoxy-2-propanol: 8.609 parts ・ Microgel solution 3 (below Obtained by the preparation method): 5.065 parts
 画像記録層塗布液(5)にて用いられる各成分の詳細は以下の通りである。 The details of each component used in the image recording layer coating liquid (5) are as follows.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
[ミクロゲル液3の調製]
 油相成分として、トリメチロールプロパンとキシレンジイソシアナート付加体(三井化学ポリウレタン(株)製、タケネートD-110N)10g、ペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレート(日本化薬(株)製、SR444)3.15g、及びパイオニンA-41C(竹本油脂(株)製)0.1gを酢酸エチル17gに溶解した。水相成分としてポリビニルアルコール((株)クラレ製PVA-205)の4質量%水溶液40gを調製した。
 油相成分及び水相成分を混合し、ホモジナイザーを用いて12,000rpmで10分間乳化した。得られた乳化物を、蒸留水25gに添加し、室温で30分攪拌後、50℃で3時間攪拌した。このようにして得られたミクロゲル液の固形分濃度を15質量%になるように蒸留水を用いて希釈した。
 ミクロゲルの平均粒径を光散乱法により測定したところ、平均粒径は0.2μmであった。
 上記のようにして得られたミクロゲル液2.640部と、蒸留水2.425部と、を混合して、ミクロゲル液3を得た。
[Preparation of microgel solution 3]
As oil phase components, trimethylolpropane and xylene diisocyanate adduct (Mitsui Chemicals Polyurethane Co., Ltd., Takenate D-110N) 10 g, pentaerythritol triacrylate (Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., SR444) 3.15 g, And 0.1 g of Pionin A-41C (manufactured by Takemoto Oil & Fat Co., Ltd.) was dissolved in 17 g of ethyl acetate. As an aqueous phase component, 40 g of a 4% by mass aqueous solution of polyvinyl alcohol (PVA-205 manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.) was prepared.
The oil phase component and the aqueous phase component were mixed and emulsified at 12,000 rpm for 10 minutes using a homogenizer. The obtained emulsion was added to 25 g of distilled water, stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, and then stirred at 50 ° C. for 3 hours. The solid content concentration of the microgel solution thus obtained was diluted with distilled water so as to be 15% by mass.
When the average particle size of the microgel was measured by the light scattering method, the average particle size was 0.2 μm.
2.640 parts of the microgel liquid obtained as described above and 2.425 parts of distilled water were mixed to obtain a microgel liquid 3.
<最外層塗布液の準備>
 下記表1に記載の各成分を混合して、最外層塗布液(1)~(27)を得た。
<Preparation of outermost layer coating liquid>
Each component shown in Table 1 below was mixed to obtain outermost layer coating liquids (1) to (27).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000055
 表1にて用いた各種成分の詳細を以下に示す。
-水溶性ポリマー-
・ゴーセネックス L-3266:下記構造のスルホン酸変性ポリビニルアルコール、三菱ケミカル(株)製ゴーセネックス(登録商標) L-3266
Details of the various components used in Table 1 are shown below.
-Water-soluble polymer-
-Gosenex L-3266: Sulfonic acid-modified polyvinyl alcohol having the following structure, Gosenex (registered trademark) L-3266 manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
・ゴーセネックス CKS-50:下記構造のスルホン酸変性ポリビニルアルコール、三菱ケミカル(株)製ゴーセネックス(登録商標) CKS-50 -Gosenex CKS-50: Sulfonic acid-modified polyvinyl alcohol with the following structure, Gosenex (registered trademark) CKS-50 manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
・水溶性ポリマー1:下記構造を有するポリマー -Water-soluble polymer 1: Polymer having the following structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
・Mowiol 4-88:けん化度88モル%のポリビニルアルコール粒子、Sigma Aldrich社製Mowiol(登録商標) 4-88
・メトローズ SM04:メチルセルロース(メトキシ置換度1.8)、信越化学工業(株)社製メトローズ(登録商標) SM04
・メトローズ SM15:メチルセルロース(メトキシ置換度1.8、高粘度)、信越化学工業(株)社製メトローズ(登録商標) SM15
・メトローズ 60SH 50:ヒロキシプロピルメチルセルロース(メトキシ置換度1.9)、信越化学工業(株)社製メトローズ(登録商標) 60SH 50
・セロゲン F 5A:カルボキシメチルセルロースナトリウム、第1工業製薬(株)製セロゲン(登録商標) F 5A
・ぺノン JE-66:変性澱粉、日澱化學(株)製
-Mowiol 4-88: Polyvinyl alcohol particles having a saponification degree of 88 mol%, Mowiol (registered trademark) 4-88 manufactured by Sigma-Aldrich.
-Metro's SM04: Methyl cellulose (Methoxy substitution degree 1.8), Metrose (registered trademark) SM04 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.
-Metro's SM15: Methyl cellulose (Methoxy substitution degree 1.8, high viscosity), Metrose (registered trademark) SM15 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.
-Metro's 60SH 50: Hyroxypropylmethylcellulose (methoxy-substitution degree 1.9), Metrose (registered trademark) 60SH 50 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.
・ Cellogen F 5A: Sodium Carboxymethyl Cellulose, Cellogen (registered trademark) manufactured by Dai-ichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.
・ Penon JE-66: Modified starch, manufactured by Nissho Kagaku Co., Ltd.
-疎水性ポリマー-
・ファインスフェア FS-102:下記構造のスチレンアクリル樹脂粒子の水分散液、ガラス転移温度Tg103℃、軟化点225℃、日本ペイント・インダストリアルコーティングス(株)製ファインスフェア(登録商標) FS-102
-Hydrophobic polymer-
-Finesphere FS-102: Water dispersion of styrene acrylic resin particles having the following structure, glass transition temperature Tg 103 ° C, softening point 225 ° C, Finesphere (registered trademark) FS-102 manufactured by Nippon Paint Industrial Coatings Co., Ltd.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
・ポリマロン 385:スチレンアクリル樹脂の分散液、荒川化学工業(株)製ポリマロン 385
・AQUAMAT 263:酸化高密度ポリエチレンワックスディスパージョン、BYK社製AQUAMAT(登録商標) 263
・タケシール PCeco プライマー:スチレンアクリル樹脂のエマルション、竹林化学工業製
・Diofan A50:ポリ塩化ビニリデン水性ディスパージョン、Solvin社製Diofan(登録商標) A50
・Diofan A602:ポリ塩化ビニリデンディスパージョン、Solvin社製Diofan(登録商標) A602
-Polymaron 385: Styrene acrylic resin dispersion, Polymaron 385 manufactured by Arakawa Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
AQUAMAT 263: Oxidized High Density Polyethylene Wax Dispersion, BYK AQUAMAT® 263
-Takeseal PCeco Primer: Emulsion of styrene acrylic resin, manufactured by Takebayashi Chemical Industry-Diofan A50: Polyvinylidene chloride aqueous dispersion, Diofan (registered trademark) A50 manufactured by Solvin
-Diofan A602: Polyvinylidene chloride dispersion, Diofan (registered trademark) A602 manufactured by Solvin.
-その他の成分-
・ミクロゲル液2:既述のミクロゲル液2
・分解型赤外線吸収剤1:下記構造の化合物
-Other ingredients-
-Microgel liquid 2: The above-mentioned microgel liquid 2
・ Decomposition type infrared absorber 1: Compound with the following structure
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
〔実施例1~29及び比較例1~2〕
 実施例1~29及び比較例1~2の平版印刷版原版を、下記の方法により、それぞれ作製した。
 表2に記載の支持体上に、表2に記載の下塗り層塗布液を乾燥塗布量が20mg/mになるように塗布して下塗り層を形成した。
 次いで、下塗り層上に、表2に記載の画像記録層塗布液を、乾燥塗布量1.0g/mとなるようにバー塗布し、120℃で40秒間オーブン乾燥して画像記録層を形成した。
 なお、下塗り層を有さない平版印刷版原版については、表2に記載の支持体上に、上記と同様の条件にて、表2に記載の画像記録層塗布液を、乾燥塗布量1.0g/mとなるようにバー塗布し画像記録層を形成した。
 そして、得られた画像記録層上に、表2に記載の最外層塗布液を、乾燥塗布量0.2g/mになるようにバー塗布し、表2に記載の乾燥条件にてオーブン乾燥して、最外層を形成した。
 以上のようにして、機上現像型平版印刷版原版を得た。
 得られた機上現像型平版印刷版原版において、最外層の膜厚は、0.005μm~2μmの範囲内であった。
[Examples 1 to 29 and Comparative Examples 1 to 2]
The lithographic printing plate original plates of Examples 1 to 29 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2 were prepared by the following methods, respectively.
The undercoat layer coating liquid shown in Table 2 was applied onto the support shown in Table 2 so that the dry coating amount was 20 mg / m 2 to form an undercoat layer.
Next, the image recording layer coating liquid shown in Table 2 was bar-coated on the undercoat layer so as to have a dry coating amount of 1.0 g / m 2, and dried in an oven at 120 ° C. for 40 seconds to form an image recording layer. bottom.
For the lithographic printing plate original plate having no undercoat layer, the image recording layer coating liquid shown in Table 2 is applied on the support shown in Table 2 under the same conditions as above, and the dry coating amount is 1. A bar was applied so as to be 0 g / m 2 to form an image recording layer.
Then, the outermost layer coating liquid shown in Table 2 is bar-coated on the obtained image recording layer so as to have a dry coating amount of 0.2 g / m 2 , and dried in an oven under the drying conditions shown in Table 2. Then, the outermost layer was formed.
As described above, an on-machine development type lithographic printing plate original plate was obtained.
In the obtained on-machine development type lithographic printing plate original plate, the film thickness of the outermost layer was in the range of 0.005 μm to 2 μm.
<平版印刷版原版の評価>
〔赤外線吸収剤の分解率〕
 得られた平版印刷版原版について、既述の方法にて、画像記録層中の赤外線吸収剤の分解率を求めた。
 結果を表2に示す。
<Evaluation of lithographic printing plate original plate>
[Decomposition rate of infrared absorber]
For the obtained lithographic printing plate original plate, the decomposition rate of the infrared absorber in the image recording layer was determined by the method described above.
The results are shown in Table 2.
〔オゾン暴露による変色性の評価〕
 上記のようにして赤外線吸収剤の分解率を求める際、オゾン暴露前のサンプルのL、a、bと、オゾン暴露後のサンプルのL、a、bと、をそれぞれ測色計(X-Rite社eXact)にて測定し、得られたL、a及びbの値から、CIE 1976色差計算式を用い、色差ΔEを算出した。得られた色差ΔEの値のオゾン暴露前後での差に基づき、以下の基準に従って、オゾン暴露による平版印刷版原版の変色について評価した。結果を表2に示す。
-評価基準-
10:色差ΔEのオゾン暴露前後での差が0.5未満
 9:色差ΔEのオゾン暴露前後での差が0.5以上1.0未満
 8:色差ΔEのオゾン暴露前後での差が1.0以上1.5未満
 7:色差ΔEのオゾン暴露前後での差が1.5以上2.0未満
 6:色差ΔEのオゾン暴露前後での差が2.0以上2.5未満
 5:色差ΔEのオゾン暴露前後での差が2.5以上3.0未満
 4:色差ΔEのオゾン暴露前後での差が3.0以上3.5未満
 3:色差ΔEのオゾン暴露前後での差が3.5以上4.0未満
 2:色差ΔEのオゾン暴露前後での差が4.0以上4.5未満
 1:色差ΔEのオゾン暴露前後での差が4.5以上
[Evaluation of discoloration due to ozone exposure]
When obtaining the decomposition of the infrared absorbing agent as described above, measuring L * of sample before ozone exposure, a *, and b *, L * of the sample after ozone exposure, a *, and b *, respectively The color difference ΔE was calculated from the obtained values of L * , a * and b * by measuring with a color meter (X-Rite eXact) using the CIE 1976 color difference calculation formula. Based on the difference in the obtained color difference ΔE values before and after ozone exposure, the discoloration of the lithographic printing plate original plate due to ozone exposure was evaluated according to the following criteria. The results are shown in Table 2.
-Evaluation criteria-
10: The difference in color difference ΔE before and after ozone exposure is less than 0.5 9: The difference in color difference ΔE before and after ozone exposure is 0.5 or more and less than 1.0 8: The difference in color difference ΔE before and after ozone exposure is 1. 0 or more and less than 1.5 7: Difference of color difference ΔE before and after ozone exposure is 1.5 or more and less than 2.0 6: Difference of color difference ΔE before and after ozone exposure is 2.0 or more and less than 2.5 5: Color difference ΔE Difference between before and after ozone exposure is 2.5 or more and less than 3.0 4: Difference between before and after ozone exposure of color difference ΔE is 3.0 or more and less than 3.5 3: Difference between color difference ΔE before and after ozone exposure is 3. 5 or more and less than 4.0 2: Difference in color difference ΔE before and after ozone exposure 4.0 or more and less than 4.5 1: Difference in color difference ΔE before and after ozone exposure is 4.5 or more
〔酸素透過性〕
 得られた平版印刷版原版について、既述の方法にて、網点面積率比を算出し、酸素透過性の有無を確認した。
 結果を表2に示す。
[Oxygen permeability]
For the obtained lithographic printing plate original plate, the halftone dot area ratio was calculated by the method described above, and the presence or absence of oxygen permeability was confirmed.
The results are shown in Table 2.
〔スジ状のムラ(スワスムラ)の評価〕
 酸素透過性を確認する際に、最外層ありの平版印刷版原版から得られた平版印刷版による1000枚目の印刷物を用いて、スジ状のムラ(スワスムラ)を評価した。
 より具体的には、1000枚目の印刷物のFMスクリーンの50%網点チャート部を観察し、下記基準に従ってスジ状のムラ(スワスムラ)を評価した。結果を表2に示す。
-基準-
 5:スワスムラが6倍ルーペを使って目視確認できない
 4:スワスムラが6倍ルーペを使って僅かに目視確認できる
 3:スワスムラが6倍ルーペを使って明らかに目視確認できる
 2:スワスムラが僅かに目視確認できる
 1:スワスムラが明らかに目視確認できる
[Evaluation of streak-like unevenness (swath unevenness)]
When confirming the oxygen permeability, the streak-like unevenness (swath unevenness) was evaluated using the 1000th printed matter produced by the lithographic printing plate obtained from the lithographic printing plate original plate having the outermost layer.
More specifically, the 50% halftone dot chart portion of the FM screen of the 1000th printed matter was observed, and the streak-like unevenness (swallow unevenness) was evaluated according to the following criteria. The results are shown in Table 2.
-standard-
5: Swathmura cannot be visually confirmed using a 6x loupe 4: Swathmura can be slightly visually confirmed using a 6x loupe 3: Swathmura can be clearly visually confirmed using a 6x loupe 2: Swathmura can be slightly visually confirmed Can be confirmed 1: Swath unevenness can be clearly visually confirmed
〔機上現像性〕
 作製した平版印刷版原版を、赤外線半導体レーザー搭載のKodak社製Magnus800 Quantumにて、出力27W、外面ドラム回転数450rpm、解像度2,400dpiの条件で露光(照射エネルギー110mJ/cm相当)した。露光画像にはベタ画像、及び、AMスクリーン(Amplitude Modulation Screen)10%網点のチャートを含むようにした。
 露光済み原版を現像処理することなく、菊判サイズ(636mm×939mm)のハイデルベルグ社製印刷機SX-74のシリンダーに取り付けた。本印刷機には、不織布フィルターと温度制御装置を内蔵する容量100Lの湿し水循環タンクを接続した。湿し水S-Z1(富士フイルム(株)製)2.0質量%の湿し水80Lを循環装置内に仕込み、印刷インキとして紫外線硬化型インキであるT&K UV OFS K-HS墨GE-M((株)T&K TOKA製)を用い、標準の自動印刷スタート方法で湿し水とインキを供給した後、毎時10,000枚の印刷速度で特菱アート(連量:76.5kg、三菱製紙(株))紙500枚に印刷を行った。
 印刷中、非画像部にインキが転写しない状態になるまでに要した印刷用紙の枚数を機上現像性として計測した。枚数が少ないほど、機上現像性が良好であるといえる。結果を表2に示す。
[In-machine developability]
The prepared planographic printing plate original plate was exposed to Kodak's Magnus 800 Quantum equipped with an infrared semiconductor laser under the conditions of an output of 27 W, an outer surface drum rotation speed of 450 rpm, and a resolution of 2,400 dpi (corresponding to an irradiation energy of 110 mJ / cm 2). The exposed image includes a solid image and a chart of 10% halftone dots on the AM screen (Amplitude Modulation Screen).
The exposed original plate was attached to the cylinder of a Heidelberg printing machine SX-74 of a chrysanthemum size (636 mm × 939 mm) without being developed. A non-woven fabric filter and a dampening water circulation tank having a capacity of 100 L having a built-in temperature control device were connected to the printing machine. Damping water S-Z1 (manufactured by Fujifilm Co., Ltd.) 2.0% by mass of dampening water 80L is charged in a circulation device, and T & K UV OFS K-HS ink GE-M, which is an ultraviolet curable ink, is used as a printing ink. After supplying dampening water and ink using the standard automatic printing start method using (manufactured by T & K TOKA Co., Ltd.), Tokubishi Art (ream amount: 76.5 kg, Mitsubishi Paper Mills Limited) at a printing speed of 10,000 sheets per hour. Co., Ltd. Printing was performed on 500 sheets of paper.
During printing, the number of sheets of printing paper required until the ink was not transferred to the non-image area was measured as the on-machine developability. It can be said that the smaller the number of sheets, the better the on-machine developability. The results are shown in Table 2.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000061
 表2から明らかなように、実施例に係る平版印刷版原版は、比較例に係る平版印刷版原版と比べて、オゾン暴露による変色が抑えられていることが分かる。
 また、実施例に係る平版印刷版原版は、酸素透過性を有する最外層を有する。そのため、スジ状のムラ(スワスムラ)が抑制されているものと思われる。
As is clear from Table 2, it can be seen that the lithographic printing plate original plate according to the example has suppressed discoloration due to ozone exposure as compared with the lithographic printing plate original plate according to the comparative example.
Further, the lithographic printing plate original plate according to the embodiment has an outermost layer having oxygen permeability. Therefore, it seems that streak-like unevenness (swallow unevenness) is suppressed.
[符号の説明]
 18:アルミニウム板、12a,12b:アルミニウム支持体、20a,20b:陽極酸化皮膜、22a,22b:マイクロポア、24:大径孔部、26:小径孔部
[Explanation of code]
18: Aluminum plate, 12a, 12b: Aluminum support, 20a, 20b: Anodized film, 22a, 22b: Micropore, 24: Large diameter hole, 26: Small diameter hole
 2020年5月29日に出願された日本国特許出願2020-095073号、及び、2021年1月8日に出願された日本国特許出願2021-002219号の開示は、その全体が参照により本明細書に取り込まれる。本明細書に記載された全ての文献、特許出願、及び技術規格は、個々の文献、特許出願、及び技術規格が参照により取り込まれることが具体的かつ個々に記載された場合と同程度に、本明細書に参照により取り込まれる。 The disclosures of Japanese Patent Application No. 2020-095073 filed on May 29, 2020 and Japanese Patent Application No. 2021-002219 filed on January 8, 2021 are herein by reference in their entirety. Incorporated into the book. All documents, patent applications, and technical standards described herein are to the same extent as specifically and individually stated that the individual documents, patent applications, and technical standards are incorporated by reference. Incorporated herein by reference.

Claims (25)

  1.  支持体と画像記録層と最外層とをこの順に有し、
     前記画像記録層が、重合開始剤、重合性化合物、及び赤外線吸収剤を含み、
     オゾン濃度150ppbの環境下での8時間保管後における前記赤外線吸収剤の分解率が50%以下である、
     機上現像型平版印刷版原版。
    It has a support, an image recording layer, and an outermost layer in this order.
    The image recording layer contains a polymerization initiator, a polymerizable compound, and an infrared absorber.
    The decomposition rate of the infrared absorber after storage for 8 hours in an environment with an ozone concentration of 150 ppb is 50% or less.
    On-machine development type lithographic printing plate original plate.
  2.  前記最外層の膜厚が0.005μm~2μmである請求項1に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。 The machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to claim 1, wherein the outermost layer has a film thickness of 0.005 μm to 2 μm.
  3.  前記最外層が酸素透過性を有する請求項1又は請求項2に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。 The machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the outermost layer has oxygen permeability.
  4.  前記最外層が多糖類を含む請求項1~請求項3のいずれか1項に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。 The machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the outermost layer contains a polysaccharide.
  5.  前記最外層が、メトキシ基置換度が1~2であるセルロース誘導体を含む請求項1~請求項4のいずれか1項に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。 The machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the outermost layer contains a cellulose derivative having a degree of methoxy group substitution of 1 to 2.
  6.  前記最外層が更に疎水性ポリマーを含む請求項1~請求項5のいずれか1項に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。 The machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the outermost layer further contains a hydrophobic polymer.
  7.  前記最外層が更にポリマー粒子を含む請求項1~請求項6のいずれか1項に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。 The machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the outermost layer further contains polymer particles.
  8.  前記最外層が分解型赤外線吸収剤を含む請求項1~請求項7のいずれか1項に機上現像型平版印刷版原版。 The machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the outermost layer contains a decomposable infrared absorber.
  9.  前記重合開始剤が電子供与型重合開始剤及び電子受容型重合開始剤を含む請求項1~請求項8のいずれか1項に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。 The machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the polymerization initiator contains an electron donating type polymerization initiator and an electron accepting type polymerization initiator.
  10.  前記赤外線吸収剤のHOMO-前記電子供与型重合開始剤のHOMOの値が、0.70eV以下である、請求項9に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。 The machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to claim 9, wherein the value of HOMO of the infrared absorber-HOMO of the electron donating type polymerization initiator is 0.70 eV or less.
  11.  前記電子受容型重合開始剤のLUMO-前記赤外線吸収剤のLUMOの値が、0.80eV以下である、請求項9又は請求項10に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。 The machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to claim 9 or 10, wherein the value of LUMO of the electron-accepting polymerization initiator-LUMO of the infrared absorber is 0.80 eV or less.
  12.  前記重合性化合物が7官能以上の重合性化合物を含む請求項1~請求項11のいずれか1項に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。 The machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the polymerizable compound contains a polymerizable compound having 7 or more functionalities.
  13.  前記重合性化合物が10官能以上の重合性化合物を含む請求項1~請求項12のいずれか1項に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。 The machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein the polymerizable compound contains a polymerizable compound having 10 or more functionalities.
  14.  前記画像記録層が更にポリマー粒子を含む請求項1~請求項13のいずれか1項に機上現像型平版印刷版原版。 The machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein the image recording layer further contains polymer particles.
  15.  前記ポリマー粒子が、親水性基を有する付加重合型ポリマー粒子であり、
     前記親水性基が下記式Zで表される基を含む、請求項14に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。
     式Z : *-Q-W-Y
     式Z中、Qは二価の連結基を表し、Wは親水性構造を有する二価の基又は疎水性構造を有する二価の基を表し、Yは親水性構造を有する一価の基又は疎水性構造を有する一価の基を表し、W及びYのいずれかは親水性構造を有し、*は他の構造との結合部位を表す。
    The polymer particles are addition polymerization type polymer particles having a hydrophilic group, and the polymer particles are
    The machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to claim 14, wherein the hydrophilic group contains a group represented by the following formula Z.
    Formula Z: * -Q-W-Y
    In formula Z, Q represents a divalent linking group, W represents a divalent group having a hydrophilic structure or a divalent group having a hydrophobic structure, and Y represents a monovalent group having a hydrophilic structure or a monovalent group having a hydrophilic structure. A monovalent group having a hydrophobic structure is represented, either W or Y has a hydrophilic structure, and * represents a binding site with another structure.
  16.  前記画像記録層が発色剤を更に含む請求項1~請求項15のいずれか1項に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。 The machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to any one of claims 1 to 15, wherein the image recording layer further contains a color former.
  17.  前記発色剤が、下記式(Le-1)~式(Le-3)のいずれかで表される化合物である請求項16に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

     式(Le-1)~式(Le-3)中、ERGは、それぞれ独立に、電子供与性基を表し、X~Xは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又はジアルキルアニリノ基を表し、X~X10は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は一価の有機基を表し、Y及びYは、それぞれ独立に、C又はNを表し、YがNである場合は、Xは存在せず、YがNである場合は、Xは存在せず、Raは、水素原子、アルキル基、又はアルコキシ基を表し、Rb~Rbは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、又はヘテロアリール基を表す。
    The machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to claim 16, wherein the color former is a compound represented by any of the following formulas (Le-1) to (Le-3).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    In the formulas (Le-1) to (Le-3), ERG independently represents an electron donating group, and X 1 to X 4 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a dialkylanilino. X 5 to X 10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a monovalent organic group, Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent C or N, and Y 1 represents a group. When N, X 1 does not exist, when Y 2 is N, X 4 does not exist, Ra 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an alkoxy group, and Rb 1 to Rb 4 Independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group.
  18.  前記発色剤が、下記式(Le-8)で表される化合物である請求項16又は請求項17に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

     式(Le-8)中、X~Xは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又はジアルキルアニリノ基を表し、Y及びYは、それぞれ独立に、C又はNを表し、YがNである場合は、Xは存在せず、YがNである場合は、Xは存在せず、Rb及びRbは、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基、アリール基、又はヘテロアリール基を表し、Rc及びRcは、それぞれ独立に、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。
    The machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to claim 16 or 17, wherein the color former is a compound represented by the following formula (Le-8).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

    In formula (Le-8), X 1 to X 4 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a dialkylanilino group, and Y 1 and Y 2 independently represent C or N, respectively. If Y 1 is N, then X 1 is absent, if Y 2 is N, then X 4 is absent, and Rb 1 and Rb 2 are independently alkyl, aryl, or, respectively. Representing a heteroaryl group, Rc 1 and Rc 2 independently represent an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, respectively.
  19.  前記Rc及び前記Rcが、それぞれ独立に、少なくとも1つのオルト位に置換基を有し、且つ、パラ位に電子供与性基を有するフェニル基である請求項18に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。 The on-machine development type according to claim 18, wherein Rc 1 and Rc 2 are phenyl groups each independently having a substituent at at least one ortho position and an electron donating group at the para position. Planographic printing plate original plate.
  20.  前記発色剤が、下記式(Le-10)で表される化合物を含む請求項16又は請求項17に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

     式(Le-10)中、Arは、それぞれ独立に、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表し、Arは、それぞれ独立に、少なくとも1つのオルト位に置換基を有するアリール基、又は、少なくとも1つのオルト位に置換基を有するヘテロアリール基を表す。
    The machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to claim 16 or 17, wherein the color former contains a compound represented by the following formula (Le-10).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

    In formula (Le-10), Ar 1 independently represents an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, and Ar 2 independently represents an aryl group having a substituent at at least one ortho position, or at least 1 Represents a heteroaryl group having a substituent at one ortho position.
  21.  前記Arが、それぞれ独立に、電子供与性基を有するアリール基、又は、電子供与性基を有するヘテロアリール基であり、前記Arが、それぞれ独立に、少なくとも1つのオルト位に置換基を有し、且つ、パラ位に電子供与性基を有するフェニル基である請求項20に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。 The Ar 1 is an aryl group having an electron-donating group or a heteroaryl group having an electron-donating group, and Ar 2 is each independently having a substituent at at least one ortho-position. The machine-developed flat plate printing plate original plate according to claim 20, which is a phenyl group having and having an electron donating group at the para position.
  22.  前記支持体が、アルミニウム板と、前記アルミニウム板上に配置されたアルミニウムの陽極酸化皮膜とを有し、
     前記陽極酸化皮膜が、前記アルミニウム板よりも前記画像記録層側に位置し、
     前記陽極酸化皮膜が、前記画像記録層側の表面から深さ方向にのびるマイクロポアを有し、
     前記マイクロポアの前記陽極酸化皮膜表面における平均径が、10nmを超え100nm以下であり、
     前記陽極酸化皮膜の前記画像記録層側の表面のL表色系における明度Lの値が、70~100である請求項1~請求項21のいずれか1項に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。
    The support has an aluminum plate and an aluminum anodic oxide film arranged on the aluminum plate.
    The anodic oxide film is located closer to the image recording layer than the aluminum plate.
    The anodic oxide film has micropores extending in the depth direction from the surface on the image recording layer side.
    The average diameter of the micropores on the surface of the anodic oxide film is more than 10 nm and 100 nm or less.
    The aspect according to any one of claims 1 to 21, wherein the value of L * a * b * brightness L * in the surface of the anodized film on the image recording layer side is 70 to 100. On-machine development type lithographic printing plate original plate.
  23.  前記マイクロポアが、前記陽極酸化皮膜表面から深さ10nm~1,000nmの位置までのびる大径孔部と、前記大径孔部の底部と連通し、連通位置から深さ20nm~2,000nmの位置までのびる小径孔部とから構成され、
     前記大径孔部の前記陽極酸化皮膜表面における平均径が、15nm~100nmであり、
     前記小径孔部の前記連通位置における平均径が、13nm以下である請求項22に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版。
    The micropore communicates with the large-diameter hole extending from the surface of the anodic oxide film to a depth of 10 nm to 1,000 nm and the bottom of the large-diameter hole, and has a depth of 20 nm to 2,000 nm from the communication position. It consists of a small-diameter hole that extends to the position.
    The average diameter of the large-diameter hole portion on the surface of the anodic oxide film is 15 nm to 100 nm.
    The machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to claim 22, wherein the small diameter hole portion has an average diameter of 13 nm or less at the communication position.
  24.  請求項1~請求項23のいずれか1項に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版を画像様に露光する工程と、
     印刷機上で印刷インキ及び湿し水からなる群より選ばれた少なくとも一方を供給して非画像部の画像記録層を除去する工程と、を含む
     平版印刷版の作製方法。
    The step of exposing the machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to any one of claims 1 to 23 to an image.
    A method for producing a lithographic printing plate, comprising a step of supplying at least one selected from the group consisting of printing ink and dampening water on a printing machine to remove an image recording layer in a non-image area.
  25.  請求項1~請求項23のいずれか1項に記載の機上現像型平版印刷版原版を画像様に露光する工程と、
     印刷インキ及び湿し水からなる群より選ばれた少なくとも一方を供給して印刷機上で非画像部の画像記録層を除去し平版印刷版を作製する工程と、得られた平版印刷版により印刷する工程と、を含む平版印刷方法。
    The step of exposing the machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate according to any one of claims 1 to 23 to an image.
    A process of supplying at least one selected from the group consisting of printing ink and dampening water to remove the image recording layer in the non-image area on a printing machine to produce a lithographic printing plate, and printing with the obtained lithographic printing plate. And lithographic printing methods, including.
PCT/JP2021/020203 2020-05-29 2021-05-27 Original plate for on-machine development type lithographic printing plate, lithographic printing plate manufacturing method, and lithographic printing method WO2021241688A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202180037580.XA CN115666958A (en) 2020-05-29 2021-05-27 On-press developable lithographic printing plate precursor, method for producing lithographic printing plate, and lithographic printing method
EP21813857.6A EP4159441A4 (en) 2020-05-29 2021-05-27 Original plate for on-machine development type lithographic printing plate, lithographic printing plate manufacturing method, and lithographic printing method

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020-095073 2020-05-29
JP2020095073 2020-05-29
JP2021-002219 2021-01-08
JP2021002219 2021-01-08

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021241688A1 true WO2021241688A1 (en) 2021-12-02

Family

ID=78744930

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2021/020203 WO2021241688A1 (en) 2020-05-29 2021-05-27 Original plate for on-machine development type lithographic printing plate, lithographic printing plate manufacturing method, and lithographic printing method

Country Status (3)

Country Link
EP (1) EP4159441A4 (en)
CN (1) CN115666958A (en)
WO (1) WO2021241688A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP4245542A1 (en) * 2022-03-18 2023-09-20 FUJIFILM Corporation Lithographic printing plate precursor, method of preparing lithographic printing plate, and lithographic printing method
WO2024071344A1 (en) * 2022-09-30 2024-04-04 富士フイルム株式会社 On-machine development type lithographic printing plate precursor, method for producing lithographic printing plate, and lithographic printing method

Citations (44)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH02304441A (en) 1989-05-18 1990-12-18 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Photosensitive planographic printing plate
JPH055005A (en) 1991-04-26 1993-01-14 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co Ltd Photopolymerization initiator and photopolymerizable composition containing the same
JPH0950120A (en) * 1995-08-10 1997-02-18 Toray Ind Inc Photosensitive planographic original printing plate and production of planographic printing plate
JPH09123387A (en) 1995-10-24 1997-05-13 Agfa Gevaert Nv Manufacture of lithographic printing plate including development on printing machine
JPH09131850A (en) 1995-10-24 1997-05-20 Agfa Gevaert Nv Preparation of lithographic printing plate including development on press
JPH09171250A (en) 1995-11-09 1997-06-30 Agfa Gevaert Nv Thermosensitive image formation element and method for manufacture of printing plate by using it
JPH09171249A (en) 1995-11-09 1997-06-30 Agfa Gevaert Nv Thermosensitive image formation element and method for manufacture of printing plate by using it
JPH10282679A (en) 1997-04-08 1998-10-23 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Negative type photosensitive planographic printing plate
JP2001133969A (en) 1999-11-01 2001-05-18 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Negative type original plate of planographic printing plate
JP2001222101A (en) 2000-02-09 2001-08-17 Mitsubishi Paper Mills Ltd Photosensitive composition and photosensitive planographic printing plate material
JP2001277742A (en) 2000-01-27 2001-10-10 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Original plate for lithographic printing plate
JP2001277740A (en) 2000-01-27 2001-10-10 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Original plate for lithographic printing plate
JP2002023360A (en) 2000-07-12 2002-01-23 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Negative type image recording material
JP2002040638A (en) 2000-07-25 2002-02-06 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Negative-type image recording material and image- forming method
JP2002278057A (en) 2001-01-15 2002-09-27 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Negative type image recording material and cyanine dye
EP0931647B1 (en) 1998-01-23 2003-04-02 Agfa-Gevaert A heat sensitive element and a method for producing lithographic plates therewith
JP2005125749A (en) 2003-09-30 2005-05-19 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Lithographic form original plate
JP2005238816A (en) 2003-07-22 2005-09-08 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Original plate for lithographic printing plate, and lithographic printing method
JP2005250216A (en) 2004-03-05 2005-09-15 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Original plate for negative planographic printing plate and method of manufacturing planographic printing plate
JP2006188038A (en) 2004-12-10 2006-07-20 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Original lithographic printing plate and plate manufacturing method
JP2006215263A (en) 2005-02-03 2006-08-17 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Lithographic printing original plate
JP2006239867A (en) 2005-02-28 2006-09-14 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Original lithographic printing plate and lithographic printing method
JP2006259137A (en) 2005-03-16 2006-09-28 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Negative lithographic printing forme original plate
JP2007090850A (en) 2005-08-29 2007-04-12 Fujifilm Corp Lithographic printing plate precursor, lithographic printing method and novel cyanine dye
JP2008195018A (en) 2007-02-15 2008-08-28 Fujifilm Corp Original plate of lithographic printing plate and lithographic printing method
JP2008544322A (en) 2005-06-21 2008-12-04 アグフア・グラフイクス・ナームローゼ・フエンノートシヤツプ Thermosensitive imaging element
JP2009255434A (en) 2008-04-18 2009-11-05 Fujifilm Corp Aluminum alloy plate for planographic printing plate, support body for planographic printing, original plate for planographic printing plate, and manufacturing process of aluminum alloy plate for planographic printing plate
US20100283187A1 (en) * 2004-03-03 2010-11-11 Murray Figov Novel material for infrared laser ablated engraved flexographic printing plates
JP2012066577A (en) 2010-08-27 2012-04-05 Fujifilm Corp Master planographic printing plate for on-press development and plate-making method using the same
JP2012148555A (en) 2010-12-28 2012-08-09 Fujifilm Corp Lithographic printing plate precursor and lithographic printing method thereof
JP2012158022A (en) 2011-01-31 2012-08-23 Fujifilm Corp Lithographic printing plate support and lithographic printing plate precursor
JP2012187907A (en) 2010-05-31 2012-10-04 Fujifilm Corp Lithographic printing plate original plate, plate making method of the same, and novel polymer compound
JP2012206495A (en) 2010-04-30 2012-10-25 Fujifilm Corp Lithographic printing plate precursor, plate making method thereof and polyvalent isocyanate compound
WO2016027886A1 (en) 2014-08-22 2016-02-25 富士フイルム株式会社 Color developing composition, lithographic printing original plate, method for making lithographic printing plate, and color developer
WO2017141882A1 (en) 2016-02-19 2017-08-24 富士フイルム株式会社 Chromogenic composition, planographic printing original plate, method for producing planographic printing plate, and chromogenic compound
WO2018043259A1 (en) 2016-08-31 2018-03-08 富士フイルム株式会社 Color-assuming composition, lithographic printing plate precursor, method for forming lithographic printing plate, and compound
WO2019013268A1 (en) 2017-07-13 2019-01-17 富士フイルム株式会社 Lithographic printing plate original plate, and method for producing lithographic printing plate
JP6461447B1 (en) * 2017-09-29 2019-01-30 富士フイルム株式会社 Planographic printing plate precursor, lithographic printing plate preparation method and lithographic printing method
JP2019018412A (en) 2017-07-13 2019-02-07 富士フイルム株式会社 Lithographic printing plate precursor, plate making method of lithographic printing plate, polymer particle, photosensitive resin composition and resin composition
JP2019064269A (en) 2017-03-31 2019-04-25 富士フイルム株式会社 Lithographic printing plate original plate and method for producing the same, lithographic printing plate original plate laminate, and lithographic printing method
JP2019162855A (en) 2017-08-31 2019-09-26 富士フイルム株式会社 Lithographic printing plate precursor, method of manufacturing lithographic printing plate, printing method
WO2019219560A1 (en) 2018-05-14 2019-11-21 Agfa Nv A lithographic printing plate precursor
JP2020095073A (en) 2018-12-10 2020-06-18 キヤノン株式会社 Observation optical system and observation device having the same
JP2021002219A (en) 2019-06-21 2021-01-07 大日本印刷株式会社 Imaging system

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109863034B (en) * 2017-09-29 2020-11-27 富士胶片株式会社 Lithographic printing plate precursor, method for producing lithographic printing plate, and lithographic printing method
EP3587112B1 (en) * 2018-06-21 2024-04-03 Eco3 Bv A lithographic printing plate precursor

Patent Citations (44)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH02304441A (en) 1989-05-18 1990-12-18 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Photosensitive planographic printing plate
JPH055005A (en) 1991-04-26 1993-01-14 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co Ltd Photopolymerization initiator and photopolymerizable composition containing the same
JPH0950120A (en) * 1995-08-10 1997-02-18 Toray Ind Inc Photosensitive planographic original printing plate and production of planographic printing plate
JPH09123387A (en) 1995-10-24 1997-05-13 Agfa Gevaert Nv Manufacture of lithographic printing plate including development on printing machine
JPH09131850A (en) 1995-10-24 1997-05-20 Agfa Gevaert Nv Preparation of lithographic printing plate including development on press
JPH09171250A (en) 1995-11-09 1997-06-30 Agfa Gevaert Nv Thermosensitive image formation element and method for manufacture of printing plate by using it
JPH09171249A (en) 1995-11-09 1997-06-30 Agfa Gevaert Nv Thermosensitive image formation element and method for manufacture of printing plate by using it
JPH10282679A (en) 1997-04-08 1998-10-23 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Negative type photosensitive planographic printing plate
EP0931647B1 (en) 1998-01-23 2003-04-02 Agfa-Gevaert A heat sensitive element and a method for producing lithographic plates therewith
JP2001133969A (en) 1999-11-01 2001-05-18 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Negative type original plate of planographic printing plate
JP2001277742A (en) 2000-01-27 2001-10-10 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Original plate for lithographic printing plate
JP2001277740A (en) 2000-01-27 2001-10-10 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Original plate for lithographic printing plate
JP2001222101A (en) 2000-02-09 2001-08-17 Mitsubishi Paper Mills Ltd Photosensitive composition and photosensitive planographic printing plate material
JP2002023360A (en) 2000-07-12 2002-01-23 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Negative type image recording material
JP2002040638A (en) 2000-07-25 2002-02-06 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Negative-type image recording material and image- forming method
JP2002278057A (en) 2001-01-15 2002-09-27 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Negative type image recording material and cyanine dye
JP2005238816A (en) 2003-07-22 2005-09-08 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Original plate for lithographic printing plate, and lithographic printing method
JP2005125749A (en) 2003-09-30 2005-05-19 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Lithographic form original plate
US20100283187A1 (en) * 2004-03-03 2010-11-11 Murray Figov Novel material for infrared laser ablated engraved flexographic printing plates
JP2005250216A (en) 2004-03-05 2005-09-15 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Original plate for negative planographic printing plate and method of manufacturing planographic printing plate
JP2006188038A (en) 2004-12-10 2006-07-20 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Original lithographic printing plate and plate manufacturing method
JP2006215263A (en) 2005-02-03 2006-08-17 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Lithographic printing original plate
JP2006239867A (en) 2005-02-28 2006-09-14 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Original lithographic printing plate and lithographic printing method
JP2006259137A (en) 2005-03-16 2006-09-28 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Negative lithographic printing forme original plate
JP2008544322A (en) 2005-06-21 2008-12-04 アグフア・グラフイクス・ナームローゼ・フエンノートシヤツプ Thermosensitive imaging element
JP2007090850A (en) 2005-08-29 2007-04-12 Fujifilm Corp Lithographic printing plate precursor, lithographic printing method and novel cyanine dye
JP2008195018A (en) 2007-02-15 2008-08-28 Fujifilm Corp Original plate of lithographic printing plate and lithographic printing method
JP2009255434A (en) 2008-04-18 2009-11-05 Fujifilm Corp Aluminum alloy plate for planographic printing plate, support body for planographic printing, original plate for planographic printing plate, and manufacturing process of aluminum alloy plate for planographic printing plate
JP2012206495A (en) 2010-04-30 2012-10-25 Fujifilm Corp Lithographic printing plate precursor, plate making method thereof and polyvalent isocyanate compound
JP2012187907A (en) 2010-05-31 2012-10-04 Fujifilm Corp Lithographic printing plate original plate, plate making method of the same, and novel polymer compound
JP2012066577A (en) 2010-08-27 2012-04-05 Fujifilm Corp Master planographic printing plate for on-press development and plate-making method using the same
JP2012148555A (en) 2010-12-28 2012-08-09 Fujifilm Corp Lithographic printing plate precursor and lithographic printing method thereof
JP2012158022A (en) 2011-01-31 2012-08-23 Fujifilm Corp Lithographic printing plate support and lithographic printing plate precursor
WO2016027886A1 (en) 2014-08-22 2016-02-25 富士フイルム株式会社 Color developing composition, lithographic printing original plate, method for making lithographic printing plate, and color developer
WO2017141882A1 (en) 2016-02-19 2017-08-24 富士フイルム株式会社 Chromogenic composition, planographic printing original plate, method for producing planographic printing plate, and chromogenic compound
WO2018043259A1 (en) 2016-08-31 2018-03-08 富士フイルム株式会社 Color-assuming composition, lithographic printing plate precursor, method for forming lithographic printing plate, and compound
JP2019064269A (en) 2017-03-31 2019-04-25 富士フイルム株式会社 Lithographic printing plate original plate and method for producing the same, lithographic printing plate original plate laminate, and lithographic printing method
WO2019013268A1 (en) 2017-07-13 2019-01-17 富士フイルム株式会社 Lithographic printing plate original plate, and method for producing lithographic printing plate
JP2019018412A (en) 2017-07-13 2019-02-07 富士フイルム株式会社 Lithographic printing plate precursor, plate making method of lithographic printing plate, polymer particle, photosensitive resin composition and resin composition
JP2019162855A (en) 2017-08-31 2019-09-26 富士フイルム株式会社 Lithographic printing plate precursor, method of manufacturing lithographic printing plate, printing method
JP6461447B1 (en) * 2017-09-29 2019-01-30 富士フイルム株式会社 Planographic printing plate precursor, lithographic printing plate preparation method and lithographic printing method
WO2019219560A1 (en) 2018-05-14 2019-11-21 Agfa Nv A lithographic printing plate precursor
JP2020095073A (en) 2018-12-10 2020-06-18 キヤノン株式会社 Observation optical system and observation device having the same
JP2021002219A (en) 2019-06-21 2021-01-07 大日本印刷株式会社 Imaging system

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"Iwanami Dictionary of Physics and Chemistry", 1998, IWANAMI SHOTEN
"the Society of Synthetic Organic Chemistry", 1970, article "Dye Handbooks"
J. G. GOBLERE. P. SAMSCLG. H. BEAVER, TALANTA, vol. 9, 1962, pages 474

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP4245542A1 (en) * 2022-03-18 2023-09-20 FUJIFILM Corporation Lithographic printing plate precursor, method of preparing lithographic printing plate, and lithographic printing method
WO2024071344A1 (en) * 2022-09-30 2024-04-04 富士フイルム株式会社 On-machine development type lithographic printing plate precursor, method for producing lithographic printing plate, and lithographic printing method

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP4159441A4 (en) 2023-10-18
EP4159441A1 (en) 2023-04-05
CN115666958A (en) 2023-01-31

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021241458A1 (en) On-press-development-type lithographic printing plate precursor, lithographic printing plate production method, and lithographic printing method
JP7096435B2 (en) Machine-developed lithographic printing plate original plate, lithographic printing plate manufacturing method, and lithographic printing method
WO2021241457A1 (en) On-press-development-type lithographic printing plate precursor, lithographic printing plate production method, and lithographic printing method
CN110809521A (en) Lithographic printing plate precursor and method for producing lithographic printing plate
WO2021241688A1 (en) Original plate for on-machine development type lithographic printing plate, lithographic printing plate manufacturing method, and lithographic printing method
JP7397164B2 (en) Planographic printing plate original plate, method for preparing a planographic printing plate, and planographic printing method
JP2024045243A (en) On-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor, method for producing lithographic printing plate, and lithographic printing method
WO2020262689A1 (en) On-press-development-type lithographic printing plate precursor, lithographic printing plate production method, and lithographic printing method
WO2021065278A1 (en) Planographic printing plate original plate, method for manufacturing planographic printing plate, and planographic printing method
JP2010234589A (en) Original plate of on-machine development type lithographic printing plate and lithographic printing method
JP7389128B2 (en) Planographic printing plate original plate, method for preparing a planographic printing plate, and planographic printing method
WO2021241519A1 (en) On-press-development-type lithographic printing plate precursor, lithographic printing plate production method, and lithographic printing method
US20230120465A1 (en) On-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor, method of preparing lithographic printing plate, and lithographic printing method
WO2016136654A1 (en) Lithographic printing original plate for on-press development, plate making method for lithographic printing plate, and printing method
WO2021241693A1 (en) Layered body
WO2021065279A1 (en) Lithographic printing plate original plate, method for fabricating lithographic printing plate, and lithographic printing method
JP7391767B2 (en) On-press development type lithographic printing plate precursor, method for producing lithographic printing plate, and lithographic printing method
WO2021241638A1 (en) On-press-development-type lithographic printing plate precursor, lithographic printing plate production method, and lithographic printing method
WO2022025068A1 (en) On-press-development-type planographic printing original plate, method for producing planographic printing plate, and planographic printing method
WO2022181724A1 (en) On-press-development-type planographic printing plate precursor, method for fabricating planographic printing plate, planographic printing method, and coloring agent
WO2022163777A1 (en) On-press-development-type planographic printing original plate, method for producing planographic printing plate, and planographic printing method
JP2021189319A (en) On-machine development type planographic printing original plate, manufacturing method of planographic printing plate, as well as, planographic printing method
WO2022019217A1 (en) On-machine-developing-type planographic printing plate original plate, method for manufacturing planographic printing plate, and planographic printing method
WO2020262690A1 (en) On-press development type lithographic printing original plate, method for producing lithographic printing plate, and lithographic printing method
WO2020262688A1 (en) Lithographic printing plate original plate, method for fabricating lithographic printing plate, and lithographic printing method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21813857

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021813857

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20230102

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP